Home

American Dryer Corp. CE 96-190 User's Manual

Contents

1. 56 Motor Plate High and LOW Voltage 56 L DATA u u 57 How to Use Manometer sssccccssssosssesesssscssscesccssoscsesssscevsccesenecesccesesesecessscesovsescees 58 2 EASE 59 _ SECTIONI IMPORTANT INFORMATION A SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance 2 Purchaser user should consult the local gas supplier for proper instructions to be followed in the event the user smells gas The instructions should be posted in a prominent location 3 WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS DO NOT try to light any appliance b DO NOT touch any electrical switch DO NOT use any phone in your building d Clear the room building or area of ALL occupants e Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor s phone Follow the gas supplier s instructions f If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire department 4 Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer service agency or gas supplier 5 Dryer s must be exhausted to the outdoors 6 Although ADC produces a very versatile machine there are some articles that due to fabric composition or cleaning method should not be dried in it WAR
2. 15 A Computer Controls asb as 15 u uu y u C17 C O aaa aaa as C21 D Sail Switch Assembly Gas and Electric Models Only eska EA E pam C23 Front Panel and Main Door Assemblies s ccsssssssssccosssssscsscsssccsscsseserscsesecesccssceesecsusenes C23 cc ERE C26 G Tumbler Basket Assembly C28 He Peara S soseri ea A C30 L abu C32 J MOl08 u C33 Loi NOK AE E N EEEE E E A ETENA EE a TTA C34 Lit Drawer Asser Dy E AE C34 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING C35 SECTION PHASE 6 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS 39 A Diagnostic L E D light emitting diode Display Failure Codes C39 B L E D light emitting diode Display I
3. A OY A Enclosure Air Supply and Exhaust Requirements na C7 Electrical and Gas Requirement ss C7 C Operational Service Check Procedure aus C8 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OE PARTS ii uyu uu C IO Bouea aan Sanaw 10 MOOT 10 HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module Gas Models Only a C10 Gas B mer Assembly u uuu u Ua nus S Blower Motor and Impellor ccccssssssssssscsssscssssscsscsscsscsscsessssessescessesecsaceesessscescescasensenees C11 Kier ASS nD cna A beat C11 Tumbler Basket Bearing and C12 TUDI 12 12 Sail Switch Gas and Electric Models Only 04043 0 00000000000000000000 C13 Hi Limit Gas and Electric Models Only C13 Manual Reset Ihepmostat uuu unas Q uu ua aaa C13 DAW 14 2 gt gt SECTION V SERVICING
4. e F16 As CONOIS scrisse a 17 F18 C E 21 D Sail Switch Assembly Gas Models Only F23 E Front Panel and Main Door 23 25 Tumbler uy u a F28 J p F29 l uu qD u asw aT Qasa F32 JL u u un 2 4 T uy aa A E E ee F35 LABUDIAWESCPASSSWIDIV au F35 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING F37 SECTION VII ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING FAL SECTION VIII PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS F42 A Diagnostic L E D light emitting diode Display Failure Codes F42 L E D light emitting
5. A26 J Basket Asser Dy uyu u u nu uiaiia 27 J A 15716Flanpe Bearing Replacement u L L L L sauce i A27 K Rotational Sensor Assembly a A28 L Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing Replacement A29 M Drive Shaft Pillow Block Bearing Replacement A29 V Belt Adjustment Motor to Drive Axle a A29 9 a sn A30 P Motorized Impellor Blower Replacement A31 Door Switch Replacement zu uu u Dua aaa usun uq A31 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING EE T T ER A32 SECTION VII PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS A36 A Diagnostic L E D Light Emitting Diode Display Failure Codes A36 L E D Light Emitting Diode Display Indicators A38 C Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor Controller Computer Relay Output L E D Light Emitting Diode Indicators
6. A PAT 7 Enclosure Air Supply and Exhaust Requirement B7 Electrical and Gas Requirements 202 2 4 B7 C Operational Service Check Procedure B8 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OF PARTS B10 A Control Panel Microprocessor B10 D Relay Patel vs uuu ga aS Ru B10 HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module Gas Models Only J l I aaa B11 D Gas Burner ASSEMBLY uu usu anar a a B11 Steam Coil Systemi Operation aa a Biss Diye IQUE B13 CG Drive Shaft Assembly u l L uy u a B14 MCLEE ShattASSemb y ss uuu uy u l n unus Q 14 Tumbler 2 a l uu u u a N a aa Si B14 ak Main Door 15 K Sail Switch Gas Models Only cc ccssssssosssssscssscsscssscsessssssscencssccssccsscenecesesssesseseseseesaenes 15 L Burner Hi Limit Gas Models Only
7. 5 MICRO the air to flow either through the coil for heat or under the coil for cool down Air supply is 80 PSI 10 PSI 5 51 bars PISTON gt PISTON MICRO VALVE 0 69 bars MANO887 SUPPORT SUPPORT C14 SECTION V SERVICING INTRODUCTION ALL electrical and mechanical service or repairs should be made with the electrical power to the dryer disconnected power off The information provided in this section should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person making repairs Service work should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local state and federal codes When contacting the factory for assistance always have the dryer model and serial numbers available CAUTION Observe ALL safety precautions displayed on the dryer or specified in this manual before and while making repairs Before considering replacement make sure that ALL connectors are in place and making proper contact PHASE 6 OPL 1 0 INPUT QUTPUT BOARD REVERSING A COMPUTER CONTROLS To Replace Computer Control Panel 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect main power harness from rear of computer by squeezing locking tabs and pulling 4535 connector straight back 3 Disconnect the green ground wire from the computer 4 Toremove control panel assembly from control box gently tap the bottom of the control panel upward and lift off
8. American Dryer Corp MAN4531 Service Manual American Dryer Corporation 88 Currant Road Fall River MA 02720 4781 Telephone 508 678 9000 Fax 508 678 9447 e mail techsupport amdry com 022400DMG SL pb ADC Part No 450425 Retain This Manual A Safe Place For Future Reference American Dryer Corporation products embody advanced concepts in engineering design and safety If this product is properly maintained it will provide many years of safe efficient and trouble free operation ONLY qualified technicians should service this equipment OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS displayed on the equipment or specified in the installation operator s manual included with the dryer The following FOR YOUR SAFETY caution must be posted near the dryer in a prominent location FOR YOUR SAFETY POUR VOTRE SECURITE Do not store or use gasoline or Ne pas entreposer ni utiliser d essence other flammable vapors or liquids ni d autres vapeurs ou liquides in the vicinity of this or any other inflammables dans le voisinage de cet appliance appareil ou de yout autre appareil We have tried to make this manual as complete as possible and hope you will find it useful ADC reserves the right to make changes from time to time without notice or obligation in prices specifications colors and material and to change or discontinue models Important For your convenience log the following informa
9. ars A39 CO S u uuu A43 E Computer Logic and Wiring Diagram n A45 SECTION VIII TECHNICAL INFORMATION A Motor Plate High and Low Voltage a 51 Data ADE EON 52 C How JO USE A Manonm eleru uuu Sua na A53 D MI FO Iogl A54 SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION A SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance 2 Purchaser user should consult the local gas supplier for proper instructions to be followed in the event the user smells gas The instructions should be posted in a prominent location 3 WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS DO NOT try to light any appliance b DO NOT touch any electrical switch DO NOT use any phone in your building d Clear the room building or area of ALL occupants e Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor s phone Follow the gas supplier s instructions f If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire department 4 Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer service agency or gas supplier 5 Dryer s must be
10. 15 Manual Reset Thermostat csccsscssscssscssssesssssscsscssscssssssesescsssseeasersesusceseeaees 16 N CESCO 16 O Luit Drawer uyana 16 SECTION V SERVICING aeavechussesestiee 17 COMPUTE Sau 17 Tenton Contool toad Su 19 22 D Sail Switch Assembly Gas Models Only cssccssssssssssscsscssscssscsccesscssecesseseseeseseccsssceenecens B23 E Steam Damper Actuator System Service and Replacement B24 Front Panel and Main Door Assemblies c cccccssscscssssssccsscssscssssscecesesesescecececesesescaseceueeeacers B27 G MS 29 H Tumbler Wheel Replacement on Drive Assembly Taper Lock Models B30 I Tumbler Wheel Replacement on Idler Assembly Taper Lock Models B31 J BasketAssemb yu u u B32 K 1 15 16 Frange Bearing Replacement n n B32 L Rotational Sensor AAssembly B33
11. ma 20 f POWER SUPPL Y NO aA U KR W MAN3449 F45 SECTION IX L E D DISPLAY CODES The L E D light emitting diode display informs the operator of cycle status program verification and displays important diagnostic codes and fault codes A L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY OPERATING STATUS 1 Cycles in Progress a While the dryer is operating the L E D light emitting diode display will read which cycle is in progress For example in Drying Cycle Mode the L E D light emitting diode display will read dRYTNG and in the Cool Down Cycle Mode the L E D light emitting diode display will read COOL 2 Cycle Status a While a cycle is in progress the L E D light emitting diode display will show the progress of the cycle load that is being processed 1 Automatic Drying Cycle a While a cycle is in progress the cycle status elapse time and TEMP will be displayed with PL5 FLASH active NFLASH active the ENTER START key must be pressed to display TEMP Approximately half way through the drying cycle the cycle status portion of the L E D light emitting diode will display i e dRY LEVEL 68 PcT The display will change and count upward until the percentage of extraction programmed is reached 2 Timed Manual Drying Cycle a While a cycle is in progress the cycle status time remaining and RUM TEMP will be displayed
12. Brown ss anowN L js 83 S D api mior 19 2 PIN CONNECTOR 4 PN ARC SUPPRESSOR 7 _ B 820961 416 41 TUMBLER BOARD mar a 24 VAC OUTD 2 SL ORANGE 42 SWITCH TEMP SENSOR FUSE I 1 8 alls TEMPERA TURE RERS C p2 2112 820180 SSS SS SASS ROTATIONAL ROTATIONAL FRONT LEFT ELECTRIC BOX SENSOR INPUT SENSOR REVERSING RELAY PANEL ASSEMBLY P N 820219 4530 JN 4 PIN CONNECTOR 1 No Display Condition a Check position of STOP E Stop to verify it is in operating position pull or twist for operating position b Check fuse one or two and if either are blown replace c Take voltage reading across the microprocessor J7 9 pin connector pins 1 and 2 If no voltage is present at pins 1 and 2 double check the secondary 24 VAC side of transformer at the blower motor contactor number 13 to ground if no voltage is present check primary voltage to transformer d Check voltage across fuses 1 and 2 to ground If voltage is present check EMERGENCY STOP E Stop red and black wire to ground If voltage is present check voltage across 95 and 96 to ground of the drive motor overload If voltage is present check 95 and 96 to ground of the blower motor overload If voltage is present an
13. HI LIMIT 166 C 4796 TILLY 12 08 99 13 L MANUAL THERMOSTAT This is located inside the dryer in the lint Y 2 compartment above the lint screen This 2 thermostat senses the heated air after it passes lt 225 F 107 C THERMOSTAT through the tumbler basket If the air temperature gets too hot the thermostat will shut off the burner The dryer will not run until the air temperature cools down At this time the manual reset thermostat must be reset manually or the 24 VAC burner circuit will never be completed Tumbler basket and blower will run but the dryer will not heat If the temperature sensor opens the display willread SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the thermostat opens the display will read dRUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 4795 M LINT SCREEN The lint screen is located in the front of the dryer in the Lint Coop Assembly To clean the lint off the screen simply brush the screen clean The lint screen must be kept clean in order for the dryer to operate properly and efficiently Inspect the screen for tears and replace as needed MAN4537 COVER 390136 N LINT DRAWER SWITCH SCREWS P N 150301 WITCH The lint door switch is located in the lint PN ten compartment and attached to the side of the lint coop The lint door switch ensures that the dryer will operate only wh
14. If there is voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the arc suppressor A S board and the computer 9 connector 9 faulty computer 4 Blower motor does not operate drive motor runs a Check for voltage across terminals A1 and A2 of the impellor contactor This is the single contactor in the reversing control box If voltage is present check for voltage across the blower motor If there is voltage at the blower motor replace the motor If there is no voltage at the blower motor the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the contactor and the motor b If there is no voltage present at 1 and 2 of the contactor check for voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage present at the two 2 BS1 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the two 2 BS1 terminals and the coil 1 and A2 terminals If there is no voltage across the two 2 BS terminals check for voltage across the two 2 ASI terminals If there is voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals and there is no voltage between the two 2 BS1 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board Ifthere is no voltage across the two 2 ASI terminals the problem is
15. C52 American Dryer Corp IMPORTANT MANUAL RESET HI LIMIT INSTRUCTIONS FOR PHASE 6 MODELS This dryer was manufactured with a manual reset burner hi limit and tumbler basket lint chamber hi limit thermostat which is monitored by the Phase 6 computer If either manual reset thermostat is open prior to start of the drying cycle the dryer will start momentarily and then shut down the Phase 6 computer will display an error code with an audio indication If the tumbler basket lint chamber hi limit thermostat is open the display will read SAFETY FAIL If the burner hi limit thermostat is open the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL If either manual reset hi limit thermostat opens during a drying cycle the display will show the applicable error code described above along with an audio indication If the drum temperature is above 100 F 38 C the dryer will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the drum temperature has flattened below 100 F 38 C The clear stop button on the Phase 6 keyboard touchpad must be pressed to clear the error condition The open manual reset hi limit thermostat must be reset manually prior to the start of the next cycle This hi temperature condition may be caused due to a restricted exhaust poor airflow or improper burner operation The location of the burner hi limit is on the right side of the burner box and the tumbler basket hi limit
16. not performing properly An exceptionally cold humid or low barometric pressure atmosphere The supply gas may have a low heating value check with local gas supplier Failed temperature sensor temperature calibration is incorrect Failed microprocessor controller computer Thermal overload for drive motor is tripping 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Bearing failure in drive system Failed motor Insufficient make up air Overload for impellor fan motor is tripping Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Failed motor Failed overload Out of balance impellor fan Insufficient make up air E40 Dryer is tripping the burner hi limit safety thermostat 1 2 3 4 5 Insufficient exhaust duct work size or restriction in exhaust system Insufficient air Lint screen needs cleaning Damaged impellor fan Impellor fan spinning in the wrong direction L Display reads Temp Sensor Fail Check Temp Sensor Fuse Dryer Sensor Circuit Failure 1 2 3 Check 1 8 amp fuse computer Faulty microprocessor temperature sensor probe Open circuit in either one of two 2 wires leading from the sensor probe to the computer a Connection at sensor bracket assembly connector b Connection at computer harness connector M Dryer does not
17. D TOOL LIST Straight Head Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Sensor Pin and Socket Tool P N 122801 Pliers 1 4 Nut Driver 3 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Deep Socket Wrench 3 8 Socket Wrench 1 2 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 4 Open End Wrench 5 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 2 Socket Wrench 7 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 5 16 Nut Driver 12 Pipe Wrench 2 1 8 T Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench 3 16 T Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench Wire Cutters 1 2 Allen Wrench 3 8 Allen Wrench Channel Locks Manometer ADC P N 122804 MP Pin Extraction Tool ADC P N 122800 ADC 450410 1 02 22 00 25 F58 American Dryer Corp ff ADC 450425 1 02 24 00 02
18. NOTE Any burner changes must be made by a qualified technician C OPERATIONAL SERVICE CHECK PROCEDURE 1 Turn on electric power to the dryer 2 To start dryer a Display will read READY b Press E on the keyboard touchpad of microprocessor controller computer c The dryer will start and the display will show dr30 NOTE Pressing keyboard touchpad selections A B D and F will also start the dryer Six 6 preprogrammed drying cycles A through F have been stored in the computer s memory Refer to the Computer Operator s Manual for details 3 Make a complete operational check of ALL the operating controls to assure that the timing is correct temperature selection switches are functioning etc 4 Make a complete operational check of ALL safety related circuits door switch es hi limit thermostat sail switch cycling thermostats etc 5 For gas dryers a gas pressure test should be taken at the gas valve pressure tap of each dryer to assure that the water column pressure is correct and consistent C8 Water column pressure requirements measured at the pressure tap on the gas valve body Natural Gas 3 5 inches water column W C 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 inches water column W C 26 1 mb 6 If computer program changes are required refer to the Phase 6 OPL User s Manual ADC Part No 113022 for details 7
19. page 26 When cap screws loosely inserted b shing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft lbs 8 Nm If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack G TUMBLER BASKET ASSEMBLY BASKET 2 0500 5900590 0 52950000 Tumbler Basket Ali ent Vertical Up and Down Adjustment OLN VERTICAL HOLDING 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer oo VERTICAL ADJUSTING 2 Remove back guard FRONT TUMBLER T m b SUPPORT UATE 3 Loosen the two 2 vertical holding bolts on the sides at the top of the bearing box One 1 B 2 LATERAL ADJUSTMENT each side sae i REAR BEARING BOLTS 4 Back offjam nuts on vertical adjustment bolts 551 5 Turn these bolts clockwise CW evenly to raise tumbler basket or counterclockwise CCW evenly to lower tumbler basket 6 Rotate tumbler basket from front and c
20. 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Microprocessor Temperature Sensor Probe Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove perforated panel from tumbler basket 3 Remove microprocessor sensor bracket assembly from dryer a Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector b Loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws which secure bracket assembly to dryer and remove bracket from dryer NOTE DO NOT remove screws 4 Disassemble sensor probe from bracket assembly by removing the top push on fastener securing the probe from bracket Use a small screwdriver to slowly pry the fastener off ENTER START 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the high heat 225 F 107 C thermostat and remove modular bracket connector wires and probe from bracket assembly 6 Install new sensor probe assembly ADC Part No 880252 by reversing procedure 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer NOTE If when electrical power is reestablished the microprocessor computer L E D light emitting diode display reads TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE check for a loose connection in the wiring B18 RED INDICATOR LIGHT B IGNITION CONTROLS Hot Surface Ignition Module Replacement refer to burner illustration on page22 or 120 VAG 80 A max Ambient 40 F te 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wire from S1 and GND on th
21. ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION National Fuel Gas Code and or ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION National Electrical Code A ENCLOSURE AIR SUPPLY and EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Bulkheads and partitions around the dryer should be made of noncombustible materials Allowances should be made for the opening and closing of the control door and lint drawer Also allowances should be made in the rear for ease of maintenance Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for recommended distances and minimum allowances required When the dryer is operating it draws in room air heats it passes this air through the tumbler basket and exhausts it out of the building Therefore the room air must be continually replenished from the outdoors If the make up air is inadequate drying time and drying efficiency will be adversely affected Ignition problems and sail switch fluttering problems on gas dryers may result and you also could have premature motor failure from overheating The air supply must be given careful consideration to insure proper performance of each dryer IMPORTANT Make up air must be provided from a source free of dry cleaning fumes Make up air that is contaminated by dry cleaning fumes will result in damage to motors and other dryer components Exhaust duct work should be designed and installed by a competent technician Improperly sized duct work will create excessive back pressure which will result in slow drying increa
22. Depending on the conditions the curing time of this adhesive is 24 to 36 hours After 24 hour curing period install main door on dryer by reversing step 1 To Rep lace Front Panel 1 2 Discontinue electrical power the dryer Remove main door switch and bracket assembly Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly Open control service door Remove lint drawer and open lint door by removing six 6 screws E24 8 9 Unplug the door switch wires at the bottom of the front panel Disconnect the wires connecting the EMERGENCY STOP E Stop The easiest place to do this would be in the left hand electrical box Once the wires are disconnected push them through the inner top Remove the twelve 12 Phillips head screws securing front panel to dryer Pull wires up through front panel door switch wire channel and gently remove front panel assembly 10 Reverse this procedure for installing new front panel 11 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Main Door Hinge Blocks 1 2 Replace Drive Shaft Pulley 1 2 PULLEYS Removethe lint door Remove right lint coop wall Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly Remove bottom hinge block by removing the two 2 1 4 20 screws Reassemble by reversing removal procedure Reestablish electrical power to the dryer 4959 Discontinue el
23. E46 SECTION IX L E D DISPLAY CODES The L E D light emitting diode display informs the operator of cycle status program verification and displays important diagnostic codes and fault codes a While the dryer is operating the L E D light emitting diode display will read which cycle is in progress For example in Drying Cycle Mode the L E D light emitting diode display will read dRYING and in the Cool Down Cycle Mode the L E D light emitting diode display will read COOL 2 Cycle Status a While a cycle is in progress the L E D light emitting diode display will show the progress of the cycle load that is being processed 1 Automatic Drying Cycle a While a cycle is in progress the cycle status elapse time and ARUM TEMP will be displayed with PL5 FLASH active NFLASH active the ENTER START key must be pressed to display TRUM TEMP Approximately half way through the drying cycle the cycle status portion of the L E D light emitting diode will display i e LEVEL 68 PcT The display will change and count upward until the percentage of extraction programmed is reached 2 Timed Manual Drying Cycle a While a cycle is in progress the cycle status time remaining ARUM TEMP will be displayed with PL5 FLASH active NFLASH active the ENTER START key must be pressed to display ARUM TEMP 3 Alternate Display Programs a Programming allows for the L E D
24. If the dryer is started and the blower motor is not operating yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display fan indicator dot and power supply input L E D light emitting diode are on but the fan output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe motor is not operating The fan indicator dot and output L E D light emitting diode are also on then the problem fault is elsewhere 1 external of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer 2 FOR FORWARD Output L E D light emitting diode Indicator for optional reversing model ONLY a If the dryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display FORWARD indicator dot is on the FOR FORWARD motor output L E D light emitting diode is off then the fault is the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the drive tumbler basket motor is not operating and the forward indicator dot and output L E D light emitting diode is on then the problem fault is elsewhere 1 external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer 3 REV REVERSE Output L E D light emitting diode Indicator for optional reversing models ONLY a If the dryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler and ba
25. MICROCONTROLLER CONTACTOR DRIVE MOTOR a MODULE HOT FLAME GAS MAN3910 PROBE IGNITOR VALVE 3 The input information is sorted processed and executed by the microcomputer chip 4 The microcomputer output signal activates the contactors and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module which control machine functions NOTE When contacting ADC with electrical questions please have on hand the correct wiring diagram number for your particular machine This number is located on the top right hand corner of the diagram It is a six 6 digit number followed by a letter to distinguish the revision dates refer to illustration The wiring diagrams used in troubleshooting are specifically for dryers manufactured at the time of publishing Your particular model may vary slightly depending on the date of manufacturing and options available The correct wiring diagram and number is either taped to the rear of the control door or each dryer or placed in the control box If your particular diagram is lost or unreadable call ADC with the serial number of the dryer ADC will be more than happy to send you a diagram by fax or mail A45 BURNER CONTROL BRACKE T 5 tee 20176 x FRONT RIGHT ELECTRIC 57111152 WHITE t f ay 1 am IGNITOR t GREEN PRIMARY WIRE COLORS PHASE 6 VO BOARD 37
26. NPT This pressure tap is located on the outlet manifold side of the valve PLASTIC TUBING b Start dryer With burner on the correct water column reading in inches would be Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 26 1 mb FLL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL 2 To adjust water column pressure natural gas only L P gas must be regulated at source a Remove the slotted vent cap on the top of the valve OUTER TUBE b Turn the slotted adjustment screw located on the top of the valve next to the terminals Turn clockwise CW to increase manifold pressure and counterclockwise CCW to decrease NOTE If correct W C pressure cannot be achieved problems may be due to an undersized gas suppl line a faulty or underrated gas meter etc To Convert Natural Gas to L P Gas placed For L P gas the dryer must be converted as follows 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 a For models with 3 4 White Rodgers valve 1 Remove top vent cap 2 Insert spring and pin 3 Replace vent cap 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace with L P orifices NOTE Use extreme care when removing orifices They are made of brass and are easily damaged 19 3 Reverse the procedure for reinstalling valve assembly to the dryer WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution NOTE There is no regulator provid
27. dryer should be operated through one complete cycle to assure that no further adjustments are necessary and that ALL components are functioning properly 8 Check the electric service phase sequence While the dryer is operating check to see if the blower wheel is rotating in the proper direction Looking from the front the blower wheel should spin in the clockwise CW direction If so the phasing is correct If the phasing is incorrect reverse two 2 leads at connections L1 L2 or L3 of power supply to the dryer C9 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OF PARTS 24 VAC TRANSFORMER A CONTROL BOX 30 POSITION TERMINAL BLOCK Lifting the control door and opening the computer panel will reveal the control box Inside the control box are ALL the electronic control components Located on the back of the control panel is the computer Included in the control box are the 30 position block fuse block and transformer FUSE VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW B DRIVE MOTOR The T E F C Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled drive motor is located approximately lower center of the dryer It sits on an adjustable base so that the motor can be easily adjusted to the left or right up or down forward or backward The drive motor is 3 4 HP motor and operates on 208 to 460 volts 3 phase 32 50 60 Hz MOTOR BASE 0480 BELT 5 HSI HOT SURFACE IGNITION MODULE Gas Models Only The HSI Hot Surface Ignition system con
28. factors are printed on a label located on the rear of the control panel refer to illustration D16 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Keyboard Touchpad Label Assembly 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of the microprocessor computer 3 Slowly peel off and remove keyboard touchpad label assembly from control panel 4 Peel paper backing off new keyboard touchpad label assembly CLEAR STOP ENTERVSTART 453 5 Holding new keyboard touchpad label assembly close to the panel insert the keyboard touchpad ribbon through the rectangular slot in the control panel Align label assembly into position by matching the red viewing window on the label to the rectangular cutout in the panel and gently press into place 6 Connect keyboard touchpad ribbon to the computer 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer TEMPERATURE SENSOR To Replace Microprocessor Temperature Sensor Probe 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint drawer Remove two 2 screws securing lint door and remove lint door 3 Remove microprocessor sensor bracket assembly from dryer a Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector b Loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to dryer and remove bracket from dryer NOTE DO NOT remove screws 4 Disassemble sensor probe from bracket assembly by
29. 1 Check voltage 24 VAC across 2 pin connector 75 between pin 1 and ground If voltage is present problem is faulty wire or termination between the 9 pin computer connector pin 6 and the opposite side of door switch If no voltage is present check for voltage across pin 5 of the 9 pin computer connector and ground If there is no voltage at this point then problem is faulty computer If there is voltage at this point then problem is broken wire or faulty termination between pin 5 of 9 pin computer connector and 1 of J5 connector E53 I Microprocessor reads Temp Sensor Fuse 1 Replace the temperature sensor underneath the tumbler basket on a bracket the bullet shaped device 2 If it still reads Temp Sensor Fuse unplug the 4 pin connector from the temperature sensor bracket Also unplug the microprocessor 4 pin connector from the computer board Where the white red striped wire is going into the connector take a continuity reading across the wire and that same wire from the 4 pin connector that you unplugged earlier in this paragraph If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to the ground loose termination s or even replace the wire If there is continuity do the same thing to the black wire right next to the white red striped wire in the 4 pin connector If there is continuity check for break wire short to ground termination s even replace
30. 2 If set for reverse replace computer 3 Check for voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is also the markings the coil Al and 2 If there is voltage replace the coil or the complete contactor If there is no voltage check for voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals and no voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor 1 and 2 the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between BS3 and the contactor coil 4 If there is no voltage between the two 2 BS3 terminals the arc suppressor A S board check for voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals on the board If there is voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the arc suppressor A S board and the computer 9 pin connector no 9 or a faulty computer D Blower motor does not operate drive motor runs 1 Check for voltage across terminals 1 and 2 of the impellor contactor This is the single contactor in the rear control box If voltage is present check for voltage across the blower motor If there is voltage at the blower motor replace the motor If
31. 4 wire 1 is connected to wire 7 which in turn are both connected to L1 On High Voltage wire 14 is insulated or capped wire 4 is connected to wire 7 wire 1 is connected to L1 E56 DATA LABEL Contacting American Dryer Corporation ADC MODEL SERIAL NO MLG 175HS 425751 WS MANUFACTURING CODE NUMBER 1900252130154083792CK000000000000 TYPE OF HEAT HEAT INPUT GAS NATURAL 600 000 BTUH ELECTRIC SERVICE F 208V 60HZ 3PH 3W 26 GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE 3 6 IN WC FOR USE WITH NATURAL AND L P GASES G ANS 72152 1988 CLOTHES DRYER VOL II MAN5053 SL 02 22 00 When contacting ADC certain information is required to insure proper service parts information This information is on the data label located on the top right corner of the dryer viewed from the rear refer to illustration When contacting ADC please have the model number and serial number readily accessible I ti Data Label _ Model number The model number is an ADC number which describes the size of the dryer and the type of heat gas or steam B Serial number The serial number allows ADC to gather information on your particular dryer C Manufacturing code number The manufacturing code number is a number issued by ADC which describes ALL possible options on your particular model D Type of heat Describes the type of heat gas natural or L P steam or electric E Heat input For gas dryers
32. 5 Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector and remove bracket assembly from dryer 6 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the thermostat 7 Disassemble thermostat from bracket assembly by removing the two 2 mounting screws washers and nuts 8 Reverse this procedure for installing a hi heat protector thermostat 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer F22 D SAIL SWITCH ASSEMBLY GAS MODELS ONLY The sail switch is a heat circuit safety device which controls the burner circuit only When the dryer is operating and there is proper airflow the sail switch damper pulls in and closes the sail switch Providing ALL the other heat related circuits are functioning properly ignition should now be established If an improper airflow occurs the sail switch damper will release and the circuit will open To Replace Sail Switch 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the two 2 screws which hold sail switch box cover amp sail switch box 3 Disconnect the two 2 wires from the switch 4 Disassemble sail switch from mounting bracket by removing the two 2 screws securing switch in place 5 Reverse this procedure for installing new sail switch Adjust sail switch as described in the next section To Adjust Sail Switch With the dryer operating at a high temperature setting pull the sail switch away from the burner The sail switch should open and extinguish the burner Let the sail switch d
33. 5 L E D indicators ORANGE LIGHTS located at the backside of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer These are identified or labeled from top to bottom in the illustration below as FAN BLOWER FOR FORWARD REV REVERSE AIR AIR JET HT1 HEAT OUTPUT There a serles of seven 7 L E D indicators RED LIGHTS FUSE MAIN FUSE LINT LINT DOOR MAIN MAIN DOOR DRUM TUMBLER HI LIMIT SAIL SAIL SWITCH BURN BURNER HI LIMIT FLAME FLAME PROBE The L E D in the center of the board RED LIGHT indicates power supplied to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These L E D s indicate the inputs and outputs of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer as it monitors the safety circuits DCO NS Ly POWER SUPPLY MAN3449 D45 FAN BLOWER Output L E D light emitting diode Indicator a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is not operating yet both the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display fan indicator dot and power supply input L E D are on but the fan output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe motor is not operating and the fan indicator dot and output L E D are on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer FOR FORWARD Output L E D Indicator for Optional Reversing Model ONLY a Ifthe d
34. 8 NPT FITTING MAGNET Ide PLASTIC TUBING 6 If water column pressure is incorrect refer to TO ADJUST GAS PRESSURE 7 Reverse procedure for removing manometer FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL INNER TUBE OUTER TUBE MAN3487 A53 D ML 96 TOOL LIST Straight Head Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Sensor Pin and Socket Tool P N 122801 Pliers 1 4 Nut Driver 3 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Open End Wrench 3 8 Socket Wrench 1 2 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 4 Open End Wrench 5 16 Socket or Open Wrench 1 2 Socket Wrench 7 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 5 16 Nut Driver 12 Pipe Wrench 2 1 8 Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench 3 16 Shaped L Shaped Allen Wrench Wire Cutters 1 2 Allen Wrench 3 8 Allen Wrench Channel Locks Manometer ADC P N 122804 MP Pin Extraction Tool ADC P N 122800 ADC450406 1 02 09 00 25 ML 122 Table of Content SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION PPCM OMS B3 SECTION ROUTINE MAINTENANCYTEKE Az 5 B6 CEN B6 SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
35. BURNER 24 VAC OUT p 3 gt BURNER HI LIMIT RETURN RED 54 53 HLS 511411521 GND 6 2 PIN CONNECTOR HOT SURFACE IGNTOR FLAME PROBE RED SILVER HEAT OUTPUT 75 FLAME RETURN gt 6 3 16 GND FASTON GREEN GAS VALVE 9 2 PIN J4 4 PIN ik baad TUMBLER RETURN 3 ORANGE ORANGE 24 VAC 0UT D 4 gt FANGE SWITCH x TOR gt 4 RED WHITE N2 gt BL ACK k gt BLACK 5 BLACK 7 9 57 7 BLACK 2 21 L _ 14 4 PIN 2 2 PIN CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT ROTATIONAL SENSOR WPUT J10 PIN 4 PIN CONNECTOR CONNECTOR 72174 24 VAC out N 1 RED 44 1 RED 42 t SWITCH RETURN yE 44 K7 RED 43 SWITCH BURNER GREEN J12 2 PIN CONNECTOR 2 9 PIN CONNECTOR I 208 UE 240V RED BLACK TRANSFORMER 208 240 24 SEC lt S 6 S l g lt i 2 I 3 i N I i t I 1 I I i 7 I ONTACTOR 1 l K I 1 9 Lo J SUPPRESSOR BOARD MAN5023 DMG 02 10 00 1 No Display Condition a Check position of EMERGENCY STOP E Stop to verify it is in operating position
36. Check the electric service phase sequence While the dryer is operating check to see if the blower wheel is rotating in the proper direction Looking from the front the blower wheel should spin in the clockwise CW direction If so the phasing is correct If the phasing is incorrect reverse two 2 leads at connections L1 L2 or L3 of power supply to the dryer 9 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OF PARTS A COMPUTER PANEL NPUT QUTPUT BOARD MICROPROCESSOR REVERSING Lifting the control door will reveal the control panel assembly Opening the control panel will allow access to the major components which include the computer board and keypad touchpad The keypad touchpad inputs to the computer what temperature and program has been selected The computer controls the entire operation of the machine It accepts inputs and gives outputs throughout the machine 1 8 AMP FUSE 1 AMP FUSE 315 AMP FUSE MAN4535 4 POSITION TERMINAL BLOCK CONTACTOR REVERSING RELAY PANEL Lifting the control door will reveal the reversing relay box Located on the back of the relay box is the reversing relay panel Included on this panel is a four 4 position terminal block blower overload blower contactor reversing contactor 24 VAC transformer fuse or circuit breaker ground lug and an arc suppressor A S board 4548 wlth fuses A10 C HSI HOT SURFACE IGNITION MODULE Gas Models Only The
37. Control Panel Microprocessorb F10 B Control u 10 C HSI Module Gas Models Only F10 Gas E Dive supa 11 F Blower Motor and Impellor Gas and Steam 11 G Speed SHAM uu u uy u wasu ua a 12 nasa ease 17 Slumbier BaKCUu uu cats sate u l F12 ae Man F13 Sail Switch Gas Models Only nanas F13 L Hi Limit Gas Models Only uuu k aD O E F13 NIL Manual Reset Thermostat sist u AR ENEE ENSA Seabee 14 14 92 Lit Drawer F14 P Steam Damper System 15 Q Compressed Air RequIYementS u a aaa Sa a F15 FF SECTION V SERVICING
38. Failure to do so will VOID THE WARRANTY 9 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the dryer door switches lint door switch heat safety circuit ever be disabled WARNING PERSONAL INJURY or FIRE COULD RESULT 10 This dryer is not to be used in the presence of dry cleaning solvents or fumes 11 Remove articles from the dryer as soon as the drying cycle has been completed WARNING Articles left in the dryer after the drying and cooling cycles have been completed can create a fire hazard 12 DO NOT operate steam dryers with more than 125 PSI 8 61 bars steam pressure Excessive steam pressure can damage steam coil and or harm personnel 13 Replace leaking flexible hoses or other steam fixtures immediately DO NOT operate the dryer with leaking flexible hoses PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT 14 READ and FOLLOW ALL CAUTION and DIRECTION LABELS ATTACHED TO THE DRYER WARNING YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS 4 SECTION H ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A CLEANING A program and schedule should be established for periodic inspection cleaning and removal of lint from various areas of the dryer as well as throughout the duct work system The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from
39. If no voltage is present then there is a broken wire between computer and 9 pin connector or faulty termination _ F No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal Steam Models 1 Check for voltage across pin 1 and 2 of the J6 connector If no voltage is present check for voltage on the J10 pin 5 to ground 2 Ifvoltage is present problem is a faulty wire or termination Between 5 of the J10 connector to pin 1 of J6 connector If no voltage is present problem is computer board G Lint Door condition NOTE Make sure lint drawer is closed Also if checking the switch the plunger must be depressed Check L E D light emitting diode input light lint door on component side of the computer If light is on replace computer 1 Check voltage 24 VAC across 2 pin connector pin 3 and ground This connector is located at the lint drawer switch box If voltage is present problem is faulty wire s or termination s between computer pin 4 of 9 pin connector If no voltage is present check for voltage across the 9 pin modular connector nos 3 and ground If voltage is evident at both points problem is faulty computer H Main Door condition NOTE Make sure main door is closed Also if checking the switch the plunger must be depressed Check L E D light emitting diode input light main door on component side of the computer If light is on replace computer
40. Indicator a Should be on at ALL times even if the dryer is not running The power supply L E D light emitting diode output indicator will not be on if the power supply fuse to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor is not present If the power supply fuse is faulty the L E D light emitting diode output will be off and there will be no display or keypad touchpad function The FUSE LINT and DRUM output L E D light emitting diode indicators will remain on A42 D L E D CODES 1 Display Codes A ALLREV ANTI WRINKL dELAY TIME ANTIWRINKLGUARdACTIVE ANTI WRINKL GUARd ON TIME AUTO CYCLE b bURNER CONTROL FAIL bURNER FLAME FAIL bURNER SAFETY FAIL bUZZ bUZZ TIME CEL CHECK MAIN FUSE CLEAN LINT COOL COOL TIME_M COOL TEMP CYCLEA CYCLEb CYCLEC CYCLED CYCLEE CYCLEF dONE dRYING dRY LEVEL_ dRY TEMP _ dRY TIME_M dRUM SAFETY FAIL ELAPSE TIME_MIN ELECTRIC F FAR FLASH GAS HOT LINT dOOR LINT COUNT _MREMAIN MAIN dOOR MANUAL CYCLE MAX ANTI WRINKL GUARd NFLASH NoAIRFLOW NoANTI WRINKL GUARd NoBUZZ NoHEAT NoREV No ROTATE SENSOR ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL _RPM SAIL SWITCH FAIL SELREV SPIN TIME START GUARd STEAM STOP TIME TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE SLOPE FACTOR ALWAYS REVERSING ANTI WRINKLE DELAY TIME ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM ACTIVE ANTI WRINKLE GUARD ON TIME AUTOMATIC MODE HEAT LOSS OFF SET FACTOR GAS ONLY POWE
41. LINT DOOR SWITCH MAN DOOR SWITCH 4 poor 24 VAC out 5 SWITCH RETURNI 6 BLOWER MOTOR OUTPUT 1 I j t 1 i i 1 I I 1 1 N 7 BLUE SLYR 2N AND FORWARD gt 8 gt BROWN NA MOTOR 9 SRAY 842825 fee OUTPUTS REVERSE i ORYER _ a 1 836003 AR SOLENO AR JET OUTPUT aax 7 I I I i t 1 4 FASTON SEE NOTE b 3 SUPPRESSOR RETURN D gt 1 ORANG BOARD T TEMP SENSOR FUSE 1 6 AMP TEMPERA SENSOR INPUT FRONT LEFT ELECTRIC BOX REVERSING RELAY PANEL ASSEMBLY P N 82029 MAN4530 1 No Display Condition a Check position of EMERGENCY STOP E Stop to verify it is in operating position pull or twist for operating position b Check fuse one 1 or two 2 and if either are blown replace Take voltage reading across the microprocessor J7 9 connector pins 1 and 2 If no voltage is present at pins 1 and 2 double check the secondary 24 VAC side of transformer at the blower motor contactor number 13 to ground if no voltage is present check primary voltage to transformer d Check voltage across fuses 1 and 2 to ground If voltage is present check EMERGENCY STOP Stop red and black wire to ground If voltage is present check voltage across 95 and 96 to ground of the drive motor overload If voltage is
42. M Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing Replacement B33 N Drive Assembly Pillow Block Bearing Replacement B34 V Belt Adjustment Motor to Drive Axle B34 P Motoi 35 Q Motorized Impellor Blower Replacement a B35 Lint Door Switch Replacement B36 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING uu SECTION PHASE 6 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS A Diagnostic L E D light emitting diode Display Failure 41 L E D light emitting diode Display Indicators B43 C Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor Controller Computer Relay Output L E D light emitting diode Idi cheese Settee 44 Od 48 E Computer Logic and Wiring Diagram 222 4 000 0 0 50 SECTION TECHNICAL
43. Make a complete operational check of ALL safety related circuits door switch es hi limit thermostat sail switch cycling thermostats etc 5 For gas dryers a gas pressure test should be taken at the gas valve pressure tap of each dryer to assure that the water column pressure is correct and consistent D8 NOTE Water column pressure requirements measured at the pressure tap the gas valve body Natural Gas 3 5 inches water column 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 inches water column 26 1 mb 6 If computer program changes are required refer to the Phase 6 Operator s Manual ee Part No 112147 for details 7 The dryer should be operated through one complete cycle to assure that no further adjustments are necessary and that ALL components are functioning properly _ 8 Check the electric service phase sequence While the dryer is operating check to see if the blower wheel is rotating in the proper direction Looking from the front the blower wheel should spin in the clockwise CW direction If so the phasing is correct If the phasing is incorrect reverse two 2 leads at connections L1 L2 or L3 of power supply to the dryer D9 SECTIONIV DESCRIPTION OF PARTS A CONTROL PANEL MICROPROCESSOR Opening the control panel will allow access to the major components which include the microprocessor computer board and the keyboard touchpad The keyboard touchpad inputs to the computer what temperature
44. Open main door Holding the door upward remove the two 2 screws from the top hinge block Lift the door up to remove Reverse this procedure for reinstalling new main door assembly To Install New Main Door Glass Remove main door assembly from dryer follow main door removal procedure Lay main door on flat surface with the back of the door facing down Remove the four 4 10 32 acorn nuts securing the glass to the door Remove glass and clean old sealant off main door This area must be clean for correct bonding Place a bead of silicone ADC P N 170730 around the edge door and lightly press glass into place Reinstall the four 4 10 32 acorn nuts that were removed in Step 3 IMPORTANT DO NOT press hard or silicone thickness between the glass and door will be reduced resulting in poor bonding B27 7 The door assembly should now be put area where it will not be disturbed for at least 24 hours Depending on the conditions the curing time of this adhesive is 24 to 36 hours 8 After the curing period install main door on dryer by reversing Step 1 Front Panel Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint drawer assembly 3 Remove the screws securing the front panel to the dryer 4 Disconnect the two 2 door switch wires located behind the front panel 5 Remove the front panel IMPORTANT When pulling the front panel off the door switch
45. Remove the four 4 acorn nuts securing the glass 4 Remove glass and clean ALL old sealant off main door This area must be completely cleaned for correct bonding 5 02 H 00 5 Apply a narrow bead of silicone ADC P N 170730 ALL around main door area where glass will rest 6 Install glass onto door adhesive and slightly press glass in place IMPORTANT DO NOT press hard or silicone thickness between the glass and door be reduced resulting in poor bonding 7 Fasten the four 4 acorn nuts to secure glass in place IMPORTANT DO NOT over tighten reducing the thickness of the silicone contact between glass and door 8 The door assembly should now be put in an area where it will not be disturbed for at least 24 hours Depending on the conditions the curing time of this adhesive is 24 to 36 hours 9 After 24 hour curing period install main door on dryer by reversing Step 1 To Replace Front Panel 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove main door switch and bracket assembly 3 Follow for removal of main door assembly 4 Open control service door 5 Rumov lint drawer and open lint door by removing two 2 screws 6 Remove the twelve 12 Phillips head screws securing front panel to dryer 7 Remove EMERGENCY STOP E Stop wiring and EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button 8 Pull wires up through front panel door switch wire channel and gently remove front pa
46. To Replace V Belts 1 Loosen tension on V belts so that they can easily be rolled off pulleys 2 Replace V belts 3 Retighten V belts and adjust tension and alignment per previous instructions C32 NOTE Alwaysreplace belts in matched sets 2 belts VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW J MOTORS To Replace Drive Motor 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove drive belts 3 Disconnect wiring harness from motor 4 Remove bolts holding motor to mount and replace with new motor DO NOT tighten bolts MOTOR BASE 0480 BELT AND 5 5 Remove pulley from old motor and install on new motor 6 Align motor pulley with idler pulley and align motor shaft with idler shaft and tighten bolts 7 Replace belts and adjust belt tension 8 Retighten bolts 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Impellor Motor Fan Shaft Drive 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove drive belts 3 Disconnect wiring harness from motor 4 Remove bolts holding motor to mount and replace with new motor DO NOT tighten bolts 5 Remove pulley from old motor and install on new motor 6 Align motor pulley with fan shaft pulley and tighten bolts 7 Replace belts and adjust belt tension 8 Retighten bolts 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C33 K IMPELLOR 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the left side panel to access th
47. a If computer dot second one from left does not come on check program to see if set for reverse b If set for reverse replace computer c Check for voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is also the markings on the coil are A1 and 2 B52 If there is voltage replace the coil the complete contactor If there is no voltage check for voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals and no voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor A1 and A2 the problem is faulty wires or terminations between BS1 and the contactor coil d Ifthere is no voltage between the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board check for voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals on the board If there is voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the arc suppressor A S board and the computer 9 pin connector no 9 or a faulty computer 4 Blower motor does not operate drive motor runs a Check for voltage across terminals A1 and A2 of the impellor contactor This is the single contactor in the reversing control box If voltage is present check for voltage across
48. describes the heat input in British Thermal Units F Electric service Describes the electric service for your particular models G Gas manifold pressure Describe the manifold pressure as taken at the gas valve pressure tap refer to Using Manometer E57 USING How Use Manometer 1 With dryer in non operating mode remove plug on the gas valve pressure tap 2 Attach plastic tubing to pressure tap Fitting is supplied with manometer refer to illustration 3 Attach manometer to dryer using magnet NOTE Place manometer in a position so that readings can be taken at eye level 5 Start dryer With burner on take a reading GAS VALVE 18 NPT FITTING Readings should be taken at eye level 4 Fill manometer with water as shown in illustration to the zero level PLASTIC TUBING a Read water level at the inner tube b Correct readings should be FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL MAGNE T 4 NATURAL GAS 3 5 Inches W C L P GAS 10 5 Inches W C 6 If water column pressure is incorrect refer to TO ADJUST GAS PRESSURE 7 Reverse procedure for removing manometer INNER TUBE OUTER TUBE MANO707 E58 D TOOL LIST Straight Head Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Sensor Pin and Socket Tool P N 122801 Pliers 1 4 Nut Driver 3 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Deep Socket Wrench 3 8 Socket Wrench
49. etc To Convert Natural Gas to L P Gas I NOTE ALL dryers are sold as natural gas unless otherwise specified at the time the dryer order was placed For L P gas the dryer must be converted as follows 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 a For models with 3 4 White Rodgers gas valve 1 Remove top vent cap 2 Insert spring and pin 3 Replace vent cap 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace with L P orifices NOTE Use extreme care when removing orifices They are made of brass and are easily damaged B21 3 Reverse the procedure for reinstalling valve assembly to the dryer WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME Burner Tubes Replacement 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove four 4 screws securing the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module mounting bracket 3 Remove front flanges of the burner tubes to the burner tube rest 3902 4 Remove the screws securing the burner tube rest to the oven and remove this rest 5 Remove screws securing burner box cover plate to the oven and remove the cover 6 Remove burner tubes by sliding them out 7 Replace by reversing procedure HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the wires connected to the te
50. result in slow drying and shutdown of the heat circuits safety switches or thermostats NOTE When cleaning dryer cabinets avoid using harsh abrasives A product intended for cleaning appliances is recommended ADJUSTMENTS 7 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION and EVERY 6 MONTHS THEREAFTER Inspect bolts nuts screws bearing set screws nonpermanent gas connections unions shut off valves orifices and grounding connections Motor and drive belts should be examined Cracked or seriously frayed belts should be replaced Tighten loose V belts when necessary Complete operational check of controls and valves Complete operational check of ALL safety devices switch lint drawer switch sail switch burner and hi limit thermostats C LUBRICATION The drive shaft bearings and idler shaft bearings should be lubricated every three 3 months Use a 3 grease or equivalent Lubrication is necessary The motor bearings and under normal most conditions the tumbler bearing are permanently lubricated It is physically possible to re lubricate the tumbler bearing if you choose even though this practice may not be necessary Use Industrial Chevron ball or roller bearing SRI grease NLGI2 or its equivalent which has a broad operating temperature range of 22 F 6 C to 350 F 177 C SECTIONIII INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local and state codes In the ab
51. the display will read LINT dOOR The dryer will stop until the Lint Drawer has been closed at which time the L E D display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START 1 key MAIN MAIN DOOR Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is open or the main door is opened then the MAIN L E D indicator will go out If the dryer is active running and the main door is opened the MAIN L E D indicator will go out and the display will read MAIN dOOR The dryer will stop until the main door has been closed at which time the L E D display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START 1 key DRUM TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT Input L E D Indicator a Should be on at ALL times unless the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior during the cycle while the heat was on the display would read ARUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication SAIL SAIL SWITCH Input L E D Indicator This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is the correct position If the sail switch is in the closed position prior to start the SAIL output L E D indica
52. viewing from the front and runs to the front of the dryer where the gas valve is located 4944 VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW E DRIVE MOTOR The T E F C Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled drive motor is located approximately lower center of the dryer It sits on an adjustable base so that the motor can be easily adjusted to the left or right up or down The drive motor is a 1 HP 0 75 kw motor and operates on 208 to 460 volts 3 phase 30 50 60 Hz MOTOR BASE MAN0480 BELT AND SHEAVE DII G BLOWER MOTOR and IMPELLOR GAS and STEAM The impellor is shaft driven The blower motor drives the shaft on which the impellor is mounted This enables the impellor to run at a higher RPM thereby producing a higher airflow CFM IDLER BEARING IDLER SHAFT H IDLER ASSEMBLY Viewing from the rear of the dryer LARGE IDLER PULLEY The idler assembly is located approximately on the lower center of the dryer The idler assembly consists of two 2 idler pulleys the small and large pulleys The idler s main purpose is to reduce the speed and increase torque provided to the tumbler basket bearing Also at the idler assembly belt tension can be adjusted IDLER BEARING SMALL IDLER PULLEY MAN0481 BEARING L TUMBLER BASKET BEARING and PULLEY ARRANGEMENT The tumbler basket bearing and pulley arrangement is located viewing from the rear of the dryer approximately at the upper center of the dryer T
53. 9 LINT dOOR this monitors the lint drawer door circuit If the machine was not active and the lint drawer door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the lint drawer door open the display would read LINT dOOR with an audio indication If the machine was active and the lint drawer door was opened the display would read LINT dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the lint door was closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START JKey and it will continue the programmed cycle 10 TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE this routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature When the temperature sensor or fuse opens with the machine not active the display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the machine was active at the time that the temperature sensor or fuse opened the display would read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F the machine will continue to display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication and run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication The display will continue to read TEMP
54. C21 NOTE Models manufactured as of 1998 are equipped with a manual reset hi limit thermostat 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wires from hi limit thermostat 3 Remove the two 2 screws washers and nuts securing thermostat to the bracket Remove thermostat HI LIMIT 330 F 166 C 4 Reversing procedure for installing new thermostat 4796 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer 42 08 99 To Replace Manual Reset Tumbler Hi Heat Protector 225 F 107 Thermostat This thermostat is part of the sensor bracket assembly and is secured to the underside of the tumbler basket wrapper in the lint compartment As a safety device this thermostat will open shut off the heating unit circuit if an excessive temperature occurs The dryer motor will remain on even if the thermostat is open 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer PUSH ON 1 FASTENER 2 Remove lint drawer Remove two 2 2 TEMPERATURE screws securing lint door and remove lint SENSOR door 3 Locate sensor bracket assembly and loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws sa _ securing bracket assembly to the tumbler THERMOSTAT basket wrapper MANZ926 NOTE DO NOT remove the screws l 01 17 00 4 Remove bracket assembly by slightly sliding bracket towards the rear of the dryer and to the left 5 Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector and remove bracket assembl
55. Caution Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls Wiring errors can cause improper operation CAUTION DRYERS SHOULD NEVER BE LEFT UNATTENDED WHILE IN OPERATION WARNING CHILDREN SHOULD NOT BE ALLOWED TO PLAY ON OR NEAR THE DRYER S CHILDREN SHOULD BE SUPERVISED IF NEAR DRYERS IN OPERATION FOR YOUR SAFETY DO NOT DRY MOP HEADS IN THE DRYER DO NOT USE DRYER IN THE PRESENCE OF DRY CLEANING FUMES WARNING UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the door switch or the heat circuit devices ever be disabled WARNING The dryer must never be operated with any of the back guards outer tops or service panels removed PERSONALINJURY or FIRE COULD RESULT WARNING DRYER MUST NEVER BE OPERATED WITHOUT THE LINT FILTER SCREEN IN PLACE EVEN IF AN EXTERNALLINT COLLECTION SYSTEM IS USED IMPORTANT PLEASE OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS displayed on the equipment and or specified in the installation and operator s manual included with the dryer Dryers must not be installed or stored in an area where it will be exposed to water or weather The wiring diagram for the dryer is located in the front electrical control box area Table of Contents ML 96 SERVICE MANUAL TABLE CONTENTS AA ML 122 SERVICE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS BB ML 130 SERVICE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENT S CC ML 145 170 SERVICE MANUAL TABL
56. Connect water column test gauge connection to gas valve pressure tap 1 8 NPT This pressure tap is located on the outlet manifold side of the valve b Start dryer With burner on the correct water column OUTER TUBE reading in inches would be MAN3487 Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 26 1 mb D19 2 To Adjust Water Column Pressure natural gas only L P gas must be regulated at source a Remove the slotted vent cap on the top of the valve b Turn the slotted adjustment screw located on the top of the valve next to the terminals Turn clockwise CW to increase manifold pressure and counterclockwise CCW to decrease NOTE Ifcorrect W C pressure cannot be achieved problems may be due to an undersized gas supply line a faulty or underrated gas meter etc To Convert from Natural Gas to L P Gas NOTE ALL dryers are sold as natural gas unless otherwise specified at the time the dryer order was placed For L P gas the dryer must be converted as follows 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove the four 4 screws which secure the top cap assembly This assembly contains the regulator adjustment screw and the terminal connections 3 Replace the top cap assembly with the L P version Unscrew main burner orifices and replace with L P orifices NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacin
57. Dirty or clogged lint screen Washing machine extractors are not performing properly An exceptionally cold humid or low barometric pressure atmosphere The supply gas may have a low heating valve check with local gas supplier Failed temperature sensor temperature calibration is incorrect 10 Failed microprocessor controller computer A33 Thermal overload for drive motor is tripping 1 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply 2 Motor bearing failure 3 Motor vents are blocked with lint 4 Failed motor 5 Failed overload 6 Out of balance impellor fan 7 Insufficient make up air Overload for impellor fan motor is tripping 1 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply 2 Motor bearing failure 3 Motor vents are blocked with lint 4 Failed motor 5 Failed overload 6 Insufficient make up air H Burner hi limit safety thermostat is tripping 1 Insufficient exhaust duct work size or restriction in exhaust system 2 Insufficient make up air 3 Lint screen needs cleaning 4 Damaged impellor fan NOTE For models with the manual reset hi limit thermostat refer to page 20 A34 J L E D light emitting diode display reads Temp Sensor Failure Check Temp Sensor Fuse Dryer Sensor Circuit Failure 1 Check 1 8 amp fuse on microprocessor controller computer 2 Faulty microprocessor temperature sensor probe 3 Open circuit in either one of
58. IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 30 ft lbs 41 Nm If greater tightening forces applied excess pressure will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack I TUMBLER WHEEL REPLACEMENT ON IDLER ASSEMBLY Taper Lock Models 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the front panel from the dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 28 3 Remove the ten 10 1 4 20 x 1 4 socket button head screws from the perforated basket side 4 Remove the wrapper assembly 5 Block the tumbler basket assembly in position 6 Mark the position of the pillow block bearings Then remove the bolts from the pillow block bearing 7 Remove the idler shaft assembly through the front of the machine 8 Remove the cap screws from bushing 9 Insert cap screws in the tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft 10 Remove the bushing tumbler wheel and key 11 Reverse this procedure for replacement B31 J BASKET ASSEMBLY NOTE Dryer must be level prior to tumbler basket alignment 1 2 3 8 9 Discontinue electrical power to dryer Remove the perforated tumbler basket panel Remove wrapper panel to access the drive and idler shaft Place a level
59. IN THE A C SWITCH CIRCUIT DRYING CYCLES RANGE FROM 1 10 CYCLES BEFORE CLEAN LINT DISPLAY CYCLE DISPLAY TIME DOOR IS FAULT IN THE DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT MANUAL MODE MAXIMUM GUARD TIME FLASH DISPLAY NOT ACTIVE SAIL SWITCH OPEN ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM 15 NOT ACTIVE NO BUZZER TONE GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE NO REVERSE NO ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED PROGRAM MODE NO CYCLE IN PROGRESS ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE MONITORS TUMBLER BASKET RPM WITH ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT ACTIVE GAS ELECTRIC ONLY ATTEMPT MADE TO START DRYER WITH SAIL SWITCH DISABLED IN CLOSED POSITION SELECT REVERSE SPIN TIME START ANTI WRINKLE GUARD CYCLE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER STEAM HEATED STOP TIME FAULT IN M P HEAT SENSING CIRCUIT E49 D MPUTER LOGIC and WI DIAGRAM 1 Operator enters desired selection s COMPUTER LOGIC AND WIRING DIAGRAM LINT DOOR amp MAIN DOOR TEMP SENSOR WITCHES SAIL 4 SWITCH V KEYPAD LABEL MICROCONTROLLER BURNER HI LIMIT TUMBLER CONTACTOR HI LIMLT BLOWER MOTOR HSI CONTACTOR x SOLENOID GLO BAR AND GAS FLAME PROBE VAL VE MAN4749 AIR JET 2 Information entered is sent to the microcontroller via the keyboard touchpad 3 The input information is sorted processed and executed by the microcomputer chip 4 The microcomputer output signal activates the contactors and HSI H
60. If the air jet does not energize it is not the fault of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer If the output L E D or dot DO NOT go on it is the fault of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer HT1 HEAT Output L E D Indicator a Ifthe dryer is started and there is No Heat yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display heat circuit indicator dot is on but the output L E D indicator is off then the fault is in the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe dryer is started and there is No Heat yet both the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display indicator dots and the output L E D indicator on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer D46 10 11 FUSE MAIN FUSE Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time even if the dryer is not running If the L E D light emitting diode is not on then the display will read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the main fuse is good then the fault is on the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer LINT LINT DOOR Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is opened then the LINT L E D indicator will go out Ifthe dryer is active running and the lint door is opened the LINT L E D indicator will go out and
61. It is shown to the right and it uses a piston with compressed air to open and close the steam damper which in turn allows the air to flow either through the coil for heat or under the coil 3 for cool down Air supply is 80 PSI PISTON 10 PSI Lo MICRO VALVE MAN0887 SUPPORT SUPPORT RESSED TEAN AIR REQUIREMENTS The dryer requires an external supply of air 2 5 cfm 80 psi on the steam models the air is necessary to operate the damper system On both steam as well as the gas model the 2 air is necessary required for the blower air jet operation to clean lint from the impellor fan squirrel cage type MAN5045 phen E15 SECTION V SERVICING INTRODUCTION ALL electrical mechanical service or repairs should be made with the electrical power to the dryer disconnected power off The information provided in this section should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person making repairs Service work should be performed by competent technicians in with local state and federal codes When contacting the factory for assistance always have the dryer model and serial numbers available Before considering replacement make sure that ALL connectors are in place and making proper contact E16 A COMPUTER CONTROLS To Replace Computer 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect main power harness along with the three 3 other connectors lo
62. NOTE Ifcorrect W C pressure cannot be achieved problem may be due to an undersized gas supply line a faulty or underrated gas meter etc To Convert from Natural Gas to L P Gas NOTE ALL dryers are sold as natural gas unless otherwise specified at the time the dryer order was placed For L P gas the dryer must be converted as follows 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove the four 4 screws which secure the top cap assembly This assembly contains the regulator adjustment screw and the terminal connections 3 Replace the top cap assembly with the L P version 4 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace with L P orifices NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 5 Reverse the procedure for reinstalling valve assembly to the dryer WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace Burner Tubes 1 Referto Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove four 4 screws securing manifold rest and remove rest 3 Remove the screws securing the front flanges of the burner tubes to the burner tube rest 4 Remove the screws securing the burner tube rest to the oven and remove this rest SL 01 20 00 MAN4944 Remove screws securing the burner box cover plate to the ov
63. PARIS ii u L Oa Wa ua Qan LO A Control Panel uu l an n a Sanna asa q Ra ai asa 10 BC onor BON ana 10 HSI Module Gas Models Only T ns 10 D Gas Bumer Assemb uquy u uu a a pun Goa 11 M E 11 F Blower Motor and Impellor Gas and Steam asss 11 G Speed Reducing Shaf FRAR 12 H Tumbler Basket Bearing Arrangement 0 0 2 0 11 1 12 1 Dumber Basket 12 J Door SWIIcha uuu a 13 K Sail Switch Gas Models 13 Le Gas Models ODIY u u u 13 M Manual Reset Thermostat ta A E AT 14 N T im Drane sre S 14 O Lint u munan en ee 14 Po Steam Damper Sy Stein 15 Q Compressed Air Requirement ccssccsssesssesssessessssesssssscsscessccsssssa
64. SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 4 dRUM SAFETY FAIL This routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature if the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior or during the cycle while the heat was the machine will display ARUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and dRUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 5 No HEAT This routine monitors the burner ignition If the burner mis ignites does not light the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module will check to see of the microprocessor program has any retries left The _ Standard retry count is two 2 If the module notices that there retries left it will purge for one 1 minute then try to ignite the burner again The HSI Hot Surface Ignition module will try this for a total of three 3 times or until there are no retries left If the burner does not ignite after three 3 attempts the L E D light emitting diode display will display the error code no heat with an audio indication When this occurs the machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 6 bURNER CONTROL FAIL This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the P
65. Temp Sensor Failure Check Temp Sensor Fuse Dryer Sensor Circuit Failure 1 Check 1 8 amp fuse on microprocessor controller computer 2 Faulty microprocessor controller computer temperature sensor probe 3 Open circuit in either one 1 of two 2 wires leading from the sensor probe to the computer a Connection at sensor bracket assembly connector b Connection at computer harness connector 4 Faulty microprocessor controller computer J Dryer does not start Display reads main door or lint door with an audio indication 1 2 3 4 5 Main door 15 open Lint drawer is open Faulty main door or lint door switch Open circuit in either main door or lint drawer switch harnesses Faulty 24 VAC transformer K There is excessive vibration coming from the tumbler basket 1 2 Tumbler basket is out of adjustment Drive shaft or idler shaft is out of alignment Faulty pillow block bearing Faulty tumbler basket wheel Drive motor and shaft not aligned 38 SECTION PHASE 6 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS ALL major circuits includin
66. Upon ignition the resistance in the flame sensor electrode changes and the information is sent to the HSI module via the sensor probe lead connection to the module Once the resistance is changed and sensed the HSI module will sustain the gas flow provide 24 VAC power to the gas valve 20 St D GAS BURNER ASSEMBLY Ao Gas heated dryers are equipped with a gas burner assembly consisting of three 3 burner tubes a gas valve a hot surface ignitor a flame sensor a sail switch and a hi limit thermostat The inlet piping enters through the rear of the dryer on 452 the left hand side viewing from the front and runs to the front of the dryer where the gas valve is located 51 MODULE E STEAM SYSTEM OPERATION 2 i W HOT SURFACE IGNITOR ORIFKES 3 TALLY 12 08 99 3 PORT MANIFOLD General Overview The ML 122 steam coil is constantly charged thereby eliminating repeated expansion and contraction and also provide instant heating to start the drying process The steam damper located on top of the steam coil is the only temperature controlling device in this system When the steam damper is open ambient air is drawn through the coil providing heat to the dryer When the steam damper is closed ambient air is drawn directly into the tumbler basket bypassing the coil allowing a rapid cool down Bll Alrtlow Heating Mode A
67. a Heat Circuit Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating circuit to be active on B43 4 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 4 a On Indicator _ 1 This indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle program is active the indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time program 5 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 5 a Air Jet Circuit OPTIONAL 1 This indicator dot is on at the end of the dryer cycle for approximately 60 seconds C PHASE 6 OPL MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER COMPUTER RELAY OUTPUT L E D light emitting diode INDICATORS There are a series of five 5 L E D indicators ORANGE LIGHTS located at the backside of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These are identified or labeled from top to bottom in the illustration below as FAN BLOWER FOR FORWARD REV REVERSE AIR AIR JET HEAT OUTPUT There are a series of seven 7 L E D indicators red lights FUSE MAIN FUSE LINT LINT DOOR MAIN MAIN DOOR DRUM TUMBLER HI LIMIT SAIL SAIL SWITCH BURN BURNER HI LIMIT FLAME FLAME PROBE The L E D in the center of the board red light indicates power supplied to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These L E D s indicate the inputs and outputs of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor computer as it moni
68. and program has been selected The computer controls the entire operation of the machine It accepts inputs and gives outputs to various parts throughout the machine B CONTROL PANEL NON MICROPROCESSOR On models without microprocessors a timer is used to set a specific time Most non microprocessor machines are built with dual timers a 60 minute dry timer and a 15 minute cool down timer The temperature selector switch selects the Hi Perm Press or Lo Temp The Push to Start relay activates the machine which starts the drying cycle CONTROL BOX Opening the computer panel will reveal the control box Inside the control box are connectors for various harnesses traveling throughout the machine Located on the back of the control panel is the computer MAN4974 SL 0 27 00 q D10 D HSI HOT SURFACE IGNITION MODULE Gas Models ONLY The HSI Hot Surface Ignition system consists of a microprocessor computer based control module along with an ignitor flame probe assembly This control utilizes a 24 V carbide ignitor and a rectified flame sensor probe signal to locally control ALL basic functions in the gas burner E GAS BURNER ASSEMBL Gas heated dryers are equipped with a gas burner assembly consisting of four 4 burner tubes gas valve HSI ignitor sail switch and hi limit thermostat The inlet piping enters through the rear of the dryer on the left hand side
69. are concerned and not necessarily the suspected component itself Electrical parts should always be checked for failure before being returned to the factory The information provided should not be misconstrued as a handbook for use by an untrained person making repairs IMPORTANT When replacing blown fuses the replacement must be of the exact rating as the fuse being replaced WARNING ALL SERVICE and TROUBLESHOOTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BYA QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL or SERVICE AGENCY WARNING WHILE MAKING REPAIRS OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE DRYER or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL Refer to section Electrical Troubleshooting for a detailed troubleshooting procedure for electrical components A No display on computer 1 Open circuit breaker switch fuse 2 Tripped overload on the blower MTR 3 Faulty wiring connection 4 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B Computer will not accept keyboard touchpad entries 1 Keyboard touchpad ribbon is not plugged into computer securely 2 Keyboard touchpad is defective 3 Faulty microprocessor controller computer E38 Dryer will not start but computer display indicators are on and relay output lights are on 1 Failed contactors 2 Failed arc suppressor A S board 3 Failed motors 4 Loose wiring connection D Drive motor runs burner is on tumbler basket will not turn and the computer is reading Rotatio
70. are met an ADC dryer will provide many years of efficient trouble free and most importantly safe operation WARNING KEEP DRYER AREA CLEAR and FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS GASOLINE and OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS and LIQUIDS NOTE Suggested time intervals shown for average usage which is considered six 6 to eight 8 operational running hours per day Clean lint drawer screen every third or fourth load NOTE Frequency can best be determined at each location DAILY beginning of each work shift Clean lint from the drawer screen Inspect lint screen and replace if torn WEEKLY Clean lint accumulation from lint chamber thermostat and microprocessor temperature sensor sensor bracket area WARNING To avoid the hazard of electrical shock discontinue electrical supply to dryer STEAM DRYERS Clean steam coil fins using compressed air and a vacuum cleaner with brush attachment NOTE When cleaning steam coil fins be careful not to bend the fins If fins are bent straighten by using a fin comb which is available from local air conditioning supply houses 5 90 DAYS Remove lint from tumbler basket drive motors and surrounding areas Remove lint from gas valve burner area with a dusting brush or vacuum cleaner attachment Remove lint accumulation from inside control box and at rear area behind control box 6 MONTHS Inspect and remove lint accumulation in customer furnished exhaust d
71. be triggered The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Ifthe tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER FLAME with an audio indication This process will occur every time the heat output is active 8 MAIN dOOR This monitors the door circuit If the machine was not active and the main door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the main doors open the display will read MAIN dOOR with an audio indication If the machine is active and the main door was opened the display would read MAIN with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the main door has closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START 1 key and it will continue programmed cycle 9 LINT dOOR This monitors the lint drawer door circuit If the machine was not active and the lint drawer door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the lint drawer door open the display would read LINT dOOR with an audio indication If the machine was active and the lint drawer door was opened the display would read LINT with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the lint door was closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START 1 key and it wil
72. blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler and basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer displays REVERSE indicator dot is on but the REV REVERSE motor output L E D is off then the fault is of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the drive tumbler and basket motor is not operating and reverse indicator dot and output L E D is on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer AIR AIR JET Output L E D Indicator OPTIONAL a AIR is on with the display dot at the end of the dry cycle once the display reads it is on for approximately 60 seconds and the output L E D indicator and the display dot go out If the air jet does not energize it is not the fault of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer If the output L E D or dot DO NOT go on it is the fault of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer HEAT Output L E D Indicator a Ifthe dryer is started and there is No Heat yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display heat circuit indicator dot is on but the output L E D indicator is off then the fault is in the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe dryer is started and there is No Heat yet both the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller compu
73. but does not reverse blower motor runs 1 If computer dot second one from left does not come on check program to see if set for reverse 2 If set for reverse replace computer 3 Check for voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is CR3 also the markings on the coil are Al and A2 F50 If there is voltage replace the coil or the complete contactor If there is no voltage check for voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals and no voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor 1 and 2 the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between BS1 and the contactor coil 4 If there is no voltage between the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board check for voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals on the board If there is voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the arc suppressor A S board and the computer 9 pin connector no 9 or a faulty computer D Blower motor does not operate drive motor runs 1 Check for voltage across terminals 1 and 2 of the impellor contactor This is the single contactor the rear con
74. cap screws LARGE IDLER PULLEY 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on previous page 4 Remove bushing pulley and key 5 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B When cap screws are loosely IDLER BEARING inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft MANO481 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing 26 IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 15 ft lbs 20 Nm If greater tightening forces applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW To Replace Motor Pulley 1 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves 2 Remove cap screws from bushing 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on page 25 MOTOR BASE 4 Remove bushing pulley and key MANO480 BELT AND SHEAVE 5 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure on previous
75. case where the temperature reaches 220 F 104 C the Phase 6 microprocessor computer will shut down and the L E D light emitting diode will display Hot To restart a cycle the CLEAR STOP button must first be pressed E54 MICRO CURRENT METER TEMPERATURE SENSOR PHASE MICROPROCESSOR TCOSTA 02 02 00 MAN4997 2 0 F 5 C 32 _ C K 273 15 _ TEMPERATURE SENSOR CURRENT 1 000 000 MICROAMPS H 9 F 32 E55 SECTION X TECHNICAL INFORMATION The following section contains various technical information important to the service person in servicing and maintaining the dryer A MOTOR PLATE and LOW VOLTAGE HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOL TAGE ae oes a ta 8 7 5 6 STE MOTOR PLATE DRIVE MOTOR 0552 The motor plate is located on the side of the drive motor refer to illustration and contains a graphical representation of the motor wiring for both low voltage rating and high voltage rating Removing the cap reveals the wiring to the motor On each wire there is a number which corresponds to the numbers on the motor plate Depending on whether the dryer is operating on low voltage or high voltage the wiring should match the motor plate as follows The dots and lines represent connections refer to illustration For example On Low Voltage wire 14 is connected to wire
76. diode Display Indicators F44 C Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor Controller Relay Output L E D light emitting diode Indicators F45 SECTION IX L E D DISPLAY CODES EEE F46 A L E D light emitting diode Display Operating Status F46 B Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor L E D light emitting diode Displays 47 Cr LED F48 SECTION X TECHNICAL INFORMATION F55 A Motor Plate High and Low Voltage B Data Label a Manometer D ToolList FF SECTION I IMPORTANTINFORMATION A SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance 2 Purchaser user should consult the local gas supplier for proper instructions to be followed in the event the user smells gas The instructions should be posted in a prominent location 3 Dryer must be exhausted to the outdoors 4 Although ADC s dryer is a very versatile machine there are some articles that due to fabric composition or cleaning method should not be dried in it WARNING Dry only water washed fabrics DO NOT dry articles spotted or washed in dry cleaning solvents a combustible detergent or all purpose cleaners FIRE or EXPLOSION C
77. dryer is started and there is No Heat yet both the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display indicator dots and the output L E D light emitting diode indicator on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer A40 10 11 FUSE MAIN FUSE Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a Should be on ALL the time even if the dryer is not running If the L E D light emitting diode is not on then the display will read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the main fuse is good then the fault is on the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer LINT LINT DOOR Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is opened then the LINT L E D light emitting diode indicator will go out b If the dryer is active running and the lint door is opened the LINT L E D light emitting diode indicator will go out and the display will read LINT dOOR The dryer will stop until the Lint Drawer has been closed at which time the L E D light emitting diode display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START key MAIN MAIN DOOR Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is open or the main door is opened then the MAIN L E D light emitting diode in
78. exhausted to the outdoors 6 Although ADC produces a very versatile machine there are some articles that due to fabric composition or cleaning method should not be dried in it WARNING only water washed fabrics DO NOT dry articles spotted or washed in dry cleaning solvents a combustible detergent or all purpose cleaner EXPLOSION COULD RESULT WARNING DO NOT dry rags or articles coated or contaminated with gasoline kerosene oil paint wax EXPLOSION COULD RESULT A3 WARNING DONOTdry mopheads Contamination by wax flammable solvents will create a fire hazard WARNING DO NOTuseheat for drying articles that contain plastic foam sponge rubber or similarly textured rubber materials Drying ina heated tumbler basket may damage plastics or rubber and also may be a fire hazard 7 program should be established for the inspection and cleaning of lint in the heating unit area exhaust duct work and inside the dryer The frequency of inspection and cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location WARNING collection of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work can create a potential fire hazard 8 For personal safety the dryer must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and or the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA NO 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION NOTE
79. experience at each location Maximum operating efficiency is dependent upon proper air circulation The accumulation of lint can restrict this airflow If the guidelines in this section are met ADC dryer will provide many years of efficient trouble free and most importantly safe operation WARNING KEEP DRYER AREA CLEAR and FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS GASOLINE and OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS and LIQUIDS NOTE Suggested time intervals shown for average usage which is considered six 6 to eight 8 operational running hours per day Clean lint drawer and screen every third load NOTE Frequency can best be determined at each location DAILY beginning of each work shift Clean lint from the drawer and screen Inspect lint screen and replace if torn WEEKLY Clean lint accumulation from lint chamber thermostat and microprocessor temperature sensor sensor bracket area WARNING To avoid the hazard of electrical shock discontinue electrical supply to dryer 90 DAYS Remove lint from tumbler basket drive motors and surrounding areas Remove lint from gas valve burner area with a dusting brush or vacuum cleaner attachment NOTE To prevent damage avoid cleaning or touching ignitor and flame probe assembly Remove lint accumulation from inside control box and at rear area behind control box 5 EVERY 6 MONTHS Inspect and remove lint accumulation in customer furnished exhaust duct work system a
80. faulty wires or terminations between the two 2 AS1 terminals and the computer board J7 9 pin connector no 7 or faulty computer 5 Lint Door Condition NOTE Make sure main door and lint door are closed Also if checking either switch the plunger must be depressed a Check L E D light emitting diode input light LINT on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the computer b Check voltage 24 VAC from J7 9 pin connector no 3 to ground If voltage is present check no 4 to ground if voltage is present replace board C51 c Ifno voltage is present at J7 9 connector no 4 to ground but voltage is present at 3 to ground The problem is a faulty switch wires or termination between J7 to J8 and J8 to the lint switch no 20 and 21 d If voltage is present at 77 9 connector 3 to ground then voltage should not be present at no 5 to ground Replace the board 6 Main Door Condition a Check L E D light emitting diode input light MAIN on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the computer b Check voltage 24 VAC from J7 9 pin connector no 5 to ground If voltage is present check no 6 to ground If voltage is present replace board c Ifno voltage is present at J7 9 pin connector no 6 to ground but voltage is present at no 5 to ground The problem is a faulty switch faulty wires or terminations J7 to J8 J8 to
81. flame gets too hot this thermostat will shut off the burner This is generally caused by low airflow through the dryer In a hi limit situation the L E D light emitting diode display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication The manual reset thermostat must be reset manually or the 24 VAC burner circuit will never be complete This will cause the Phase 6 microprocessor computer to continue to go off on bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication HI LIMIT 330 F 166 C i MAN4796 TILLY 12 08 99 15 MANUAL THERMOSTAT This is located inside the dryer in the lint compartment above the lint screen This thermostat senses the heated air after it passes through the tumbler basket If the air temperature gets too hot the thermostat will shut off the burner The dryer will not run until the air temperature cools down At this time the manual reset thermostat must be reset manually or the 24 VAC burner circuit will never be completed Tumbler basket and blower will run but the dryer will not heat If the temperature sensor opens the L E D light emitting diode display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication Ifthe thermostat opens the L E D light emitting diode display will read ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication N SCREEN The Lint Screen is located in the front of the dryer in the Lint Coop Assembly To clean t
82. for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 If the tumbler temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication 7 BURNER FLAME FAIL This routine allows two 2 flame out retries to occur before proceeding into the error The count of two 2 will be established every time the call for heat was to occur Only if it reaches the count of two 2 before the tumbler temperature has reached the set temperature will this error be triggered The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Ifthe tumbler temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display DURNER FLAME FAIL with an audio indication This process will occur every time the heat output is active 8 MAIN DOOR This monitors the door circuit If the machine was not active and the main door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the main doors open the display will read MAIN dOOR with an audio indication If the machine is active and the main door was opened the display would read MAIN dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the main door has closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START key and it will continue the programmed cycle 9 LINT dOOR This monitors the lint d
83. have been stored in the computer s memory Refer to Computer Operator s Manual for details 3 Make a complete operational check of ALL the operating controls to assure that the timing is correct temperature selection switches are functioning etc 4 Make a complete operational check of ALL safety related circuits door switch es hi limit thermostat sail switch cycling thermostats etc 5 For gas dryers a gas pressure test should be taken at the gas valve pressure tap of each dryer to assure that the water column pressure is correct and consistent E8 NOTE Water column pressure requirements measured at the pressure tap on the gas valve body Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 6 If computer program changes are required refer to the Phase 6 Operator s Manual ADC Part No 113022 for details 7 dryer should be operated through one complete cycle to assure that no further adjustments are necessary and that ALL components are functioning properly 8 Check the electric service phase sequence While the dryer is operating check to see if the blower wheel is rotating in the proper direction Looking from the front the blower wheel should spin in the clockwise CW direction If so the phasing is correct If the phasing is incorrect reverse two 2 leads at connections L1 L2 or L3 of power supply to the dryer E9 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OE PART
84. heat condition exceeding 225 F 107 15 SECTION V SERVICING INTRODUCTION ALL electrical and mechanical service or repairs should be made with the electrical power to the dryer disconnected power off WARNING PERSONALINJURYCOULDRESULT The information provided in this section should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person making repairs Service work should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local state and federal codes When contacting the factory for assistance always have the dryer model and serial numbers available A COMPUTER CONTROLS To Replace Computer 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect main power harness along with the three 3 other connectors located on the computer board from rear of computer by squeezing locking tab and pulling connector straight back 3 Disconnect the green ground wire from the computer and the wire connected to the air jet spade 4 Disconnect keyboard touchpad ribbon from the computer 5 Remove the two 2 Phillips screws securing the computer to the sheet metal control panel Remove the board by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs 6 Install new computer by reversing this procedure 7 When replacing the computer the and B factors must be reprogrammed Refer to Computer Operator s Manual for details NOTE The A and
85. input and derives RPM measurement To display this RPM measurement press the ENTER START key once and release then press the ENTER START key a second time and hold This will display the RPM measurement The rotational sensor must be active for operation of this feature 12 CHECK MAIN FUSE Indicates that the circuit fuse protection which is located on the back side of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer the display would read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the display continues after the fuse has been replaced then it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer B L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY INDICATORS The L E D light emitting diode indicator dots located on the top portion of the display indicates various Phase 6 OPL computer output functions while a cycle is in progress These indicator dots as shown in the illustration below DO NOT necessarily mean that the outputs are functioning They are only indicating that the function output should be active on 1 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 1 MAN3450 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the forward mode clockwise CW direction 2 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 2 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the reverse mode counterclockwise CCW dir
86. microcontroller via the keyboard touchpad 3 The input information is sorted processed and executed by the microcomputer chip 4 The microcomputer output signal activates the contactors and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module which control machine functions dates refer to illustration NOTE When contacting ADC with electrical questions please have on hand the correct wiring diagram number for your particular machine This number is located on the top right hand corner of the diagram It is a six 6 digit number followed by a letter to distinguish the revision The wiring diagrams used in Troubleshooting are specifically for dryers manufactured at the time of publishing Your particular model may vary slightly depending on the date of manufacturing and options available The correct wiring diagram and number is either taped to the rear of the control door on each dryer or placed in the control box If your particular diagram is lost or unreadable call ADC with the serial number of the dryer ADC will be more than happy to send you a diagram by fax or mail F49 No Display Condition 1 Check main fuses or circuit breaker 2 Check blower tripped reset 3 Check fuse 1 or fuse 2 and if either are blown replace 4 Check to make sure the EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is not depressed 5 Between pin 1 and ground of the 15 pin connector you should be getting 24 V 6 If no voltage is prese
87. mounted sheave which may cause it to crack MAN1032 To Replace Small Idler Pulley 1 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves B 2 Remove cap screws from the bushing 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A PLEA my ___ 1 1 2 4 Remove bushing pulley and key 4 5 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft Z 2 6 Insert key the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with screw heads to the outside MAN1031 C26 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft Ibs 8 Nm if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack IDLER BEARING To Replace Large Idler Pulley 1 Loosen V belts Then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves IDLER SHAFT LARGE IDLER PULLEY 2 Remove cap screws 3 Insert cap screws in ta
88. operating and there is proper airflow the sail switch damper pulls in and closes the sail switch Providing ALL the other heat related circuits are functioning properly ignition should now be established If an improper airflow occurs the sail switch damper will release and the circuit will open To Replace Sail Switch 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the two 2 screws which hold sail switch box cover to sail switch box 3 Disconnect the two 2 wires from the switch 4 Disassemble sail switch from mounting bracket by removing the two 2 screws securing switch in place 5 Reverse this procedure for installing new sail switch Adjust sail switch as described in the next section To Adjust Sail Switch With the dryer operating at a high temperature setting pull the sail switch away from the burner The sail switch should open and extinguish the burner Let the sail switch damper return to the burner wall The sail switch should close to restart the burner ignition cycle If the sail switch circuit does not operate as described bend the actuator arm of the sail switch accordingly until proper operation is achieved To check proper open position of sail switch open main door manually depress main door switch and start dryer With the main door open and the dryer operating the sail switch should be open and the burner should not come on E FRONT PANEL and MAIN DOOR ASSEMBLIES To Replace Main Door Switc
89. page When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft lbs 8 Nm if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack G TUMBLER BASKET ASSEMBLY oo BASKET Tumbler Basket Alignment Vertical 00900000000 09595000000 Down Adjustment LLT 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer NEE VERTICAL HOLDING 4 HOLDING BOL T L 2 Remove back guard N_ VERTICAL ADJUSTING FRONT TUMBLER ag tO Om ra 3 Loosen the two 2 vertical holding bolts on Sm the side at the top of the bearing box one BEARING 1 on each side Back off jam nuts on vertical adjustment bolts LATERAL ADJUSTMENT B BOLT LATERAL ADJUSTMENT BOLT REAR BEARING BOLTS TOP VIEW MAN0551 D27 5 Turn these bolts clockwise CW evenly to raise tumbler basket or counterclockwise CCW evenly to lower tumbler basket 6 Ro
90. pillow block bearing of the drive shaft Loosen two 2 bolts securing rear speed reducing shaft bearing Loosen adjustment bolt supplying pressure to the rear bearing on the speed reducing shaft Remove old V belts Reverse these steps to install new V belts V Belt Tension Adjustment Motor To Speed Reducing Shaft 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the lint drawer Remove the lint door Loosen two 2 bolts securing front bearing on speed reducing shaft Loosen tension bolt that is under the front bearing of the speed reducing shaft Remove the V belts Replace V belts by reversing the above procedures To Replace V Belts From The Blower Motor To The Fan 1 Loosen the four 4 bolts securing motor to the base of the dryer 2 Loosen the tension bolts 3 Remove old V belts 4 Reverse these steps to replace V belts NOTE Always replace V belts in pairs F33 K MOTORS To Replace Drive Motor 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove the left lint wall 5 Remove the drive V belts Follow V belt replacement from motor to speed reducing shaft 6 Loosen the four 4 bolts securing the motor to the base of the dryer 7 Disconnect the motor wiring 8 Remove old motor pulley and bushing and place on new motor 9 Reverse these steps to replace drive motor To Replace Impellor Motor
91. please have on hand the correct wiring diagram number for your particular machine This number is located on the top right hand corner of the diagram It is a six 6 digit number followed by a letter to distinguish the revision dates refer to illustration The wiring diagrams used in Troubleshooting are specifically for dryers manufactured at the time of publishing Your particular model may vary slightly depending on the date of manufacturing and options available The correct wiring diagram and number is either taped to the rear of the control door on each dryer or placed in the control box If your particular diagram is lost or unreadable call ADC with the serial number of the dryer ADC will be more than happy to send you a diagram by fax or mail D53 No Display Condition 1 2 Check main fuses or circuit breaker Check blower motor overload If tripped reset Check fuse 1 or fuse 2 and if either are blown replace Check to make sure EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is not depressed Across nos 6 and 8 you should be getting your 208 V or 240 V The J12 connector pin 1 and 3 you should be getting 24 V If no voltage is present double check Step 1 through Step 4 and also check wires and terminations at these points Take voltage reading across microprocessor 9 connector nos 1 and 2 If there is voltage check the power supply fuse on the computer If fuse is okay replac
92. prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is closed prior to start up the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication 2 No AIRFLOW If the sail switch opens during cycle operation the display will read No AIRFLOW along with an audio indication The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and display No AIRFLOW with an audio indication 3 bBURNER SAFETY FAIL Routine monitors the temperature above the burner If the burner hi limit switch opens the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 4 dRUM SAFETY FAIL This routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature if the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior or during the cycle while the heat was on the machine will display dRUM _ SAFETY FAIL The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Upon failure the machine will shut down and display ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 5 NoHEAT This routine monitors the gas valve response If the valve output is discont
93. pull or twist for operating position b Check fuse one 1 or two 2 and if either are blown replace Take voltage reading across the microprocessor J7 9 pin connector pins 1 and 2 Ifno voltage is present at pins and 2 double check the secondary 24 VAC side of transformer at the blower motor contactor number 13 to ground if no voltage is present check primary voltage to transformer d Check voltage across fuses 1 and 2 to ground If voltage is present check EMERGENCY STOP E Stop red and black wire to ground If voltage is present check voltage across 95 and 96 to ground of the drive motor overload If voltage is present check 95 and 96 to ground of the blower motor overload If voltage is present and transformer terminations are good then the transformer is faulty Refer to the schematic supplied with the dryer to assist in the troubleshooting of the dryer next section ALL voltage checks must be done in the operating mode with the appropriate microprocessor dot on Also appropriate L E D light emitting diode output light ot forward blower motor runs 2 Drive motor reverses but a If computer dot first dot on the left does not come on replace the computer b Check for voltage across the coil of the forward contactor located in the reversing panel box The contactor according to your diagram is marked CR2 The coil markings Al and A2 If voltage is present replace r
94. read READY b Press the keyboard touchpad of microprocessor controller computer c The dryer will start and display will show dRYING MANUAL CYCLE 30 MIN REMAIN then display the drum temp NOTE Pressing touchpad selections A B C D and F will also start the dryer Six 6 preprogrammed drying cycles A through F have been stored in the computer s memory Refer to computer operator s manual for details 3 Make a complete operational check of ALL the operating controls to assure that the timing is correct temperature selection switches are functioning etc 4 Make a complete operational check of ALL safety halted circuits door switches hi limit thermostat sail switch cycling thermostats etc 5 For gas dryers a gas pressure test should be taken at the gas valve pressure tap of each dryer to assure that the water column pressure is correct and consistent 8 NOTE Water column pressure requirements measured at the pressure tap on the gas valve body Natural Gas 3 5 inches water column W C 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 inches water column W C 26 1 mb 6 If computer program changes are required refer to the Phase 6 Operator s Manual ADC Part No 113022 for details 7 The dryer should be operated through one complete cycle to assure that no further adjustments are necessary and that ALL components are functioning properly 8
95. remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 10 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 15 ft lbs If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack 11 Reverse steps 1 thru 6 for reassembly To Replace Motor Pulley 1 2 9 Remove the lint door Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the lint drawer Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves Remove cap screws from bushing Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on page 25 4943 SL 01 20 00 Remove bushing pulley and key Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B on previous page When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 10 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing E27 IMP
96. see if set for reverse b If set for reverse replace computer c Check for voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is CR3 also the markings on the coil are Al and A2 A47 If there is voltage replace the coil or the complete contactor If there is no voltage check for voltage across the two BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two BS3 terminals and no voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor 2 the problem is faulty wires or terminations between BS1 and the contactor coil d If there is no voltage between the two BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board check for voltage across the two AS3 terminals on the board If there is voltage across the two AS3 terminals and no voltage across the two BS3 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two AS3 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the arc suppressor A S board and the computer 9 pin connector no 9 or a faulty computer 4 Blower motor DOES NOT operate drive motor runs a Check for voltage across terminals 1 and A2 of the impellor contactor This is the single contactor in the reversing control box If voltage is present check for voltage across the blower motor If there is voltage at the blower motor replace the motor If there is no voltage at
97. should be taken at the gas valve pressure tap of each dryer to assure that the water column pressure is correct and consistent F8 NOTE Water column pressure requirements measured at the pressure tap on the gas valve body Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 6 If computer program changes are required refer to the Phase 6 Operator s Manual ADC Part No 113022 for details 7 dryer should be operated through one complete cycle to assure that no further adjustments are necessary and that ALL components are functioning properly 8 Check the electric service phase sequence While the dryer is operating check to see if the blower wheel is rotating in the proper direction Looking from the front the blower wheel should spin in the clockwise CW direction If so the phasing is correct If the phasing is incorrect reverse two 2 leads at connections L1 L2 or L3 of power supply to the dryer F9 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION PARTS A CONTROL PANEL MICROPROCESSOR Lifting the control door will reveal the control panel assembly Opening the control panel will allow access to the major components which include the computer board and keyboard touchpad The keyboard touchpad inputs to the computer what temperature and program has been selected The computer controls the entire operation of the machine It accepts inputs and gives outputs to various parts throug
98. should have proper tension If too loose they will slip excessive wear on the bearings will result If the pulleys are not properly aligned excessive belt wear will result Proper belt tension will allow 1 2 displacement under normal thumb pressure at mid span of belt NOTE Belts must always be replaced in pairs matched sets V Belt Tension Adjustment Tumbler Basket to Idler 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Back off jam nuts on idler adjustment belts Tighten belts by turning both bolts evenly clockwise Turn counterclockwise CCW to loosen belts Check vertical plane of idler pulley for parallel alignment with tumbler basket pulley If realignment is required loosen tumbler basket pulley and bushing and move tumbler basket pulley to proper position Retighten jam nuts Reestablish electrical power to the dryer D31 V Belt Tension Adjustment Motor to Idler 1 0 8 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Loosen the nuts on the four 4 studs holding the drive motor mount to the back of the dryer Loosen the jam nuts on the adjustment screw on the top of the motor mount Turn the adjustment screw to lower the motor mount to tighten the belts or raise the motor mount to loosen the belts Check the vertical plane of the motor pulley and idler pulley for parallel alignment If realignment is required loosen motor pulley and bushing and move mot
99. side of the oven assembly for electric dryers sail switch consists of a round damper plate on a lever arm which is in contact with an electric switch When the air blower comes on it draws air through the gas or electric burner This creates a negative pressure inside the burner box and this negative pressure pulls in the round damper and activates the sail switch If there is improper airflow the damper will not pull in preventing the burner from coming on Improper airflow can be caused by improperly designed exhaust ducting where the duct run is too long or has too many sharp bends in it It can also be caused by a lack of make up air SAIL SWITCH MAN0537 K HI LIMIT Gas and Electric Models Only A hi limit thermostat is located at the burner This is an manual reset disc type thermostat set at 330 F 166 C for gas dryers and at 290 F 143 C for electric dryers If the flame in the burner should get too hot this thermostat will shut off the burner This is generally caused by low airflow through the dryer i HI LIMIT 166 C MAN4796 TILLY 42 08 99 L MANUAL RESET THERMOSTAT This is located inside the dryer in the lint compartment above the lint screen This thermostat senses the FASTENER heated air after it passes through the tumbler basket If the air temperature gets too hot the thermostat ZENCERATURE will shut off the burner The dryer will not run until the air
100. the computer display reads dSFL check for a loose connection in the wiring B IGNITION CONTROLS RED INDICATOR LIGHT To Remove Hot Surface Ignitor refer to illustration above A max ignitor 24 VAO 120 VAO 60 A Ambient 40 F to 100 F ANGI 22120 CAN OBA O22 2 No 9 89 CAUTION Hi VOLTAGE DISCONNECT WIRING BEFORE SEAVICING 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wire from S1 and GND on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 3 Disassemble ignitor from burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw 24 VOLTS A C CONSTANT SUPPLY 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new ignitor MAN3905 HOT SURFACE C17 5 Reestablish procedure for installation of new ignitor To Remove Flame Sensor Probe 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer FLAME 2 Disconnect the red wire from the flame sensor probe which goes to S2 on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 3 Disassemble flame sensor probe from burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw _ MAN3874 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new flame sensor probe NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer check the following refer to illustration above 5 Reestablish procedure for installation of new ignitor HSI Ignitor Flame Sensor Probe 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnec
101. to the illustration above B19 NOTE DO THE HOT SURFACE IGNITOR WIRES AND THE FLAME ELECTRODE WIRE TOGETHER IMPROPER OPERATION MAY RESULT THEY MAY RUN ALONGSIDE EACH OTHER 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Gas Valve Replacement Refer to burner illustration on page 22 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Close shut off valves in gas supply line 3 Disconnect gas valve wiring NOTE Identify location of each wire for correct reinstallation 4 Break union connection before gas valve 5 Loosen and remove four 4 screws securing pipe brackets to burner 6 Remove valve and manifold assembly from dryer 7 Remove valve mounting bracket manifold and piping from gas valve 8 Reverse procedure for installing new gas valve WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing ona soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME Main Burner Orifices Replacement 1 Refer to To Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reverse the removal procedure for reinstalling WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME B20 To Test and Adjust Gas Water Column Pressure There are t
102. use of energy and shut down of the burner by the airflow sail switch burner hi limit or lint chamber hi heat protector thermostat Refer to appropriate installation manual for more details B ELECTRICAL and GAS REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to have ALL electrical connections made by a properly licensed and competent electrician to assure that the electrical installation is adequate and conforms with local and state regulations or codes In the absence of such codes ALL electrical connections material and workmanship must conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections D7 IMPORTANT Failure to comply with these codes or ordinances and or the requirements stipulated in this manual can result in personal injury or component failure The gas dryer installation must meet the American National Standard National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections as well as local codes and ordinances and must be done by a qualified technician NOTE Undersized gas piping will result in ignition problems and slow drying and can create a safety hazard The dryer must be connected to the type of gas natural or L P liquid propane
103. voltage is evident at both points problem is faulty computer H Main Door condition NOTE Make sure main door is closed Also if checking the switch the plunger must be depressed Check L E D light emitting diode input light main door on component side of the computer If light is on replace computer 1 Check voltage 24 VAC across 2 pin connector J5 between pin 1 and ground If voltage is present problem is faulty wire or termination between the 9 pin computer connector pin 6 and the opposite side of door switch If no voltage is present check for voltage across pin 5 of the 9 pin computer connector and ground If there is no voltage at this point then problem is faulty computer If there is voltage at this point then problem is broken wire or faulty termination between pin 5 of 9 pin computer connector and pin 1 of J5 connector 52 L Microprocessor reads Temp Sensor Fuse 1 Replace the temperature sensor underneath the tumbler basket on a bracket the bullet shaped device 2 If it still reads Temp Sensor Fuse unplug the 4 pin connector from the temperature sensor bracket Also unplug the microprocessor 4 pin connector from the computer board Where the white red striped wire is going into the connector take a continuity reading across the wire and that same wire from the 4 pin connector that you unplugged earlier in this paragraph If there is no continuity check for break
104. will shut down and display ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 5 No HEAT This routine monitors the burner ignition If the burner mis ignites does not light the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module will check to see of the microprocessor program has any retries left The standard retry count is two 2 If the module notices that there are retries left it will purge for one 1 minute then try to ignite the burner again The HSI Hot Surface Ignition module will try this for a total of three 3 times or until there are no retries left If the burner does not ignite after three 3 attempts the L E D display will display the error code no heat with an audio indication When this occurs the machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 382 IMPORTANT For other countries such as Australia the retry count may not apply due to local approvals A36 6 bURNER CONTROL FAIL This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the machine will display bURNER CONTROL FAIL If the tumbler temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display bURNER CONTROL FAIL The machine will run with no heat
105. with PL5 FLASH active NFLASH active the ENTER START key must be pressed to display ARUM TEMP 3 Alternate Display Programs a Programming allows for the L E D light emitting diode display to read just the tumbler basket temperature or flash back and forth from Cycle in Progress or tumbler basket Temperature while the dryer cycle is in progress Unless otherwise specified at the time of ordering the dryer the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is programmed not to flash and to read the Cycle in Progress NOTE Refer to the illustration on the following page for details 4 Indicator Dots refer to page 48 a Located at the top of the L E D light emitting diode display is a series of dots which indicate the various Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer output functions while a cycle is in progress F46 1 Illustration No 1 a FORWARD INDICATOR this indicator dot is functional for dryer models with the Reversing Action Option ONLY This indicator dot will be on when the tumbler basket is in the forward clockwise direction Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle Program is active this indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time Program Mode 2 Illustration No 2 refer to illustration below a REVERSING INDICATOR this indicator dot is functional for dryer models with the Reversing Action Option ONL
106. 1 2 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 4 Open End Wrench 5 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 2 Socket Wrench 7 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 5 16 Nut Driver 127 Pipe Wrench 2 1 8 T Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench 3 16 T Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench Wire Cutters 1 2 Allen Wrench 3 8 Allen Wrench Channel Locks Manometer ADC P N 122804 MP Pin Extraction Tool ADC P N 122800 ADC 450431 1 02 24 00 25 E59 ML 190 Table of Contents SECTION I IMPORTANT sodsdevsdessanetacdsessscesvesss A ALOE Pre CAUDS ace SECTION II ROUTINE MAINTENANCE sas kaso F S Z C 1 5 F6 5 Lubica oies a ad ws SECTION INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS F7 Enclosure Air Supply and Exhaust Requirements F7 B Electrical and Gas Requirement C Operational Service Check Procedur LLL u T un F8 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OF PARIS 25252 u 2 usa O A
107. 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections as well as local codes and ordinances and must be done by a qualified technician NOTE Undersized gas piping will result in ignition problems and slow drying and can create a safety hazard The dryer must be connected to the type of gas natural or L P liquid indicated on the dryer data label If this information DOES NOT agree with the type of gas available contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory The gas input ratings shown on the dryer data label are for elevations up to 2 000 feet 610 meters unless elevation requirements of over 2 000 feet 610 meters were specified at the time the dryer order was placed with the factory The adjustment for dryers in the field for elevations over 2 000 feet 610 meters are made by changing the burner orifices If this adjustment is necessary contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory NOTE Any burner changes must be made by a qualified technician OPERATIONAL SERVICE CHECK PROCEDURE 1 Turn on electric power to the dryer 2 To start dryer a Display will read READY b Press E on the keyboard touchpad of microprocessor controller computer The dryer will start and display will show dRYING MANUAL CYCLE 30 MIN REMAIN then display the drum temp NOTE Pressing keyboard touchpad selections A B C D and F
108. 2 G Hor SMALL A SSCL Ys acres u A12 Tumbler u uuu uu uyan nas a aaa A12 L Man Door SWIIChu yu uuu a aun Sosis A13 J Sall Switch Gas Models u uk u n n a nm Sa 239581 A13 K Burner Hi Limit Gas Models Only A13 Manual Thernostat u uuu wanana m na A14 Me Lit aR usia au a as A14 N Lint Drawer SWIIch uuu un atap ama atakay kaa sa A14 SECTION V SERVICING ALS Pes COMPE CONOIS 15 ua 17 Manual Reset Burner Hi Limit Thermostat Gas Models Only Replacement A20 D Sail Switch Assembly Gas Models Only a A21 E Front Panel and Main Door Assemblies A22 uu u L uu A25 G Tumbler Wheel Replacement on Drive Assembly Taper Lock Models A25 Tumbler Wheel Replacement on Idler Assembly Taper Lock Models
109. 3 1 LATEST EDITION as well as local codes and ordinances and must be done by a qualified technician NOTE Undersized gas piping will result in ignition problems and slow drying and can create a safety hazard The dryer must be connected to the type of gas natural or L P indicated on the dryer data label If this information does not agree with the type of gas available contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory The gas input ratings shown on the dryer data label are for elevations up to 2 000 feet unless elevation requirements of over 2 000 feet were specified at the time the dryer order was placed with the factory The adjustment for dryers in the field for elevations over 2 000 feet are made by changing the burner orifices If this adjustment is necessary contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory NOTE Any burner changes must be made by a qualified technician C OPERATIONAL SERVICE CHECK PROCEDURE 1 Turn on electric power to the dryer 2 To start dryer a Display will read READY b Press E on the keyboard touchpad of microprocessor controller computer The dryer will start and the display will show Drying Manual Cycle E Dry Temp _ Cool Temp_ 30 Min Remain NOTE Pressing keyboard touchpad A B C D and F will also start the dryer Six 6 preprogrammed drying cycles A through F
110. AGE OF EXTRACTION NUMERICAL VALUE DRYING TEMPERATURE LENGTH OF DRYING CYCLE TUMBLER HI LIMIT CIRCUIT IS OPEN CYCLE DISPLAY TIME SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE or DRYER ELECTRICALLY HEATED FABRIC TEMPERATURE DEGREE IN FAHRENHEIT FLASH DISPLAY ACTIVE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER GAS HEATED INDICATES AN OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT DRAWER DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE A C SWITCH CIRCUIT DRYING CYCLES RANGE FROM 1 10 CYCLES BEFORE CLEAN LINT DISPLAY CYCLE DISPLAY TIME DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN or FAULT IN THE A C DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT MANUAL MODE MAXIMUM GUARD TIME FLASH DISPLAY NOT ACTIVE SAIL SWITCH OPEN ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM IS NOT ACTIVE NO BUZZER TONE GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE NO REVERSE NO ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED PROGRAM MODE NO CYCLE IN PROGRESS ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE MONITORS TUMBLER RPM WITH ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT ACTIVE GAS ELECTRIC ONLY ATTEMPT MADE TO START DRYER WITH SAIL SWITCH DISABLED IN CLOSED POSITION SELECT REVERSE SPIN TIME START ANTI WRINKLE GUARD CYCLE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE or DRYER STEAM HEATED STOP TIME FAULT IN M P HEAT SENSING CIRCUIT C46 2 Fault Codes bURNER CONTROL FAIL GAS MODELS ONLY POWER 24 IS NOT EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE bURNER FLAME FAIL The Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller Computer DOES NOT SENSE _ FLAME VERIFICATION GAS MODEL ONLY bURNER SAFETY FAIL GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT
111. ANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS ALL major circuits including door microprocessor temperature sensor heat and motor circuits are monitored The Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer will inform the user via the L E D light emitting diode display of certain failure codes along with indicators both in L E D light emitting diode display and at the output of each relay and door switch circuit to easily identify failures 1 SAIL SWITCH FAIL This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is closed prior to start up the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication 2 No AIRFLOW If the sail switch opens during cycle operation the display will read No AIRFLOW along with an audio indication The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and display No AIRFLOW with an audio indication 3 bURNER SAFETY FAIL Routine monitors the temperature above the burner If the burner hi limit switch opens the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER
112. ASSEMBLY 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the red wire from the flame sensor probe which goes to 52 on the HSI module 3 Disassemble flame sensor probe from burner by removing the self tapping screw E18 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new flame sensor probe To Replace Gas Valve Refer to burner illustration on page 21 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Close shut off valve s in gas supply line 3 Disconnect gas valve wiring NOTE Identify location of each wire for correctreinstallation Break union connection before gas valve Loosen and remove screws 4 securing pipe brackets to burner A Remove gas valve manifold assembly from dryer 7 Remove valve mounting bracket manifold and piping from gas valve 8 Reverse procedure for installing new gas valve WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITHA FLAME To Replace Main Burner Orifices 1 Refer to To Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reversing the removal procedure for reinstalling NOTE Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITHA FLAME To Test a
113. Alvania 3 or its equivalent The tumbler bearings used in the dryer DO NOT HAVE a great fitting Provisions are made in the bearing housing for the addition of a grease fitting which can be obtained elsewhere or from ADC by ordering kit Part No 882159 which includes two 2 fittings E6 SECTION Ili INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local and state codes In the absence of these codes installation must conform to applicable AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION National Fuel Gas Code and or P ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION National Electrical Code A ENCLOSURE AIR SUPPLY and EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Bulkheads and partitions around the dryer should be made of noncombustible materials Allowances should be made for the opening and closing of the control door and lint drawer Also allowances should be made in the rear for ease of maintenance Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for recommended distances and minimum allowances required When the dryer is operating it draws in room air heats it passes this air through the tumbler basket and exhausts it out of the building Therefore the room air must be continually replenished from the outdoors Ifthe make up air is inadequate drying time and drying efficiency will be adversely affected Ignition problems and sail switch fluttering problems on gas dryers may result and you also coul
114. C 26 1 mb REGULATOR 6 If water column pressure is incorrect refer to PRESSURE TAP PLASTIC TUBING TO ADJUST GAS PRESSURE 7 Reverse procedure for removing manometer FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL a 4 MAGNE T J INNER TUBE OUTER TUBE MAN3487 B58 D ML 122 TOOL LIST f Straight Head Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Sensor Pin and Socket Tool P N 122801 Pliers 1 4 Nut Driver 3 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Open End Wrench 3 8 Socket Wrench 1 2 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 4 Open End Wrench 5 16 Socket or Open Wrench 1 2 Socket Wrench 7 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 5 16 Nut Driver 12 Pipe Wrench 2 1 8 T Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench 3 16 T Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench Wire Cutters 1 2 Allen Wrench 3 8 Allen Wrench Channel Locks Manometer ADC P N 122804 MP Pin Extraction Tool ADC P N 122800 B59 ADC 450412 1 02 09 00 25 ML 130 Table of Content SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION A Safety PRECAUTIONS awa a C3 SECTION II ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 5 ig unn um E 5 Be ISIN uuruuu n y wanum nu a ubus C6 Sum C SECTION INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
115. CYCLE IN PROGRESS DRYNESS LEVEL PERCENTAGE OF EXTRACTION NUMERICAL VALUE DRYING TEMPERATURE LENGTH OF DRYING CYCLE TUMBLER HI LIMIT CIRCUIT IS OPEN CYCLE DISPLAY TIME SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE or DRYER ELECTRICALLY HEATED FABRIC TEMPERATURE DEGREE IN FAHRENHEIT FLASH DISPLAY ACTIVE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER GAS HEATED INDICATES AN OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT DRAWER DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE A C SWITCH CIRCUIT DRYING CYCLES RANGE FROM 1 10 CYCLES BEFORE CLEAN LINT DISPLAY CYCLE DISPLAY TIME DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN or FAULT IN THE A C DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT MANUAL MODE MAXIMUM GUARD TIME FLASH DISPLAY NOT ACTIVE SAIL SWITCH OPEN ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM 15 NOT ACTIVE NO BUZZER TONE GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE NO REVERSE NO ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED PROGRAM MODE NO CYCLE IN PROGRESS ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE MONITORS TUMBLER RPM WITH ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT ACTIVE GAS ELECTRIC ONLY ATTEMPT MADE TO START DRYER WITH SAIL SWITCH DISABLED IN CLOSED POSITION SELECT REVERSE SPIN TIME START ANTI WRINKLE GUARD CYCLE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE or DRYER STEAM HEATED STOP TIME FAULT IN M P HEAT SENSING CIRCUIT 51 2 Fault Codes bURNER CONTROL FAIL GAS MODELS ONLY POWER 24 VAC IS NOT EVIDENT bURNER FLAME The Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller Computer DOES NOT SENSE FLAME VERIFICATION GAS MODEL ONLY bURNER SAFETY FAIL GAS E
116. D light emitting diode Display Failure Codes 43 B L E D light emitting diode Display Indicators 0000000 45 C Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller Relay Output L E D light emitting diode Indicators 46 SECTION IX L E D DISPLAY CODES ega A light emitting diode Display Operating Status 47 B Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor L E D light emitting diode Displays 48 C LED C016 iinan 49 D Computer Logic and Wiring Diagram 20 2 00 50 SECTION X TECHNICAL 56 A Motor Plate High and Low Voltage 56 B Data 57 C Usinge Manometer uya a Sasu a a 58 De TOOP LS so seg susie an A 59 EE SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION A SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance 2 Purchaser user should consult the local gas supplier for proper
117. E OF CONTENTS DD ML 175 SERVICE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENT S ML 190 SERVICE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENT S FF ML 96 Table of Contents SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION A Saey Precautions uy u uu SECTION II SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7 Enclosure Air Supply and Exhaust Requirements 7 Electrical and GasRequirementSu 2 7 Operational Service Check Procedure a 8 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OF PAR US A10 A Computer Panel MIGroproeessor u u u unuy A10 B sReversing Relay uu u uds A10 HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module Gas Models Only 11 105 Gas Bumer ASSEDI eo T wana G maska E P Dave ShattAss emblyuu u u u uy asna aD A1
118. ELECTRIC ONLY ATTEMPT MADE TO START DRYER WITH SAIL SWITCH DISABLED IN CLOSED POSITION SELECT REVERSE SPIN TIME START ANTI WRINKLE GUARD CYCLE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OR DRYER STEAM HEATED STOP TIME FAULT IN HEAT SENSING CIRCUIT A43 Fault Codes bURNER CONTROL FAIL GAS MODELS ONLY POWER 24 IS NOT EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE bURNER FLAME FAIL The Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller Computer DOES NOT SENSE FLAME VERIFICATION GAS MODEL ONLY bURNER SAFETY FAIL GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT dRUM SAFETY FAIL Fault in the TUMBLER HI LIMIT CIRCUIT HOT Indicates an OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT dOOR When the LINT DOOR OR DRAWER is open or there is a fault in the LINT DOOR DRAWER CIRCUIT MAIN dOOR When the MAIN DOOR is open or there is a fault in the DOOR CIRCUIT No AIRFLOW Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY No HEAT GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Fault in the ROTATION SENSOR CIRCUIT SAIL SWITCH FAIL Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY TEMP SENSOR CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE Fault in the MICROPROCESSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT A44 E COMPUTER LOGIC and WIRING DIAGRAM 1 Operator enters desired selections 2 Information entered is sent to the microprocessor via the keyboard touchpad COMPUTER LOGIC AND WIRING DIAGRAM LINT DOOR amp MAIN DOOR SENSOR WITCHES KEYPAD LABEL
119. F ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS D4 SECTION ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A CLEANING A program and or schedule should be established for periodic inspection cleaning and removal of lint from various areas of the dryer as well as throughout the duct work system The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location Maximum operating efficiency is dependent upon proper air circulation The accumulation of lint can restrict this airflow If the guidelines in this section are met an ADC dryer will provide many years of efficient trouble free and most importantly safe operation WARNING LINT FROM MOST FABRICS IS HIGHLY COMBUSTIBLE THE ACCUMULATION OF LINT CAN CREATE A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD WARNING KEEP DRYER AREA CLEAR and FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS GASOLINE and OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS and LIQUIDS NOTE Suggested time intervals shown for average usage which is considered six 6 to eight 8 operational running hours per day Clean lint drawer and screen every third or fourth load NOTE Frequency can best be determined at each location DAILY beginning of each work shift Clean lint from the drawer and screen Inspect lint screen and replace if torn WEEKLY Clean lint accumulation from lint chamber thermostat and microprocessor temperature sensor sensor bracket area WARNING To avoid the hazard of electric
120. FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication E43 7 bURNER FLAME FALL this routine allows two 2 Flame Out retries to occur before proceeding into the error The count of two 2 will be established every time the call for heat was to occur Only if it reaches the count of two 2 before the tumbler basket temperature has reached the set temperature will this error be triggered The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER FLAME FAIL with an audio indication This process will occur every time the heat output is active 8 MAIN dOOR this monitors the door circuit If the machine was not active and the main door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the main doors open the display will read MAIN dOOR with an audio indication If the machine is active and the main door was opened the display would read MAIN dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the main door has closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START Key and it will continue the program
121. Fan Shaft Drive 50 60 Hz Gas and Steam Models 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove the left hand lint wall 5 Loosen the four 4 mounting bolts securing the motor 6 the tension bolts 7 Remove V belts 8 Disconnect motor wiring _ 9 Remove the motor pulley and bushing NA 10 Reverse these steps for installation of new motor To Replace Fan Shaft and or Fan Shaft Bearings A To remove from the front 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 8 under To Replace Impellor Motor 4 2 Follow Step 4 and Step 5 under To Replace Impellor 3 Loosen the four 4 bolts securing the fan shaft assembly to the base of the dryer NOTE Models with rear access it may be easier to remove this plate to remove the two 2 rear fan shaft assembly bolts 4 Remove the fan assembly through front access hole 5 Loosen the set screws in each bearing 6 Loosen the four 4 flange bolts and two 2 pillow block bolts 7 Usinga pulley remove the bearing needing replacing 8 Reverse the procedures to reinstall new bearing L IMPELLOR 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the left side lint wall if necessary for easier access 3 Remove the six 6 nuts securing the inlet cone to the blower housing 4 Remove the two 2 left handed jam nuts that hold the impellor to the fan shaft 5 Remove the impe
122. HSI Hot Surface Ignition system consists of microprocessor based control module along with a hot surface ignitor probe and a flame probe assembly The hot surface ignitor is a silicon carbide ignitor that HST MODULE upon application of 24 VAC will glow bright orange for the inter purge time period Upon ignition the resistance in the flame sensor electrode changes and the information is sent to the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module via the sensor probe lead connection to the module Once the resistance is changed and sensed the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module will sustain the gas flow provide 24 VAC power to the gas valve Se BURNER D GAS BURNER ASSEMBLY SAR SWITCH ASSEMBLY Gas heated dryers are equipped with a gas burner assembly consisting of three 3 burner tubes gas valve hot surface ignitor flame sensor sail switch and hi limit thermostat The inlet piping enters through the rear of the dryer on the left hand side viewing from the front and runs to the front of the dryer where the gas valve is located BURNER TUBES 3 FLAME SENSOR OX 2 lt we Xe AR HOT SURFACE IGNITOR ORIFICES 3 H S MODULE TREY 12 08 99 3 PORT MANIFOLD E DRIVE MOTOR The T E F C Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled drive motor is located in the front left corner viewing from front behind the front panel of the dryer It sits adjustable base s
123. I Hot Surface Ignition module W and GND 51 If no voltage is present check voltage at 5 8 of the J2 connector Which is located in the front electrical box If voltage is present then problem 15 broken wire between 9 pin connector and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module or faulty termination If no voltage is present then there is a broken wire between computer and 9 pin connector or faulty termination F No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal Steam Models 1 Check for voltage across 1 and 2 of the 76 connector If no voltage is present check for voltage on the J10 pin 5 to ground 2 Ifvoltage is present problem is faulty wire or termination Between 5 of the J10 connector to 1 of 76 connector If no voltage is present problem is computer board Lint Door condition NOTE Make sure lint drawer is closed Also if checking the switch the plunger must be depressed Check L E D light emitting diode input light lint door on component side of the computer If light is on replace computer 1 Check voltage 24 VAC across 2 pin connector pin 3 and ground This connector is located at the lint drawer switch box If voltage is present problem is faulty wire s or termination s between computer pin 4 of 9 pin connector If no voltage is present check for voltage across the 9 pin modular connector nos 3 and ground If
124. IL SWITCH Gas Models Only The sail switch is located on the front of the burner box A sail switch consists of a round damper plate on a lever arm which is in contact with an electric switch When the fan or air blower comes on it draws air through the gas burner This creates a negative pressure inside the burner box and this negative pressure pulls in the round damper and activates the sail switch If there is improper airflow the damper will not pull in preventing the burner from starting The display will also read no airflow with an audio indication Improper airflow can be caused by improperly designed exhaust ducting where the duct run is too long or has too many sharp bends in it It can also be caused by a lack of make up air K BURNER HI LIMIT Gas Models Only The high limit thermostat is a manual reset disc type thermostat set at 330 F 166 C and located near the burner If the burner flame gets too hot this thermostat will shut off the burner This is generally caused by low airflow through the dryer In a hi limit situation the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication The manual reset thermostat must be reset manually or the 24 VAC burner circuit will never be complete This will cause the Phase 6 microprocessor computer to continue to go off on bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication MAN3876 CURRENT PRODUCTION AR SAIL SWITCH MAN0537
125. ION V n ua saa EEE E eee A D16 A Computer u i Su D16 TERIOR COMMONS inde D18 C Thermostats u uuu u D21 D Sail Switch Assembly Gas Models Only D22 E Front Panel and Main Door Assembli s D23 panas D25 G Tumbler BasketiAsSemDIV uuu kuy y au aan D27 He un sawu k D29 D31 ake uuu asss D32 OE sped D33 E Lint Drawer ASSET DIY uuu l n aap aaah kusasqa Wasa D33 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING D35 SECTION VII ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING D41 SECTION VIII PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS D42 A Diagnostic L E D light emitting diode Display Failure Codes D42 B L E D light emitting diode Display Indi
126. JS and J5 to main door switch no 31 and no 32 7 No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal gas models a Check L E D light emitting diode input light HT 1 on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the board b Ifthe L E D light emitting diode input light HT1 on the component side of the computer is on and there is no voltage to the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module w the display will read BURNER CONTROL FAIL The problem is faulty wires or terminations between microprocessor and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module c If voltage is present on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module w to ground Check voltage at the gas valve if voltage is present across the two 2 yellow wires at the gas valve and the gas supply is on then the fault is that of the gas valve 8 Microprocessor Computer a Replace the temperature sensor underneath the tumbler basket on a bracket the bullet shaped device b If it still reads TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE unplug J3 4 connector from the temperature sensor bracket Also unplug the microprocessor J14 4 pin connector from the computer board Take a continuity reading from J14 no 1 to J3 no 1 then from J14 no 2 to J3 no 2 If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to the ground loose terminations or even replace the wire If there is continuity computer board is faulty
127. L D50 C L E D DE 1 Display Codes A ALLREV ANTI WRINKL dELAY TIME ANTIWRINKLGUARdACTIVE ANTI WRINKL GUARd ON TIME AUTO CYCLE b bURNER CONTROL FAIL bURNER FLAME FAIL bURNER SAFETY FAIL bUZZ bUZZ TIME CEL CHECK MAIN FUSE CLEAN LINT COOL COOL COOL _ CYCLEA dRY LEVEL _ dRY TEMP F _ dRY TIME M dRUM SAFETY FAIL ELAPSE TIME_MIN ELECTRIC F FAR FLASH GAS HOT LINT dOOR LINT COUNT _M REMAIN MAIN dOOR MANUAL CYCLE MAX ANTI WRINKL GUARd NFLASH NoAIRFLOW NoANTI WRINKL GUARd NoBUZZ NoHEAT NoREV No ROTATE SENSOR PROGRAM REAdY ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL _RPM SAIL SWITCH FAIL SELREV SPIN TIME START GUARd STEAM STOP TIME TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE SLOPE FACTOR ALWAYS REVERSING ANTI WRINKLE DELAY TIME ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM ACTIVE ANTI WRINKLE GUARD ON TIME AUTOMATIC MODE HEAT LOSS OFF SET FACTOR GAS ONLY POWER 24 VAC IS NOT EVIDENTAT GAS VALVE NO BURNER FLAME SENSED GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT BUZZER TONE BUZ TIME DEGREE IN CELSIUS MAIN FUSE FAILURE PROMPT TO CLEAN LINT SCREEN DRYER CYCLE LOCKOUT COOL DOWN CYCLE IN PROGRESS COOL DOWN TIME COOL DOWN TEMPERATURE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLEA PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE B PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE C PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE D PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE E PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE F DRYING or COOLING CYCLE COMPLETE or DRYER IN ANTI WRINKLE MODE DRYING
128. LEC CYCLEd CYCLEE CYCLEF dONE dRYING dRY LEVEL___ dRY TEMP F___ dRY TIME__M dRUM SAFETY FAIL ELAPSE TIME___MIN ELECTRIC F FAR FLASH GAS HOT LINT dOOR LINT COUNT REMAIN MAIN dOOR MANUAL CYCLE MAX ANTI WRINKL GUARd NFLASH NoAIR FLOW NoANTI WRINKL GUARd NoBUZZ NoHEAT NoREV No ROTATE SENSOR PROGRM REAdY ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL __RPM SAIL SWITCH FAIL SELREV SPIN TIME START GUARd STEAM STOP TIME TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE SLOPE FACTOR ALWAYS REVERSING ANTI WRINKLE DELAY TIME ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM ACTIVE ANTI WRINKLE GUARD ON TIME AUTOMATIC MODE HEAT LOSS OFF SET FACTOR GAS ONLY POWER 24VAC S NOT EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE NO BURNER FLAME SENSED GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT BUZZER TONE BUZ TIME DEGREE IN CELSIUS MAIN FUSE FAILURE PROMPT TO CLEAN LINT SCREEN DRYER CYCLE LOCKOUT COOL DOWN CYCLE IN PROGRESS COOL DOWN TIME COOL DOWN TEMPERATURE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE B PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE C PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE D PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE E PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE F DRYING or COOLING CYCLE COMPLETE OR DRYER IN ANTI WRINKLE MODE DRYING CYCLE IN PROGRESS DRYNESS LEVEL PERCENTAGE OF EXTRACTION NUMERICAL VALUE DRYING TEMPERATURE LENGTH OF DRYING CYCLE TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT CIRCUIT IS OPEN CYCLE DISPLAY TIME SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER ELECTRICALLY HEATED FAB
129. LECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT dRUM SAFETY FAIL Fault in the TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT CIRCUIT HOT Indicates an OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT dOOR When the LINT DOOR OR DRAWER is open or there is a fault in the LINT DOOR DRAWER CIRCUIT MAIN dOOR When the MAIN DOOR is open or there is a fault in the DOOR CIRCUIT No AIRFLOW Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY No HEAT GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Fault in the ROTATION SENSOR CIRCUIT SAIL SWITCH FAIL Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY TEMP SENSOR CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE _ Fault in the MICROPROCESSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 52 D COMPUTER LOGIC and WIRING DIAGRAM 1 Operator enters desired selection s COMPUTER LOGIC AND WIRING DIAGRAM LINT DOOR amp MAIN DOOR TEMP 5 SAIL SWITCH V KEYPAD LABEL MICROCONTROLLER BURNER HI LIMIT TUMBLER CONTACTOR HI LIMII BLOWER DRIVE MOTOR HS CONTACTOR MODULE SOLENOID GLO BAR AND GAS FLAME VALVE 4749 AIR JET 2 Information entered is sent to the microcontroller via the keyboard touchpad 3 The input information is sorted processed and executed by the microcomputer chip 4 The microcomputer output signal activates the contactors and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module which control machine functions NOTE When contacting ADC with electrical questions
130. LOR 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint drawer 3 Remove lint door 4 Remove the two 2 left handed jam nuts that hold the impellor to the fan shaft 5 Remove the impellor washers and the key 6 Ifimpellor is not sliding off place two 2 3 8 x 6 bolts into the two 2 tapped holes provided on inside of impellor and tighten 7 Replace the impellor key washers left handed jam nuts and the side panel 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer D33 L LINT DRAWER ASSEMBLY To Replace Lint Screen 1 2 3 4 Pull out lint drawer Remove lint screen from lint drawer Drop new lint screen in place Slide lint drawer back into dryer To Replace Lint Drawer Switch 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Remove lint drawer and lint door Disconnect both 4 pin connectors at the rear of the lint switch cover Remove the pal nut holding the lint switch cover on Remove lint switch cover and disconnect the two 2 terminals of the switch Remove switch by pressing tabs together and push switch out Install new switch by reversing procedure D34 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Adm
131. MIT Input L E D Indicator a This routine monitors the temperature of the burner If the burner hi limit opens during the cycle while the heat was on the BURN output L E D indicator goes out and the display reads bURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication B46 12 FLAME bURNER CONTROL FAIL Input L E D Indicator This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the microprocessor determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the FLAME output L E D indicator will go out and the display will read bURNER CONTROL FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temp drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication 13 POWER SUPPLY Input L E D Indicator a Should be on at ALL times even if the dryer is not running The power supply L E D light emitting diode output indicator will not be on if the power supply fuse to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor is not present If the power supply fuse is faulty the L E D output will be off and there will be no display
132. NING Dry water washed fabrics DO NOT dry articles spotted or washed in dry cleaning solvents a combustible detergent or ALL purpose cleaner EXPLOSION COULD RESULT WARNING DO NOT dry rags or articles coated or contaminated with gasoline kerosene oil paint wax EXPLOSION COULD RESULT B3 WARNING DONOTdry mopheads Contamination by wax flammable solvents will create a fire hazard WARNING DO NOT use heat for drying articles that contain plastic foam sponge rubber or similarly textured rubber materials Drying in a heated tumbler basket may damage plastics or rubber and also may be a fire hazard 7 A program should be established for the inspection and cleaning of lint in the heating unit area exhaust duct work and inside the dryer The frequency of i i and cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location WARNING The collection of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work can create a potential fire hazard 8 For personal safety the dryer must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and or the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA NO 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION NOTE Failure to do so will VOID THE WARRANTY 9 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the dryer door switches lint door switch heat safety circuit ever be disabled 10 This dryer is not to b
133. NT COUNT __M REMAIN MAIN dOOR MANUAL CYCLE MAX ANTI WRINKL GUARd NFLASH NoAIR FLOW NoANTI WRINKL GUARd NoBUZZ NoHEAT NoREV No ROTATE SENSOR PROGRM REAdY ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE ROTATE SENSOR __RPM SAIL SWITCH FAIL SELREV SPIN TIME START GUARd STEAM STOP TIME TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE SLOPE FACTOR ALWAYS REVERSING ANTI WRINKLE DELAY TIME ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM ACTIVE ANTI WRINKLE GUARD ON TIME AUTOMATIC MODE HEAT LOSS OFF SET FACTOR GAS ONLY POWER 24VAC IS EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE NO BURNER FLAME SENSED GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT BUZZER TONE BUZ TIME DEGREE IN CELSIUS MAIN FUSE FAILURE PROMPT TO CLEAN LINT SCREEN DRYER CYCLE LOCKOUT COOL DOWN CYCLE IN PROGRESS COOL DOWN TIME COOL DOWN TEMPERATURE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE A PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE B PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE C PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE D PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE E PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE F DRYING or COOLING CYCLE COMPLETE OR DRYER IN ANTI WRINKLE MODE DRYING CYCLE IN PROGRESS DRYNESS LEVEL PERCENTAGE OF EXTRACTION NUMERICAL VALUE DRYING TEMPERATURE LENGTH OF DRYING CYCLE TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT CIRCUIT IS OPEN CYCLE DISPLAY TIME SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER ELECTRICALLY HEATED FABRIC TEMPERATURE DEGREE IN FAHRENHEIT FLASH DISPLAY ACTIVE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER GAS HEATED INDICATES AN OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT DRAWER DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT
134. O ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT PER OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS ALL major circuits including door microprocessor temperature sensor heat and motor circuits are monitored The Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer will inform the user via the L E D light emitting diode display of certain failure codes along with indicators both in L E D light emitting diode Supay and at the output of each relay and door switch circuit to easily identify failures A DIAGNOSTIC L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY FAILURE CODE 1 SAILSWITCH FAIL this routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is closed prior to start up the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication 2 No AIRFLOW if the sail switch opens during cycle operation the display will read NO AIRFLOW along with an audio indication The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F Upon failure the machine will shut down and display No AIRFLOW with an audio indication 3 BURNER SAFETY FAIL routine monitors the temperature above the burner If the Burner Hi Limit switch opens the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops bel
135. OGRAMMED CYCLE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE D PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE E PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE F DRYING or COOLING CYCLE COMPLETE or DRYER IN ANTI WRINKLE MODE DRYING CYCLEIN PROGRESS DRYNESS LEVEL PERCENTAGE OF EXTRACTION NUMERICAL VALUE DRYING TEMPERATURE LENGTH OF DRYINGCYCLE TUMBLER HI LIMIT CIRCUIT IS OPEN CYCLE DISPLAY TIME SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE or DRYER ELECTRICALLY HEATED FABRIC TEMPERATURE DEGREE IN FAHRENHEIT FLASH DISPLAY ACTIVE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER GAS HEATED INDICATES AN OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT DRAWER DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE SWITCH CIRCUIT DRYING CYCLES RANGE FROM 1 10 CYCLES BEFORE CLEAN LINT DISPLAY CYCLE DISPLAY TIME DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN or FAULT IN THE A C DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT MANUAL MODE MAXIMUM GUARD TIME FLASH DISPLAY NOT ACTIVE SAIL SWITCH OPEN ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM IS NOTACTIVE NO BUZZER TONE GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE NO REVERSE NO ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED PROGRAM MODE NO CYCLE IN PROGRESS ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE MONITORS TUMBLER RPM WITH ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT ACTIVE GAS ELECTRIC ONLY ATTEMPT MADE TO START DRYER WITH SAIL SWITCH DISABLED IN CLOSED POSITION SELECT REVERSE SPIN TIME START ANTI WRINKLE GUARD CYCLE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE or DRYER STEAM HEATED STOP TIME FAULT IN HEAT SENSING CIRCUIT B48 2 Fault Codes bURNER CONTROL FAIL GAS MODELS ONLY POWER 24 IS NO
136. OR 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer DRIVE BELT 2 Remove the belt guard cover from the rear of the dryer 3 Remove drive belt 4 Disconnect wiring harness from motor 5 Remove bolts holding motor to mount and replace with new motor DO NOT TIGHTEN BOLTS 171 6 Remove pulley from old motor and install on new MOTOR SHEAVE motor removing the set screw from the drive motor pulley NOTE A gear puller may be required to remove pulley 7 Align motor pulley with drive assembly pulley and tighten set screw holding motor pulley 8 Replace belts and adjust belt tension 9 Retighten bolts 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer A30 MOTORIZED IMPELLOR BLOWER REPLACEMENT 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint draw 3 Remove the perforated panel inside the tumbler NLET CONE basket 4 Remove the bolts securing inlet 5 Remove the inlet cone 6 Remove the bolts securing the motor plate to the dryer cabinet _ MOTOR PLATE 7 Remove the motorized impellor along with the motor plate 4540 8 Disconnect the wiring harness from motor 9 Remove the motor plate from the motorized impellor and install it on the new motor 10 Reconnect the wiring harness to the motor 11 To replace new motorized impellor assembly reverse Step 10 through Step 2 12 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer
137. ORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft lbs if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack G TUMBLER BASKET ALIGNMENT ML 175 BASKET ADJUSTMENT ALIGNMENT 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove both the left hand and right hand lint coop walls 5 Loosen the V belts on drive shaft then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves 6 Tighten the two 2 bolts under the drive shaft clockwise CW to raise the tumbler basket and counterclockwise CCW to lower the tumbler basket The bolts should be tightened in even increments in order to ensure that the shaft runs parallel with the base of the dryer SL 0 25 00 DEVE AND DL ER ELS MAN4975 IMPORTANT Side to side adjustment of the tumbler basket should be equal on either side of the front panel but vertically the top of the tumbler basket should have a larger gap than the bottom to compensate for the load IMPORTANT Be sure to tighten the left idler side to the same height as the right side drive side This length can be determined by taking measurements from the bottom of each pillow block bearing to the top of the be
138. OULD RESULT WARNING DO NOT dry rags or articles coated with gasoline kerosene paint or wax WARNING DO NOT dry mop heads Contamination by wax or flammable solvents will create a fire hazard WARNING DO NOT use heat for drying articles that contain plastic foam sponge rubber similarly textured rubberlike materials Drying a heated tumbler basket may damage plastic or rubber and also may be a fire hazard 5 Aprogram should be established for the inspection and cleaning of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location WARNING The collection of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work can create a potential fire hazard 6 For personal safety the dryer must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and or the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION NOTE Failure to do so will VOID THE WARRANTY f 7 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the dryer door or lint drawer switch es or heat safety devices ever be disabled WARNING PERSONAL INJURY or FIRE COULD RESULT 8 Articles should never be left unattended for an extended period of time in the tumbler basket after completion of the drying and cooling cycles WARNING ARTICLES LEFTIN THE DRYER AFTER THE DRYING and COOLING CYCLES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED CAN CREATEAFIRE HAZARD 9 This dryer is not to be used in the presen
139. Phase 6 OPL microprocessor computer as it monitors the safety circuits Mon A CH BR WA GND Cet 5 POWER SUPPLY MAN3449 C42 FAN BLOWER Output L E D Indicator a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is not operating yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display fan indicator dot and power supply input L E D are on but the fan output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the motor is not operating The fan indicator dot and output L E D are also on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer FOR FORWARD Output L E D Indicator for Optional Reversing Model ONLY a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display FORWARD indicator dot is on the FOR FORWARD motor output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe drive tumbler and basket motor is not operating and the forward indicator dot and output L E D is on then the problem fault is elsewhere 1 external of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer REV REVERSE Output L E D Indicator for Optional Reversing Models ONLY a Ifthe dryer is started and the
140. R 24 VAC IS NOT EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE NO BURNER FLAME SENSED GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT BUZZER TONE BUZ TIME DEGREE IN CELSIUS MAIN FUSE FAILURE PROMPT TO CLEAN LINT SCREEN DRYER CYCLE LOCKOUT COOL DOWN CYCLE IN PROGRESS COOL DOWN TIME COOL DOWN TEMPERATURE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLEA PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE B PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE D PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE E PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE F DRYING or COOLING CYCLE COMPLETE OR DRYER IN ANTI WRINKLE MODE DRYING CYCLE IN PROGRESS DRYNESS LEVEL PERCENTAGE OF EXTRACTION NUMERICAL VALUE DRYING TEMPERATURE LENGTH OF DRYING CYCLE TUMBLER HI LIMIT CIRCUIT IS OPEN CYCLE DISPLAY TIME SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OR DRYER ELECTRICALLY HEATED FABRIC TEMPERATURE DEGREE IN FAHRENHEIT FLASH DISPLAY ACTIVE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER GAS HEATED INDICATES AN OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT DRAWER DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE A C SWITCH CIRCUIT DRYING CYCLES RANGE FROM 1 10 CYCLES BEFORE CLEAN LINT DISPLAY CYCLE DISPLAY TIME DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE A C DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT MANUAL MODE MAXIMUM GUARD TIME FLASH DISPLAY NOT ACTIVE SAIL SWITCH OPEN ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM IS NOT ACTIVE NO BUZZER TONE GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE NO REVERSE NO ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED PROGRAM MODE NO CYCLE IN PROGRESS ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE MONITORS TUMBLER RPM WITH ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT ACTIVE GAS
141. RIC TEMPERATURE DEGREE IN FAHRENHEIT FLASH DISPLAY ACTIVE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER GAS HEATED INDICATES AN OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT DRAWER DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE A C SWITCH CIRCUIT DRYING CYCLES RANGE FROM 1 10 CYCLES BEFORE CLEAN LINT DISPLAY CYCLE DISPLAY TIME DOOR CIRCUIT IS OPEN OR FAULT IN THE A C DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT MANUAL MODE MAXIMUM GUARD TIME FLASH DISPLAY NOT ACTIVE SAIL SWITCH OPEN ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM IS NOT ACTIVE NO BUZZER TONE GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE NO REVERSE NO ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED PROGRAM MODE NO CYCLE IN PROGRESS ROTATIONAL SENSOR SELECTED ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE MONITORS TUMBLER BASKET RPM WITH ROTATIONAL SENSOR CIRCUIT ACTIVE GAS ELECTRIC ONLY ATTEMPT MADE TO START DRYER WITH SAIL SWITCH DISABLED IN CLOSED POSITION SELECT REVERSE SPIN TIME START ANTI WRINKLE GUARD CYCLE SPECIFIC HEAT TYPE OF DRYER STEAM HEATED STOP TIME FAULT IN M P HEAT SENSING CIRCUIT F48 D COMPUTER LOGIC and WIRING DIAGRAM 1 Operator enters desired selection s COMPUTER LOGIC AND WIRING DIAGRAM LINT DOOR amp MAIN DOOR TEMP SENSOR WITCHES SAIL SWITCH KEYPAD LABEL MICROCONTROLLER BURNER 2 HI LIMIT Sr TUMBLER CONTACTOR ir BLOWER MOTOR DRIVE MOTOR HSI MODULE GLO BAR AND GAS FLAME VALVE 4749 CONTACTOR SOLENOID AIR JET 2 Information entered is sent to the
142. RT key must be pressed to display ARUM TEMP Approximately half way through the drying cycle the cycle status portion of the L E D will display i e dRY LEVEL 68 PcT The display will change and count upward until the percentage of extraction programmed is reached 2 Timed Manual Drying Cycle a While a cycle is in progress the cycle status time remaining and ARUM TEMP will be displayed with PL5 FLASH active NFLASH active the ENTER START key must be pressed to display RUM TEMP 3 Alternate Display Programs a Programming allows for the L E D display to read just the tumbler basket temperature or flash back and forth from Cycle in Progress or Tumbler Basket Temperature while the dryer cycle is in progress Unless otherwise specified at the time of ordering the dryer the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is programmed not to flash and to read the Cycle in Progress NOTE Refer to the illustration on the following page for details 4 Indicator Dots refer to page 50 a Located at the top of the L E D display is a series of dots which indicate the various Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer output functions while a cycle is in progress D49 1 Hlustration No 1 FORWARD INDICATOR this indicator dot is functional for dryer models with the Reversing Action Option ONLY This indicator dot will be on when the tumbler basket is in the forward clockwise CW direction A
143. S A CONTROL PANEL MICROPROCESSOR Lifting the control door will reveal the control panel assembly Opening the control panel will allow access to the major components which include the computer board and keyboard touchpad The keyboard touchpad inputs to the computer what temperature and program has been selected The computer controls the entire operation of the machine It accepts inputs and gives outputs to various parts throughout the machine B CONTROL BOX Lifting the control door and opening the computer panel will reveal the control box Inside the control box are ALL the electronic control components Located on the back of the control box is the computer Included the control box are the 30 position terminal block fuse block and transformer 4974 HSI MODULE Gas Models ONLY The HSI Hot Surface Ignition system consists microprocessor based control module along with an ignitor and flame probe assembly This control utilizes a HSI Hot Surface Ignition ignitor and a rectified flame sensor probe signal to locally control ALL basic functions in the gas burner MAN3873 E10 D GAS B R ASSEMBLY Gas heated dryers are equipped with a gas burner assembly consisting of four 4 burner tubes gas valve HSI Hot Surface Ignition ignitor flame probe sail switch and hi limit thermostat The inlet piping enters through the rear of the dryer on the left hand side viewing from the
144. SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE an audio indication will sound for approximately 5 seconds every 30 seconds until the problem is corrected or the power to the dryer is discontinued and the problem is corrected NOTE Once the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer detects a problem in the heat circuit it _ updates every 30 seconds so that ifthe problem was a loose connection in the circuit which corrected itself the TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE condition would automatically be cancelled and the display will return to REACY 11 ROTATE SENSOR FAIL indicates a rotational sensor circuit failure meaning that there is a fault somewhere in the tumbler basket rotation circuit or the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer program related to this circuit Program Location 2 is set incorrectly In the active mode it should be ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE if the dryer is not equipped with the optional rotational sensor it should be set in the non active mode No ROTATE SENSOR F43 NOTE RPM This routine monitors the timing response from the existing rotational sensor input and derives RPM measurement To display this RPM measurement press the ENTER START C Key once and release then press the ENTER START 0 Key a second time and hold this will display the RPM measurement The rotational sensor must be active for operation of this feature 12 CHECK MAIN FUSE i
145. SENSOR FUSE an audio indication will sound for approximately 5 seconds every 30 seconds until the problem is corrected or the power to the dryer is disconnected and the problem is corrected NOTE Once the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer detects a problem in the heat circuit it updates every 30 seconds so that if the problem was a loose connection in the circuit which corrected itself the TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE condition would automatically be cancelled and the display will return to REAdY A37 AL ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Indicates a rotational sensor circuit failure meaning that there is a fault somewhere in the tumbler basket rotating circuit or the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer program related to this circuit program location 2 is set incorrectly In the active mode it should be ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE if the dryer is not equipped with the optional rotational sensor it should be set in the nonactive mode No ROTATE SENSOR RPM This routine monitors the timing response from the existing rotational sensor input and derives measurement To display this RPM measurement press the ENTER START key once and release then press the ENTER START key a second time and hold This will display the RPM measurement The rotational sensor must be active for operation of this feature 12 CHECK MAIN FUSE Indicates that the circuit fuse protection whi
146. T EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE bURNER FLAME FAIL The Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller Computer DOES NOT SENSE FLAME VERIFICATION GAS MODEL ONLY bURNER SAFETY FAIL GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT dRUM SAFETY FAIL Fault in the TUMBLER HI LIMIT CIRCUIT HOT Indicates an OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT dOOR When the LINT DOOR OR DRAWER is open or there is a fault in the LINT DOOR DRAWER CIRCUIT MAIN dOOR When the MAIN DOOR is open or there is a fault in the DOOR CIRCUIT No AIRFLOW Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY No HEAT GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Fault in the ROTATION SENSOR CIRCUIT SAIL SWITCH FAIL Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY TEMP SENSOR CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE Fault in the MICROPROCESSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 49 E COMPUTER LOGIC WIRING DIAGRAM 1 Operator enters desired selections 2 Information entered is sent to the microprocessor computer via the keyboard touchpad COMPUTER LOGIC AND WIRING DIAGRAM LINT DOOR amp MAIN DOOR TEMP SENSOR SWITCHES KEYPAD LABEL MICROCONTROLLER CHIP CONTACTOR DRIVE MOTOR HSI 1 MODULE FLAME GAS MAN3910 PROBE T VALVE 3 The input information is sorted processed and executed by the microcomputer chip 4 The microcomputer output signal activates the contactors and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module whic
147. T1 output L E D indicator is off then the fault is in the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe dryer is started and there is No Heat yet both the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display indicator dots and the HT1 output L E D indicator are on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer B45 10 11 FUSE MAIN FUSE Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time even if the dryer is not running If the L E D is not on then the display will read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the main fuse is good then the fault is on the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer LINT LINT DOOR Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is opened then the LINT L E D indicator will go out b Ifthe dryer is active running and the lint door is opened the LINT L E D indicator will go out and the display will read LINT dOOR The dryer will stop until the Lint Drawer has been closed at which time the L E D display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START key MAIN MAIN DOOR Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is open or the main door is opened then the MAIN L E D indicator will go out b If the dryer is active running and the main door
148. TIWRINKL GUARdACTIVE ANTI WRINKL GUARd ON TIME AUTO CYCLE b bURNER CONTROL FAIL bURNER FLAME FAIL bURNER SAFETY FAIL bUZZ bUZZ TIME CEL CHECK MAIN FUSE CLEAN LINT COOL COOL TIME COOL TEMP _ CYCLEA CYCLEb CYCLEC CYCLED CYCLEE CYCLEF dONE dRYING dRY LEVEL_ dRY TEMP _ dRY TIME M dRUM SAFETY FAIL ELAPSE TIME MIN ELECTRIC F FAR FLASH GAS HOT LINT dOOR LINT COUNT _M REMAIN MAIN dOOR MANUAL CYCLE MAX ANTI WRINKL GUARd NFLASH NoAIRFLOW NoANTI WRINKL GUARd NoBUZZ NoHEAT NoREV No ROTATE SENSOR PROGRAM REAdY ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL _RPM SAIL SWITCH FAIL SELREV SPIN TIME START GUARd STEAM STOP TIME TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE SLOPE FACTOR ALWAYS REVERSING ANTI WRINKLE DELAY TIME ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM ACTIVE ANTI WRINKLE GUARD ON TIME AUTOMATIC MODE HEAT LOSS OFF SET FACTOR GAS ONLY POWER 24 VAC IS NOT EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE NO BURNER FLAME SENSED GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT BUZZER TONE BUZ TIME DEGREE IN CELSIUS MAIN FUSE FAILURE PROMPT TO CLEAN LINT SCREEN DRYER CYCLE LOCKOUT COOL DOWN CYCLE IN PROGRESS COOL DOWN TIME COOL DOWN TEMPERATURE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLEA PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLEC PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE D PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE E PREPROGRAMMED CYCLE F DRYING or COOLING CYCLE COMPLETE or DRYER IN ANTI WRINKLE MODE DRYINGCYCLEIN PROGRESS DRYNESS LEVEL PERCENT
149. TOR this indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating unit to be active on 4 Illustration No 4 refer to illustration below a ON INDICATOR this indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle Program is active this indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time Program 5 Illustration No 5 refer to illustration below OPTIONAL a AIR JET CIRCUIT INDICATOR this indicator dot is on at the end of the drying cycle for approximately sixty 60 seconds PHASE 6 OPL MICROPROCESSOR L E D light emitting diode DISPLAYS MAN3450 Tumbler basket in FORWARD MODE clockwise CW INDICATOR Tumbler basket in REVERSE MODE counterclockwise CCW INDICATOR HEAT ON INDICATOR ON INDICATOR dryer is in operation mode AIR JET INDICATOR OPTIONAL E48 C L E D CODES 1 Display Codes A ALL REV ANTI WRINKL dELAY TIME ANTI WRINKL GUARd ACTIVE ANTI WRINKL GUARd ON TIME AUTO CYCLE b bURNER CONTROL FAIL bURNER FLAME FAIL bURNER SAFETY bUZZ bUZZ TIME CEL CHECK MAIN FUSE CLEAN LINT COOL COOL TIME__M COOL TEMP___ CYCLEA CYCLEb CYCLEC CYCLEd CYCLEE CYCLEF dONE dRYING dRY LEVEL___ dRY TEMP F__ dRY TIME__M dRUM SAFETY FAIL ELAPSE TIME___MIN ELECTRIC F FLASH GAS HOT LINT dOOR LI
150. The magnet is screwed into the 1 15 16 5 cm Flange Bearing The magnetic rotational sensor switch senses the rotation of the tumbler basket If the gap between the sensor switch and the magnet is greater than a preset amount then the dryer will shut down on SEFL sensor failure MAGNETIC ROTATIONAL SENSOR SWITCH Rotational Sensor Switch Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the bearing cap from the dryer 3 Remove the adjustment nut from the bearing cap 4 Remove the magnetic rotational sensor switch from the bearing cap 5 Depress the tabs on the rotational sensor harness plug and pull apart then remove the sensor switch 6 To install a new sensor switch connect the plug of the new sensor switch to the sensor harness 7 Place one 1 adjustment nut onto the sensor switch and insert into the bearing cap 8 Place the second adjustment nut on but DO NOT TIGHTEN The magnet on the Flange Bearing and the sensor switch must be in a horizontal line to one another 9 The gap between the magnet and the sensor switch must be 1 8 inch 10 Tighten the adjustment nuts installed in Step 6 and Step 7 11 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer M IDLER SHAFT PILLOW BLOCK BEARING REPLACEMENT 1 Refer to tumbler wheel replacement on idler assembly page 31 2 Complete Step 1 through Step 11 3 Remove both set screws from each pillow block bearing 4 Remove p
151. Tighten pillow block bearings bolts loosened in Step 3 8 Replace back guard 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Tumbler Basket or Tumbler Basket Support 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly 3 Follow procedure for removal of front panel assembly Remove back guard D28 5 Remove tumbler basket belts BASKET SUPPORT 6 Remove tumbler basket pulley 7 Remove tumbler basket assembly and support SAKET a Loosen the two 2 set screws on both the pillow block bearing collars b Remove the retaining rings from the grooves of lt lt 5 Sy 5 5 the tumbler basket shaft Remove the tumbler basket and support assembly 20 from the front of the dryer If the tumbler basket b a cannot be removed freely clean the shaft area and spray WD 40 or similar lubricant With a block of wood against the shaft end strike the block I TIE RODS wood with a hammer or mallet to move the shaft past any burrs made by the set screws IMPORTANT Neverstrike the shaft directly witha hammer 8 Remove tumbler basket from tumbler basket support a Remove the bolt in the center of the tumbler basket back wall b Loosen and remove the eight 8 sets of nuts and washers from tumbler basket tie rods Remove the eight 8 tie rods c Replace either tumbler basket or tumbler basket
152. USTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT PER OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS IMPORTANT major circuits including door microprocessor temperature sensor heat and motor circuits are monitored The Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer will inform the user via the L E D light emitting diode display of certain failure codes along with indicators both in L E D light emitting diode display and at the output of each relay and door switch circuit to easily identify failures A DIAGNOSTIC L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY FAILURE CODES 1 SAIL SWITCH FAIL this routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position Ifthe sail switch is closed prior to start up the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication 2 No AIRFLOW if the sail switch opens during cycle operation the display will read AIRFLOW along with an audio indication The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F Upon failure the machine will shut down and display No AIRFLOW with an audio indication 3 bURNER SAFETY FAIL routine monitors the temperature above the burner If the Burner Hi Limit switch opens the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F U
153. Y 7 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the dryer door or lint drawer switch es or heat safety devices ever be disabled 8 Articles should never be left unattended for an extended period of time in the tumbler basket after completion of the drying and cycles WARNING ARTICLES LEFT IN THE DRYER AFTER THE DRYING and COOLING CYCLES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED CAN CREATEA FIRE HAZARD 9 This dryer is not to be used in the presence of dry cleaning solvents or fumes 10 Read and follow ALL caution and direction labels attached to the dryer WARNING CHILDREN SHOULD NOT BE ALLOWED TO PLAY ON or IN THE DRYER S CHILDREN SHOULD BE SUPERVISED IF NEAR DRYER S IN OPERATION 11 DO NOT operate dryers with more than 125 PSI steam pressure Excessive steam pressure can damage steam coil and or harm personnel 12 Replace leaking flexible steam hoses or other steam fixtures immediately DO NOT operate dryer with leaking flexible hoses Personal injury may result 4 SECTION H ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A CLEANING A program and or schedule should be established for periodic inspection cleaning and removal of lint from various areas of the dryer as well as throughout the duct work system The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location Maximum operating efficiency is dependent upon proper air circulation The accumulation of lint can restrict this airflow If the guidelines in this section
154. Y This indicator dot will be on when the tumbler basket is in the reverse counterclockwise CCW direction 3 Illustration No 3 refer to illustration below a HEAT INDICATOR this indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating unit to be active on 4 Illustration No 4 refer to illustration below a ON INDICATOR this indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle Program is active this indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time Program 5 Illustration No 5 refer to illustration below OPTIONAL a AIR JET CIRCUIT INDICATOR this indicator dot is on at the end of the drying cycle for approximately sixty 60 seconds PHASE 6 MICROPROCESSOR L E D light emitting diode DISPL MAN3450 Tumbler basket in FORWARD MODE clockwise CW INDICATOR Tumbler basket in REVERSE MODE counterclockwise CCW INDICATOR HEAT ON INDICATOR ON INDICATOR dryer is in operation mode AIR JET INDICATOR OPTIONAL F47 C L E D CODE 1 Display Codes A ALL REV ANTI WRINKL dELAY TIME ANTI WRINKL GUARd ACTIVE ANTI WRINKL GUARd ON TIME AUTO CYCLE b bURNER CONTROL FAIL bURNER FLAME FAIL bURNER SAFETY bUZZ bUZZ TIME CEL CHECK MAIN FUSE CLEAN LINT COOL COOL COOL ___ CYCLEA CYCLEb A CYC
155. _ LINT DOOR SWITCH REPLACEMEN COVER P N 390136 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint door panel SCRE WS P N 50301 SWITCH P N 122116 3 Remove the front panel 4 Disconnect both 4 pin connectors at the rear of the lint switch cover BRACKE T 5 Remove the two 2 screws holding the lint HAN3897 P N 300400 switch cover on 6 Remove the lint switch cover and disconnect the two 2 terminals of the switch 7 Remove switch by pressing tabs together and pushing switch out 8 Install new lint door switch by reversing these procedures A31 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS The information provided will help isolate the most probable component s associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components are concerned and not necessarily the suspected component itself IMPORTANT When replacing blown fuses the replacement must be of the exact rating as the fuse being replaced The information provided should not be misconstrued as a handbook for use by an untrained person in m
156. a Loosen the two 2 set screws on the flange bearing b Remove the retaining ring from the groove of the tumbler basket shaft c Remove the rotational sensor magnet from the tumbler basket support shaft d Remove the tumbler basket and support assembly from the front of the dryer If the tumbler basket cannot be removed freely clean the shaft area and spray WD 40 or similar lubricant With a block of wood against the shaft end strike the block wood with a hammer or mallet to move the shaft past any burrs made by the set screws IMPORTANT Never strike the shaft directly with a hammer 6 Reverse these steps for installation of new tumbler basket and tumbler basket support 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer J V BELTS See illustrations in section F Pulleys V belts should have proper tension If too loose they will slip excessive wear on the bearings will result If the pulleys are not properly aligned excessive belt wear will result Proper belt tension will allow 1 2 displacement under normal thumb pressure at mid span of belt NOTE Belts must always be replaced in pairs matched sets F32 V Belt Tension Adjustment Drive Shaft to Speed Reducing Shaft 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the lint drawer Remove the lint door Loosen two 2 bolts securing rear pillow block bearing on the drive shaft Loosen adjustment bolt that is securing the rear
157. abel a Model number The model number is an ADC number which describes the size of the dryer and the type of heat gas or steam b Serial number The serial number allows ADC to gather information on your particular dryer c Manufacturing code number The manufacturing code number is a number issued by ADC which describes ALL possible options on your particular model d Type of heat Describes the type of heat gas natural or L P liquid steam or electric Heat input For gas dryers describes the heat input in British Thermal Units f Electric service Describes the electric service for your particular models g Gas manifold pressure Describe the manifold pressure as taken at the gas valve pressure tap refer to Using a Manometer 57 HOW TO USE A MANOMETER 1 With dryer in nonoperating mode remove plug on the gas valve pressure tap 2 Attach plastic tubing to pressure tap Fitting is supplied with manometer refer to illustration 3 Attach manometer to dryer using magnet NOTE Place manometer in a position so that readings can be taken at eye level 4 Fill manometer with water as shown in illustration to the zero level 5 Start dryer With burner on take a reading PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT a Read water level at the inner tube Readings should be taken at eye level b Correct readings should be NATURAL GAS 3 5 inches W C 8 7 mb L P GAS 10 5 inches W
158. ach relay and door switch circuit to easily identify failures A DIAGNOSTIC L E D Light Emitting Diode DISPLAY FAILURE CODES 1 SAIL SWITCH FAIL This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is closed prior to start up the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication 2 No AIRFLOW If the sail switch opens during cycle operation the display will read No AIRFLOW along with an audio indication The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and display No AIRFLOW with an audio indication 3 bURNER SAFETY FAIL Routine monitors the temperature above the burner If the burner hi limit switch opens the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 4 dRUM SAFETY FAIL This routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature if the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior or during the cycle while the heat was on the machine will display dRUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Upon failure the machine
159. ad TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE an audio indication will sound for approximately 5 seconds every 30 seconds until the problem is corrected or the power to the dryer is discontinued and the problem is corrected NOTE Once the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer detects a problem in the heat circuit it updates every 30 seconds so that if the problem was a loose connection in the circuit which corrected itself the TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE condition would automatically be cancelled and the display will return to REAdY 11 ROTATE SENSOR FAIL indicates a rotational sensor circuit failure meaning that there is a fault somewhere in the tumbler basket rotation circuit or the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer program related to this circuit Program Location 2 is set incorrectly In the active mode it should be ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE if the dryer is not equipped with the optional rotational sensor it should be set in the non active mode No ROTATE SENSOR 44 NOTE RPM This routine monitors the timing response from the existing rotational sensor input and derives RPM measurement To display this RPM measurement press ENTER START C Key once and release then press the ENTER START 0 Key a second time and hold this will display the RPM measurement The rotational sensor must be active for operation of this feature 12 CHECK MAIN FUSE
160. ad switch are out of adjustment Trunnion shaft has forward Magnet is missing Rotation read switch is broken Broken V belt Faulty drive motor Faulty wiring connection between read switch and computer Faulty drive contactor Faulty computer computer is not sensing rotation 10 Faulty arc suppressor A S board 1 2 8 9 Display is reading NO Airflow Blower motor is not coming on Blower motor is spinning in the wrong direction Dirty lint screen Exhaust is clogged and is in need of cleaning Sail switch damper is hung up Lint drawer or main door is not sealing Faulty sail switch very tough Faulty wiring connection between sail switch and computer Faulty blower contactor 10 Faulty arc suppressor A S board 11 Faulty 24 V transformer 12 Faulty computer board D36 E Display is reading Sail Switch Fail 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 switch 15 out of adjustment Sail switch is hung up Customer has an exhaust booster fan that draws too much air Faulty wiring connection between computer and sail switch Faulty computer Display is reading Drum Safety Fail Open tumbler basket hi limit which is 225 F 107 O Faulty wiring connection between computer and tumbler basket hi limit Faulty computer G Display is reading Burner Safety Fail 1 2 3 1 2 Open burner hi limit whic
161. aking repairs WARNING ALL SERVICE and TROUBLESHOOTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL or SERVICE AGENCY WARNING WHILE MAKING REPAIRS OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE DRYER or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL A NoL E D light emitting diode display on microprocessor controller computer 1 Open circuit breaker switch or blown fuse 2 Tripped blower motor overload 3 Faulty wiring connection 4 Faulty transformer 5 EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is depressed 6 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B Computer will not accept keypad touchpad entries 1 Keypad touchpad ribbon is not plugged into computer securely 2 Faulty keypad touchpad 3 Faulty microprocessor controller computer A32 Dryer will not start but computer L E D light emitting diode indicators on 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 I 2 Failed contactors Failed arc suppressor A S board Failed microprocessor controller computer Fatled motors Drive motor runs burner is on but tumbler basket will not turn Broken damaged or loose V belt Belts contaminated oil grease etc Loose or broken pulley Dryer operates but is taking too long to dry Improperly programmed microprocessor controller computer An inadequate exhaust duct work system Restriction in exhaust system Insufficient make up air Poor housekeeping a
162. al power to the dryer To Replace Main Door Hinge Block 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly for top hinge removal 3 Remove the two 2 screws from the bottom hinge block 4 Reassemble by reversing removal procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C25 F PULLEY BEARING To Replace Tumbler Basket Pulley 1 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves 2 Remove cap screws from the bushing 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A BEARING 4 Remove bushing pulley and key 7 536 5 Assemble bushing and sheave shown in figure B When cap screws loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft A 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing 77 a IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 30 ft lbs 41 Nm If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the
163. al shock discontinue electrical supply to dryer STEAM DRYERS Clean steam coil fins using compressed air and a vacuum cleaner with brush attachment NOTE Whencleaning steam coil fins be careful not to bend the fins If fins are bent straighten by using a fin comb which is available from local air conditioning supply houses 90 DAYS Remove lint from tumbler basket drive motors and surrounding areas Remove lint from gas valve burner area with a dusting brush or vacuum cleaner attachment D5 Remove lint accumulation from inside control box and at rear area behind control box 6 MONTHS Inspect and remove lint accumulation in customer furnished exhaust duct work system and from dryer s internal exhaust ducting WARNING DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION and VENTILATION AIR CHECK CUSTOMER FURNISHED BACK DRAFT DAMPER IN EXHAUST DUCT WORK INSPECT and REMOVE ANY LINT ACCUMULATION WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMPER TO BIND or STICK NOTE A back draft damper that is sticking partially closed can result in slow drying and shut down of the heat circuit safety switches or thermostats NOTE When cleaning dryer cabinet s avoid using harsh abrasives cleaning of appliances is recommended A product intended for the B ADJUSTMENTS 7 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION and EVERY 6 MONTHS THEREAFTER Inspect bolts nuts screws bearing set screws nonpermanent gas connections unions shut off valves orifices
164. alve b Turn the slotted adjustment screw located on top of the valve next to the terminals Turn clockwise CW to increase manifold pressure and counterclockwise CCW to decrease PLASTIC TUBING FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL NOTE If correct W C pressure cannot be achieved problem may be due to an undersized gas supply line a faulty or underrated gas meter etc NNER TUBE To Convert from Natural Gas to L P Gas NOTE ALL dryers are sold as natural gas unless otherwise specified at the time the dryer order was placed For L P gas the dryer must be converted as follows gt 1 OUTER TUBE MAN3487 Parts required for conversion L P Kit P N 881868 For butane gas or elevations over 2 000 feet 609 6 meters contact factory 1 Refer to To Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 a For models with 3 4 White Rodgers valve 1 Remove top vent cap 2 Insert spring and pin 3 Replace vent cap 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace with L P orifices NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reverse the procedure for reinstalling valve assembly to the dryer WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME C20 To Replace Burner Tubes 1 Refer to Re
165. am models the air is necessary to operate the damper system On both steam as well as the gas model the s air is necessary required for the blower air jet operation to clean lint from the impellor fan Ryo squirrel cage type i 5045 SL 02 11 00 F15 SECTION V SERVICING INTRODUCTION ALL electrical mechanical service or repairs should be made with the electrical power to the dryer disconnected power off The information provided in this section should not be misconstrued as a device for use untrained person making repairs Service work should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local state and federal codes When contacting the factory for assistance always have the dryer model and serial numbers available Before considering replacement make sure that ALL connectors are in place and making proper contact F16 MPUTE NTROL To Replace Computer 1 2 Disconnect green ground wire and Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Disconnect main power harness along with the three 3 other connectors located on the computer board from rear of computer by squeezing locking tab and pulling connector straight back the air Jet wire from the computer Disconnect keyboard touchpad ribbon from the computer Remove the two 2 securing the computer to the sheet metal control panel Remove the board by pulling the other two 2 corn
166. ame sensor probe which goes to S2 on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module HOT SURFACE IGNITOR 3 Disassemble flame sensor probe from burner by MAN3874 removing the one 1 self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new flame sensor probe NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following refer to illustration above 5 Reestablish procedure for installation of new ignitor Hot Surface Ignitor Flame Sensor Probe 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the hot surface ignitor wires 51 and ground GND on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 3 Disasemble Hot Surface Ignitor Probe from the burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new hot surface ignitor NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following refer to illustration above 17 NOTE NOT THE HOT SURFACE IGNITOR WIRES AND THE FLAME ELECTRODE WIRE TOGETHER IMPROPER OPERATION MAY RESULT THEY MAY RUN ALONGSIDE EACH OTHER 5 Reestablish procedure for installation of new ignitor Gas Valve Replacement Refer to burner illustration on page 11 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Close shut off valves in gas supply line 3 Disconnect gas valve wiring NOTE Identify location of each wire for correct reinstallation 4 Unscrew break union connection be
167. amper return to the burner wall The sail switch should close to restart the burner ignition cycle If the sail switch circuit does not operate as described bend the actuator arm of the sail switch accordingly until proper operation is achieved To check proper open position of sail switch open main door manually depress main door switch and start dryer With the main door open and the dryer operating the sail switch should be open and the burner should not come on E FRONT PANEL and MAIN DOOR ASSEMBLIES To Replace Main Door Switch 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Open main door 3 Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws holding the main door switch bracket assembly in place 4 Remove door switch bracket and disconnect wiring from switch 5 Disassemble door switch from bracket by removing the two 2 6 32 nuts Remove door switch from bracket MAN3876 6 Reverse this procedure for installing new door switch CURRENT PRODUCTION F23 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Main Door Assembly 1 To Install New Main Door Glass 1 Reverse this procedure for reinstalling new Remove main door assembly from dryer Remove two 2 Allen head screws holding the top main door hinge block to the front panel main door assembly follow main door removal procedure Lay main door on flat surface with front of door face up SL 01 19 00 Rem
168. and FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS GASOLINE and OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS and LIQUIDS NOTE Suggested time intervals shown for average usage which is considered six 6 to eight 8 operational running hours per day Clean lint drawer and screen every third load NOTE Frequency can best be determined at each location DAILY beginning of each work shift Clean lint from the drawer and screen Inspect lint screen and replace if torn WEEKLY Clean lint accumulation from lint chamber thermostat and microprocessor temperature sensor sensor bracket area WARNING To avoid the hazard of electrical shock discontinue electrical supply to dryer 90 DAYS Remove lint from tumbler basket drive motors and surrounding areas Remove lint from gas valve burner area with a dusting brush or vacuum cleaner attachment NOTE To prevent damage avoid cleaning or touching ignitor and flame probe assembly Remove lint accumulation from inside control box and at rear area behind control box B5 EVERY 6 MONTHS Inspect and remove lint accumulation in customer furnished eschanst duct work system and from dryer s internal exhaust ducting WARNING DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION and VENTILATION AIR CHECK CUSTOMER FURNISHED BACK DRAFT DAMPER IN EXHAUST DUCT WORK INSPECT and REMOVE ANY LINT ACCUMULATION WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMPER TO BIND or STICK NOTE back draft damper that is sticking partially closed
169. and STEAM The impellor is shaft driven The blower motor drives the shaft on which the impellor is mounted This enables the impellor to run at a higher RPM thereby producing a higher airflow CFM G SPEED REDUCIN T Viewing from the front of the dryer The speed reducing shaft is located on the right side and is right above the drive motor The idler assembly consists of two 2 idler pulleys the small and large pulleys The idler s main purpose is to reduce the speed and increase torque provided to the tumbler basket bearing Also at the idler assembly belt tension can be adjusted H TUMBLER BASKET BEARING ARRANGEMENT The tumbler basket bearing arrangement is located viewing from the rear of the dryer approximately at the upper center of the dryer The arrangement consists of a bearing cap rotational sensor and a flange bearing which serve to support the tumbler basket 1 TUMBLER BASKET The tumbler basket consists of four 4 ribs and four 4 perforated panels along with a front and back which are welded together as an assembly The tumbler basket also consists of a trunnion which supports the tumbler basket in the rear F12 SL 01 27 00 0 20 00 4973 4942 J MAIN DOOR SWITCH The main door switch is located near the main doorhinge When the main door opens the switch willalso open preventing the dryer from operating The main door switch is a sa
170. and ground connections Motor and drive belts should be examined Cracked or seriously frayed belts should be replaced Tighten loose V belts when necessary Complete operational check of controls and valves Complete operational check of ALL safety devices door switch lint drawer switch sail switch burner and hi limit thermostats C LUBRICATION The motor bearings idler bearings and under normal most conditions the tumbler bearings are permanently lubricated It is physically possible to re lubricate the tumbler bearings if you choose to do so even though this practice is not necessary Use Shell Alvania 3 or its equivalent The tumbler bearings used in the dryer do not have a great fitting Provisions are made in the bearing housing for the addition of a grease fitting which can be obtained elsewhere The impellor fan shaft bearings should be lubricated every three 3 months D6 SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local and state codes In the absence of these codes the installation must conform to applicable American National Standards National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the installation must conform to applicable Canadian Standards CAN CGA B149 1 M91 Natural Gas or CAN CGA B149 2 M91 L P Gas or LATEST EDITION for General Installation and Gas Plum
171. aring pad 7 Tighten locking nuts on the adjustment bolts 8 Reverse Step 1 through Step 5 for reassembly 9 Check tumbler basket drive belt for proper tension Adjust if necessary 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer E28 H BEARINGS To Replace Rear Drive Shaft Pillow Block Bearin 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 6 from To Replace Front Drive Shaft Bearing 2 Remove drive pulley Remove screws from bushing b Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft MAN4959 c Remove set screws from bushing L 0121 00 d Remove bushing pulley and key 3 Reverse these steps for the installation of new bearing To Replace Front Speed Reducing Shaft Bearin 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Loosen and roll V Belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to drive shaft 5 Remove the four 4 bolts holding the two 2 speed reducing shaft pillow block assembly in the dryer 6 Loosen and roll V belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to the drive motor 7 Remove retaining ring that is located closest to the front bearing 8 Loosen and remove the two 2 set screws in the front pillow block bearing 9 Install new bearing by reversing these procedures E29 Replace Rear Speed Reducing Shaft Bearing 1 2 Remove the lint doo
172. asket 9 Reassemble components onto dryer by reversing Step 2 through Step 8 10 Check tumbler basket vertical lateral alignment and adjust if necessary 11 Replace back guard 12 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer H BEARINGS Refer to illustrations in section F Pulleys on page 26 To Replace Rear Tumbler Basket Support Pillow Block Bearing 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove back guard 3 Remove tumbler basket pulley 4 Loosen lateral adjustment jam nuts and bolts Refer to illustration in section G Tumbler Basket Alignment 5 Loosen two 2 set screws from rear pillow block bearing collar 6 Remove the rear bearing bolts securing bearing to bearing mount Remove bearing 7 Replace by reversing Step 3 through Step 6 8 Adjust both lateral and vertical tumbler basket alignment 9 Replace back guard 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Replace Front Tumbler Basket Support Pillow Block Bearing 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove back guard 3 Follow Step 3 through Step 6 from To Replace Rear Tumbler Basket Support Pillow Block Bearing C30 4 Remove the two 2 retaining rings from the tumbler basket shaft 5 Remove the two 2 bolts holding the front tumbler basket support pillow block bearing to the dryer 6 Loosen bearing collar set screws 2 and as the end of the tumbler basket shaft is lifted
173. ating on low voltage or high voltage the wiring should match the motor plate as follows The dots and lines represent connections refer to illustration For example On Low Voltage wire 14 is connected to wire 4 wire 1 is connected to wire 7 which in turn are both connected to L1 On High Voltage wire 14 is insulated or capped wire 4 is connected to wire 7 wire 1 is connected to L1 F55 DATA LABEL Contacting American Dryer Corporation ADC O 8 MODEL SERIAL NO MLG190HS 414852 WH MANUFACTURING CODE NUMBER 9100165130154083792 119000000000 HEAT INPUT GAS NATURAL 600 000 BTUH ELECTRIC SERVICE Z208V 60HZ 3PH 3W 26 GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE 3 5 IN WC FOR USE WITH NATURAL AND L P GASES G ANS 72152 1988 CLOTHES DRYER VOL I MAN4970 SL 01 25 00 When contacting ADC certain information is required to insure proper service parts information This information is on the data label located on the top right corner of the dryer viewed from the rear refer to illustration When contacting ADC please have the model number and serial number readily accessible Information on the Data Label A Model number The model number is an ADC number which describes the size of the dryer and the type of heat gas or steam B Serial number The serial number allows ADC to gather information on your particular dryer C Manufacturing code number The ma
174. bable components associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken or shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components are concerned not necessarily the suspect component itself ELECTRICAL PARTS SHOULD ALWAYS BE CHECKED FOR FAILURE BEFORE BEING RETURNED TO THE FACTORY The information provided should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person in making repairs Only properly licensed technicians should service the equipment OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE EQUIPMENT or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL WHILE MAKING REPAIRS D41 SECTION 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECTand LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OFANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS ALL major circuits including door microprocessor temperature sensor heat and motor circuits are monitored The Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer will inform the user via the L E D light emitting diode display of certain failure codes along with indicators both in L E D light emitting diode display and at the output of each relay and door switch circuit to easily identify failures 1 SAIL SWITCH FAIL This routine will
175. backing off new keyboard touchpad label assembly Holding the new keyboard touchpad label assembly close to the control panel insert the keyboard touchpad ribbon through the rectangular slot in the control panel Align label assembly into position by matching the red viewing window on the label to the rectangular cutout in the panel and gently press into place Connect keyboard touchpad ribbon to the computer Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Microprocessor Temperature Sensor Probe 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint drawer 3 Remove microprocessor sensor bracket assembly from dryer a Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector C16 b Loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to dryer and remove bracket from dryer TEMPERA TURE NOTE DO NOT remove screws 4 Disassemble sensor probe from bracket 8 assembly removing the top fastener securing the probe to the bracket Use a small 4926 screwdriver to slowly pry the fastener off 01 17 00 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the high heat 225 F 107 thermostat and remove modular bracket connector wires and probe from bracket assembly 6 Install new sensor probe assembly ADC Part No 880251 by reversing procedure 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer NOTE If when electrical power is reestablished
176. be adversely affected Ignition problems and sail switch fluttering problems on gas dryers may result and you also could have premature motor failure from overheating The air supply must be given careful consideration to insure proper performance of each dryer IMPORTANT Make up air must be provided from a source free of dry cleaning fumes Make up air that is contaminated by dry cleaning fumes will result in irreparable damage to motors and other dryer components Exhaust duct work should be designed and installed by a competent technician Improperly sized duct work will create excessive back pressure which will result in slow drying increased use of energy and shutdown of the burner by the airflow sail switch burner hi limit or lint chamber hi heat protector thermostat Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for more detail B ELECTRICAL and GAS REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to have ALL electrical connections made by a properly licensed and competent electrician to assure the electrical installation is adequate and conforms with local and state regulations or codes In the absence of such codes ALL electrical connections material and workmanship must conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections A7 IMPORTANT Failure to
177. ber The model number is an ADC number which describes the size of the dryer and the type of heat gas or steam b Serial number The serial number allows ADC to gather information on your particular dryer c Manufacturing code number The manufacturing code number is a number issued by ADC which describes ALL possible options on your particular model d Type of heat Describes the type of heat gas natural or L P steam or electric e Heat input For gas dryers describes the heat input in British Thermal Units f Electric service Describes the electric service for your particular models g Gas manifold pressure Describe the manifold pressure as taken at the gas valve pressure tap refer to Using Manometer A52 HOW TO USE MANOMETER 1 With dryer in nonoperating mode remove plug on the gas valve pressure tap 2 Attach plastic tubing to pressure tap Fitting is supplied with manometer see illustration 3 Attach manometer to dryer using magnet NOTE Place manometer in a position so that readings can be taken at eye level 4 Fill manometer with water as shown in illustration to the zero level PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT 5 Start dryer With burner on take a reading a Read water level at the inner tube Readings should be taken at eye level b Correct readings should be NATURAL GAS 3 5 inches W C 8 7 mb REGULATOR L P GAS 10 5 inches W C 26 1 mb PRESSURE TAP 1
178. bing or Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections A ENCLOSURE AIR SUPPLY and EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Bulkheads and partitions around the dryer should be made of noncombustible materials Allowances should be made for the opening and closing of the control door and lint drawer Also allowances should be made in the rear for ease of maintenance Refer to appropriate installation manual for recommended distances and minimum allowances required When the dryer is operating it draws in room air heats it passes this air through the tumbler basket and exhausts it out of the building Therefore the room air must be continually replenished from the outdoors If the make up air is inadequate drying time and drying efficiency will be adversely affected Ignition problems and sail switch fluttering problems on gas dryers may result and you also could have premature motor failure from overheating The air supply must be given careful consideration to insure proper performance of each dryer IMPORTANT Make up air must be provided from a source free of dry cleaning fumes Make up air that is contaminated by dry cleaning fumes will result in irreparable damage to motors and other dryer components Exhaust duct work should be designed and installed by a competent technician Improperly sized duct work will create excessive back pressure which will result in slow drying increased
179. bler basket which has four 4 ribs and four 4 removable perforated panels which are mounted to the rib sections of the tumbler basket with 1 4 20 x 1 4 socket button head screws amp 533 4532 J MAIN DOOR SWITCH The main door switch is mounted to the front panel behind the main door When the main door opens the switch will also open preventing the dryer from operating The main door switch is a safety device and should never be disabled MAN3876 SAIL SWITCH Gas Models Only The sail switch is located on the front of the burner box A sail switch consists of a round damper plate on a lever arm which is in contact with an electric switch When the fan or air blower comes on it draws air through the gas burner This creates a negative pressure inside the burner box and this negative pressure pulls in the round damper and activates the sail switch Ifthere is improper airflow the damper will not pull in preventing the burner from starting The display will also read no airflow with an audio indication Improper airflow can be caused by improperly designed exhaust ducting where the duct run is too long or has too many sharp bends in it It can also be caused by a lack of make up air SAIL SWITCH 0537 L BURNER HI LIMIT Gas Models Only The hi limit thermostat is a manual reset disc type thermostat set at 330 F 166 and located near the burner If the burner
180. bs and four 4 perforated panels along with a front and back which are welded together as an assembly The tumbler basket also consists of a trunnion which supports the tumbler basket in the rear 4942 SL 0020 00 MAN4973 St 01 27 00 4532 12 J MAIN DOOR SWITCH The main door switch is located near the main door hinge When the main door opens the switch will also open preventing the dryer from operating The main door switch is a safety device and should never be disabled MAN3876 CURRENT PRODUCTION SAIL SWITCH GAS MODELS ONLY The sail switch is located on the front of the burner box sail switch consists of a round damperplate on a lever arm which is in contact with an electric switch When the air blower comes on it draws air through the gas burner This creates a negative pressure inside the burner box and this negative pressure pulls in the round damper and activates the sail switch If there is improper airflow the damper will not pull in preventing the burner from starting SAIL SWITCH 0537 Improper airflow caused designed exhaust ducting where the duct run is too long has too many sharp bends in it It can also be caused by a lack of make up air L HI LIMIT GAS MODELS ONLY A hi limit thermostat is located at the burner This is a manual reset disc type thermostat set at 330 F I
181. cal power to the dryer 21 D SAIL SWITCH ASSEMBLY Gas The sail switch is a heat circuit safety device which controls the burner circuit only When the dryer is operating and there is proper airflow the sail switch damper pulls in and closes the sail switch Providing ALL the other heat related circuits are functioning properly ignition should now be established If an improper airflow occurs the sail switch damper will release and the circuit will open SAIL SWITCH 0537 Sail Switch Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the two 2 screws which hold the sail switch box cover to sail switch box 3 Disconnect the two 2 wires from the switch 4 Disassemble sail switch from mounting bracket by removing the two 2 screws securing switch in place 5 Reverse this procedure for installing new sail switch Adjust sail switch as described in the next section To Adjust Sail Switch With the dryer operating at a high temperature setting pull the sail switch away from the burner The sail switch should open and extinguish the burner The dryer will continue to run for 3 minutes or until 100 F 38 C is reached The computer will display no airflow Ifthe sail switch circuit does not operate as described bend the actuator arm of the sail switch accordingly until proper operation is achieved To check proper open position of sail switch open main door manually depres
182. cated on the computer board from rear of computer by squeezing locking tab and pulling connector straight back 3 Disconnect the green ground wire and the air jet wire from the computer 4 Disconnect keyboard touchpad ribbon from the computer 5 Remove the two 2 securing the computer to the sheet metal control panel Remove the board by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs 6 Install new computer by reversing this procedure 7 When replacing the computer the A and B factors must be reprogrammed Refer to Computer Operator s Manual for details NOTE The A and factors are printed on a label located on the rear of the control panel refer to illustration 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Keyboard Touchpad Label Assembly 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of computer 3 Slowly peel off and remove keyboard touchpad label assembly from control panel 4 Peel paper backing off new keyboard touchpad label assembly CLEAR STOP ENTER START MAN3453 5 Holding the new keyboard touchpad label assembly close to the panel insert the keyboard touchpad ribbon through the rectangular slot in the control panel Align label assembly into position by matching the red viewing window on the label to the rectangular cutout in the panel and gently press into place 6 Con
183. cation If the machine is active and the main door was opened the display would read MAIN with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the main door has closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START key and it will continue the programmed cycle 9 LINT dOOR This monitors the lint drawer and door circuit If the machine was not active and the lint drawer and door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the lint drawer and door open the display would read LINT with an audio indication If the machine is active and the lint drawer and door was opened the display would read LINT with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the lint door was closed the display would read PRESS START press ENTER START key and it will continue the programmed cycle 10 TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE This routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature When the temperature sensor or fuse opens with the machine not active the display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the machine was active at the time that the temperature sensor or fuse opened the display would read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE wit
184. cators D44 C Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor Controller Computer Relay Output L E D light emitting diode Ji Icalors D45 SECTION IX LED DISPDAY CODESS QuQ Quay a A A L E D Display Operating Status D49 B Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor L E D Displays D50 C eED C6016 u w aan mat uu usss Cease D51 D Computer Logic and Wiring Diagram D53 SECTION X TECHNICAL INFORMATIDON D58 A Motor Plate High and Low Voltage D58 B Data Label uyu ua u E O E S E D59 C Usea Manome toT A A E D60 D MEO Tool isuu naa D61 SECTIONI IMPORTANTINFORMATION A SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance 2 Purchaser user should consult the local gas supplier for proper instructions to be followed in the event the user smells gas The instructions should be posted in a prominent location 3 WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS a DO NOT tr
185. ce of dry cleaning solvents or fumes 10 Read and follow ALL caution and direction labels attached to the dryer WARNING CHILDREN SHOULD NOT BE ALLOWED TO PLAY ON or IN THE DRYER S i CHILDREN SHOULD BE SUPERVISED IF NEAR DRYER S IN OPERATION 11 DO NOT operate dryers with more than 125 PSI steam pressure Excessive steam pressure can damage steam coil and or harm personnel 12 Replace leaking flexible steam hoses or other steam fixtures immediately DO NOT operate aye with leaking flexible hoses Personal injury may result F4 SECTION Il ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A CLEANING A program and or schedule should be established for periodic inspection cleaning and removal of lint from various areas of the dryer as well as throughout the duct work system The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location Maximum operating efficiency is dependent upon proper air circulation The accumulation of lint can restrict this airflow If the guidelines in this section are met an ADC dryer will provide many years of efficient trouble free and most importantly safe operation WARNING KEEP DRYER AREA CLEAR and FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS GASOLINE and OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS and LIQUIDS NOTE Suggested time intervals shown for average usage which is considered six 6 to eight 8 operational running hours per day Clean lint drawer screen every third or fourth load NOTE F
186. ch is located on the back side of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer the display would read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the display continues after the fuse has been replaced then it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer L E D LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY INDICATORS The L E D light emitting diode indicator dots located on the top portion of the display indicates various Phase 6 OPL computer output functions while a cycle is in progress These indicator dots as shown in the illustration below DO NOT necessarily mean that the outputs are functioning They are only indicating that the function output should be active on 1 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 1 MAN3450 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the forward mode clockwise CW direction 2 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 2 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive basket tumbler motor is operating in the reverse mode counterclockwise CC W direction 3 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 3 a Heat Circuit Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating circuit to be active on A38 4 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 4 a On Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when t
187. comply with these codes or ordinances and the requirements stipulated in this manual can result in personal injury or component failure The dryer installation must meet the American National Standard National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections as well as local codes and ordinances and must be done by a qualified technician NOTE Undersized gas piping will result in ignition problems and slow drying and can create a safety hazard The dryer must be connected to the type of gas natural or L P liquid propane indicated on the dryer data label If this information DOES NOT agree with the type of gas available contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory The gas input ratings shown on the dryer data label are for elevations up to 2 000 feet 610 meters unless elevation requirements of over 2 000 feet 610 meters were specified at the time the dryer order was placed with the factory The adjustment for dryers in the field for elevations over 2 000 feet 610 meters are made by changing the burner orifices Ifthis adjustment is necessary contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory NOTE Any burner changes must be made by a qualified technician C OPERATIONAL SERVICE CHECK PROCEDURE 1 Turn on electric power to the dryer 2 To start dryer a Display will
188. cone thickness between the glass and door will be 7 reduced resulting in poor bonding The door assembly should now be put in an area where it will not be disturbed for at least 24 hours Depending on the conditions the curing time of this adhesive is 24 to 36 hours 8 After the curing period install main door on dryer by reversing Step 1 A23 Eront Panel Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove bottom lint drawer assembly 3 Remove the screws securing the front panel to the dryer 4 Disconnect the two 2 door switch wires located behind the front panel 5 Remove the front panel IMPORTANT When pulling the front panel off the door switch harness in the upper right hand corner must be unplueged NOTE The main door assembly can beremoved to make the panelremoval easier Referto Replace Main Door Assembly directions 6 Reinstall the new front panel by reversing Step 1 through Step 4 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Main Door Hinge Block Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly for top hinge removal 3 Remove the two screws from the bottom hinge block 4 Reassemble by reversing removal procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer A24 ery DRIVE SHAFT PULLEY REPLACEMENT Discontinue electrical power dryer Remove front panel
189. continue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer i 3 Remove the lint door 4 Block tumbler basket up 5 Loosen adjustment bolt s and lock nuts securing the pillow block bearing up 6 Remove bolts holding each idler pillow block bearing to mount 7 Remove idler shaft with both bearings and wheel still attached from dryer 8 Remove the retaining ring closest to the front bearing 9 Remove drive wheel a Remove cap screws from bushing b Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bucking becomes loose on shaft Remove bushing pulley and key 10 Slide bearing off the shaft 11 Replace bearing by reversing procedure 12 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Rear Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 7 from To Replace Front Idler Shaft Bearing 2 Remove retaining ring closest to the rear pillow block bearing 3 Loosen the two 2 set screws on each bearing collar 4 Slide the bearing off the shaft 1 5 Replace by reversing procedure 6 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer L BASKET and SUPPORT To Replace Tumbler Basket and Tumbler Basket Suppo p lt Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 52 Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly 3 Follow procedure for removal of front panel assembly 4 Remove bearing back guard 5 Remove tumbler basket assembly and support
190. corner of the diagram It is a six 6 digit number followed by a letter to distinguish the revision dates refer to illustration The wiring diagrams used in troubleshooting are specifically for dryers manufactured at the time of publishing Your particular model may vary slightly depending on the date of manufacturing and options available The correct wiring diagram and number is either taped to the rear of the control door or each dryer or placed in the control box If your particular diagram is lost or unreadable call ADC with the serial number of the dryer ADC will be more than happy to send you a diagram by fax or mail C48 6 2 BOARD POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR FUSE 1 24 VAC gt GND NEUTRAL z PINK J13 4 PIN 4 PIN CONNECTOR CONNECTOR DOOR 1 LNT 24 VAC out gt 3 ORG SLV 3 ORG SLV 20 5 3 N ORG SLY 21 SWITCH SWITCH RETURN ORG SLY 4 amp ORG SLV 23 ORG SLV 22 lt 4 4 MAIN DOOR i 15 3 PIN ae I ORG SLV ORG SLV 30 gt ORG SLV 31 HAR VAC OUT 5 SWITCH RETURN gt ORG SLV K2 2 33 K amp ORG SLY 32 BLOWER MOTOR BLUE SILVER OUTPUT ZE BROWN DRIVE FORWARD 8 MOTOR l OUTPUTS REVERSE N 9 S GRAY AIR JET OUTPUT BLACK 4 4 FASTON MAIN FUSE 3 1 8 AMP CONTROL I RED 51 RED 52
191. cting where the duct run is too long or has too many sharp bends in it It can also be caused by a lack of make up air D13 Gas Models ONLY A hi limit thermostat is located at the burner This is a manual reset disc type thermostat set at 330 F 166 C If the flame in the burner should get too hot this thermostat will shut off the burner This is generally caused by low airflow through the dryer N AUTOMATIC RESET THERMOSTAT This is located inside the dryer in the lint compartment above the lint drawer This thermostat senses the heated air after it has passed through the tumbler basket If the air temperature gets too hot the thermostat will shut off the burner The dryer will not run until the air temperature cools down At this time the thermostat will reset Tumbler basket and blower will run but the dryer will not heat O LINT DRAWER The lint drawer is a pullout type and is located at the bottom of the dryer in the lint compartment Simply grab the lint drawer handle slide out the drawer brush off the lint and slide the drawer back in The lint screen must be kept clean in order for the dryer to operate properly and efficiently D14 HI LIMIT 330 F 166 C MAN4796 TILLY 12 08 99 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 0534 THERMOSTAT 4940 SL 01 20 00 P LINT DRAWER SWITCH The lint drawer switch is located in the lint compartment and attached to the sid
192. ction against failure of the airflow sail switch to open in the event of motor failure or reduced airflow condition F21 IMPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should heat circuit safety devices ever be disabled 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wires from hi limit thermostat 3 Remove screw washer and nut securing thermostat to the bracket Remove thermostat HI LIMIT 4 Reverse procedure for installing new thermostat 330 MAN2657 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Lint Compartment Hi Heat Protector 225 F Thermostat This thermostat 1s part of the sensor bracket assembly and is secured to the underside of the tumbler basket wrapper in the lint compartment As a safety device this thermostat will open shut off the heating unit circuit if an excessive temperature occurs The dryer motors will remain on even if the thermostat is open IMPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should SENSOR heat safety devices be disabled 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint drawer Remove two 2 screws securing lint door and remove lint door 3 Locate sensor bracket assembly and loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to the tumbler basket wrapper NOTE DO NOT remove the screws 4 Remove bracket assembly by slightly sliding bracket towards the rear of the dryer and to the left 225 MAN0534 THERMOSTAT
193. ctrical components are concerned and not necessarily the suspected component itself Electrical parts should always be checked for failure before being returned to the factory The information provided should not be misconstrued as a handbook for use by an untrained person making repairs IMPORTANT When replacing blown fuses the replacement must be of the exact rating as the fuse being replaced WARNING ALL SERVICE and TROUBLESHOOTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL or SERVICE AGENCY WARNING WHILE MAKING REPAIRS OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE DRYER or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL Refer to section Electrical Troubleshooting for a detailed troubleshooting procedure for electrical components A No display on computer 1 Open circuit breaker switch or blown fuse 22 2 Tripped overload on the blower MTR 3 Faulty wiring connection 4 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B Computer will not accept keyboard touchpad entries 1 Keyboard touchpad ribbon is not plugged into computer securely 2 Keyboard touchpad is defective 3 Faulty microprocessor controller computer F37 Dryer will not start but computer display indicators are on and relay output lights are on 1 2 4 4 Failed contactors Failed arc suppressor A S board Failed motors Loose wiring connection D Drive motor runs burner is on tumbler basket will not turn a
194. ctrical power to the dryer To Replace Tumbler Basket or Tumbler Basket Support 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer AI B SUPPORT 2 Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly ee 3 Follow procedure for removal of front panel assembly 4 Remove back guard 5 Remove tumbler basket belts 6 Remove tumbler basket pulley 7 Remove tumbler basket assembly and support 0549 TIE RODS a Loosen the two 2 set screws on both the pillow block bearing collars b Remove the retaining rings from the grooves of the tumbler basket shaft c Remove the tumbler basket and support assembly from the front of the dryer If the tumbler basket cannot be removed freely clean the shaft area and spray WD 40 or similar lubricant With a block of wood against the shaft end strike the block of wood with a hammer or mallet to move the shaft past any burrs made by the set screws IMPORTANT Never strike the shaft directly with a hammer C29 8 Remove tumbler basket from tumbler basket support a Remove the bolt in the center of the tumbler basket back wall b Loosen and remove the eight 8 sets of nuts and washers from tumbler basket tie rods Remove the eight 8 tie rods c Replace either tumbler basket or tumbler basket support by reversing procedure NOTE Shims might be needed between tumbler basket and tumbler basket support to insure proper balancing of tumbler b
195. d assembly from dryer D18 7 Remove valve mounting bracket manifold and piping from gas valve 8 Reverse procedure for installing new gas valve WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace Main Burner Orifices 1 Refer to To Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reversing the removal procedure for reinstalling WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITHA ELAME To Test and Adjust Gas Water Column Pressure There are two 2 types of devices commonly used to measure water column pressure They are spring mechanical type gauges and manometers The spring mechanical type gauge is not PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT recommended because it is easily damaged and not always accurate A manometer is simply a glass or transparent plastic tube with a scale in inches When filled with water and pressure eee gers applied the water in the tube rises showing the exact water column pressure NOTE Manometers are available from the factory by ordering ADC Part No 122804 1 To Test Gas Water Column W C Pressure FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL INNER TUBE a
196. d have premature motor failure from overheating The air supply must be given careful consideration to insure proper performance of each dryer IMPORTANT Make up air must be provided from a source free of dry cleaning fumes Make up air that is contaminated by dry cleaning fumes will result in irreparable damage to motors and other dryer components Exhaust duct work should be designed and installed by a competent technician Improperly sized duct work will create excessive back pressure which will result in slow drying increased use of energy and shut down of the burner by the airflow sail switch burner hi limit or lint chamber hi heat protector thermostat Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for more details B ELECTRICAL and GAS REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to have ALL electrical connections made by a properly licensed and competent electrician to assure that the electrical installation is adequate and conforms with local and state regulations or codes In the absence of such codes ALL electrical connections material and workmanship must conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION E7 IMPORTANT Failure to comply with these codes or ordinances and or the requirements stipulated in this manual can result in personal injury or component failure The gas dryer installation must meet the AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ANSI Z22
197. d high voltage ratings Removing the cap reveals the wiring to the motor On each wire there is a number which corresponds to the numbers on the motor plate Depending on whether the dryer is operating on low or high voltage the wiring should match the motor plate as follows The dots and lines represent connections refer to illustration For example On low voltage wire no 14 is connected to wire no 4 wire no 1 is connected to wire 7 which in turn are both connected to L1 On high voltage wire no 14 is insulated or capped wire no 4 is connected to wire no 7 wire no 1 is connected to L1 B56 B DATA LABEL Contacting American Dryer Corporation ADC MODEL SERIAL NO MLG122HS 423769 MANUFACTURING CODE NUMBER E 161425313015408379162226017000000 TYPE OF HEAT HEAT INPUT GAS 415 000 BTUH N asas NN ELECTRIC SERVICE 400V 50HZ 3PH 3W F GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE 3 5 IN WC FOR USE WITH NATURAL AND L P GASES NRTL ANS 22152 1995 CLOTHES DRYER VOL lt J 24 VOLT 4543 CONTROL VOLTAGE P N 112060 When contacting ADC certain information is required to ensure proper service and parts information This information is on the data label located on the top right corner of the dryer viewed from the rear refer to illustration When contacting ADC please have the model number and serial number readily accessible Information on the Data L
198. d impellor along with the motor B35 NOTE The motorized impellor assembly wil not be able to be removed due to the wiring harness still connected 8 Disconnect the wiring harness from motor 9 Remove the motor plate from the motorized impellor and install it on the new motor 10 Reconnect the wiring harness to the motor 11 To replace new motorized impellor assembly reverse Step 2 through Step 10 12 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer R LINT DOOR SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint door panel 3 Remove the front panel 4 Disconnect both 4 pin connectors at the rear of the lint switch cover 5 Remove the two 2 screws holding the lint switch cover on 6 Remove the lint switch cover and disconnect the two 2 terminals of the switch 7 Remove switch by pressing tabs together and pushing switch out 8 Install new switch by reversing these procedures COVER P N 390136 SCREWS P N 150301 SWITCH P N 122116 BRACKET 3897 P N 300400 36 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING IMPORTANT YOUMUST DISCONNECTand LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS The information provided will help isolate the m
199. d transformer terminations are good then the transformer is faulty Refer to the schematic supplied with the dryer to assist in the troubleshooting of the dryer NOTE In this next section ALL voltage checks must be done in the operating mode with the appropriate microprocessor dot on Also appropriate L E D light emitting diode output light on NOTE In this next section when checking for voltage you are looking for 25 AC volts unless otherwise specified 2 Drive motor reverses but DOES NOT forward blower motor runs a If computer dot first dot on the left does not come on replace the computer b Check for voltage across the coil of the forward contactor located in the reversing panel box The contactor according to your diagram is marked CR2 The coil markings 1 and 2 If voltage is present replace reversing contactor If voltage is not present there is a faulty wire or termination between BS2 and contactor coil CR2 c Ifthere is voltage across the two AS2 terminals and no voltage across the two BS2 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two AS2 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board the problem is a faulty wire or termination between the AS2 board and the J7 9 pin computer connector no 8 or faulty computer 3 Drive motor works in forward mode but DOES NOT reverse blower motor runs a If computer dot second one from left does not come on check program to
200. dRUM SAFETY FAIL Fault in the TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT CIRCUIT HOT Indicates an OVERHEAT CONDITION LINT dOOR When the LINT DOOR DRAWER 15 open or there 15 a fault in the LINT DOOR DRAWER CIRCUIT MAIN dOOR When the MAIN DOOR 15 open or is a fault in the DOOR CIRCUIT No AIRFLOW Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY No HEAT GAS ONLY IGNITION ATTEMPT FAILURE ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Fault in the ROTATION SENSOR CIRCUIT SAIL SWITCH FAIL Fault in the SAIL SWITCH CIRCUIT GAS ELECTRIC MODELS ONLY TEMP SENSOR CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE Fault in the MICROPROCESSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT C47 E COMPUTER LOGIC and WIRING DIAGRAM 1 Operator enters desired selections 2 Information entered is sent to the microprocessor computer via the keyboard touchpad COMPUTER LOGIC AND WIRING DIAGRAM LINT DOOR amp MAIN DOOR TEMP KEYPAD LABEL MICROCONTROLLER oe CONTACTOR DRIVE MOTOR HSI MODULE FLAME GAS 2 3910 PROBE IGNITOR VALVE 3 The input information is sorted processed and executed by the microcomputer chip 4 The microcomputer output signal activates the contactors and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module which control machine functions NOTE When contacting ADC with electrical questions please have on hand the correct wiring diagram number for your particular machine This number is located on the top right hand
201. dditionally when the Anti Wrinkle Program is active this indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time Program Mode 2 Illustration No 2 refer to illustration below a REVERSING INDICATOR this indicator dot is functional for dryer models with the Reversing Action Option ONLY This indicator dot will be on when the tumbler basket is in the reverse counterclockwise CCW direction 3 Illustration No 3 refer to illustration below a HEAT INDICATOR this indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating unit to be active on 4 Illustration No 4 refer to illustration below a ON INDICATOR this indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle Program is active this indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time Program 5 Illustration No 5 refer to illustration below OPTIONAL a AIR JET CIRCUIT INDICATOR this indicator dot is on at the end of the drying cycle for approximately sixty 60 seconds PHASE 6 OPL MICROPROCESSOR L E D DISPLAYS MAN3450 Tumbler Basket in FORWARD MODE clockwise INDICATOR Tumbler Basket in REVERSE MODE counterclockwise CCW INDICATOR HEAT ON INDICATOR ON INDICATOR dryer is in operation mode AIR JET INDICATOR OPTIONA
202. dicator will go out b Ifthe dryer is active running and the main door is opened the MAIN L E D light emitting diode indicator will go out and the display will read MAIN dOOR The dryer will stop until the main door has been closed at which time the L E D light emitting diode display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START key DRUM TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a Should be on at ALL times unless the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior during the cycle while the heat was on the display would read dRUM Safety FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Then the machine will shut down still displaying ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication SAIL SAIL SWITCH Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is in the closed position prior to start the SAIL output L E D light emitting diode indicator will be off the machine will not start and the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication b Ifthe sail switch opens during the cycle the SAIL output L E D light emitting diode will go out and the display will read NO AIRFLOW The machine will run wi
203. display this RPM measurement press the ENTER START key once and release then press the ENTER START key a second time and hold This will display the RPM measurement The rotational sensor must be active for operation of this feature 12 CHECK MAIN FUSE Indicates that the circuit fuse protection which is located on the back side of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer the display would read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the display continues after the fuse has been replaced then it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer B L E D light emittin diode DISPLAY INDICATORS The L E D light emitting diode indicator dots located on the top portion of the display indicates various Phase 6 OPL computer output functions while a cycle is in progress These indicator dots as shown in the illustration below DO NOT necessarily mean that the outputs are functioning They are only indicating that the function output should be active on 1 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 1 3450 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the forward mode clockwise CW direction 2 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 2 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the reverse mode counterclockwise CCW direction 3 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 3
204. e HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 3 Disassemble ignitor from burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw 7 24 VOLTS CONSTANT SUPPLY MAN3905 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new ignitor HOT SURFACE NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following refer to the illustration above 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer 47 Flame Sensor Probe Replacement FLAME PROBE gt I I 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer fo we HOT SURFACE IGNITOR 2 Disconnect the red wire from the flame sensor probe which goes to S2 HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 3 Disassemble flame sensor probe from burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new flame sensor probe NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following referto the illustration above 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Hot Surface Ignitor 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the hot surface ignitor wires from S1 and ground GND on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 3 Disassemble Hot Surface Ignitor probe from burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new hot surface ignitor NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following refer
205. e computer If there is no voltage there is a faulty wire s or termination s between the 9 pin J7 connector and the 9 pin J12 connector NOTE In this next section ALL voltage checks must be done in the operating mode with the appropriate microprocessor dot on Also appropriate LED light emitting diode output light B Drive motor reverses but does not go forward blower motor runs 1 2 If computer dot first dot the left does not come replace computer Check for voltage across the coil of the forward contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is marked CR2 The coil markings A1 and A2 If voltage is present then the contactor is faulty If no voltage is present check voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage check voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals If there is voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board the problem is a faulty wire s or termination s between the AS2 board and the 9 pin computer connector no 8 or faulty computer D54 C Drive motor works forward mode but does not reverse blower motor runs 1 If computer dot second one from left does not come on check program to see if set for reverse
206. e fan shaft mount assembly Remove the two 2 left handed jam nuts that hold the impellor to the fan shaft Remove the impellor washers and the key Replace the impellor key washers left handed jam nuts and the side panel Reestablish electrical power to the dryer L LINT DRAWER ASSEMBLY To Replace Lint Screen 1 2 3 4 Pulloutlint drawer Remove lint screen from lint drawer Drop new lint screen in place Slide lint drawer back into dryer To Replace Lint Drawer Switch I 2 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Remove lint drawer and lint door Disconnect both 4 pin connectors at the rear of the lint switch cover Remove the two 2 hex nuts securing the lint switch guard weldment to the lint drawer track Remove screw from the lint switch cover and disconnect the two 2 terminals of the switch Remove switch by pressing tabs together and push switch out Install new switch by reversing procedure C34 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECTand LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS The information provided will help isolate the most probable component s associated with the difficulty described The experienced tech
207. e from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 30 ft lbs If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack To Replace Small Speed Reducing Pulley Shaft I 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove right lint coop wall 5 Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves 4 6 Remove screws from the bushings MAN1031 7 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on page 25 8 Remove bushing pulley and key 9 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 10 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 11 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft lbs if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which ma
208. e is in progress These indicator dots as shown in the illustration below DO NOT necessarily mean that the outputs are functioning They are only indicating that the function output should be active on 2 MAN3450 1 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 1 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the forward mode clockwise CW direction 22 22 L ED DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 2 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the reverse mode counterclockwise CCW direction 3 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 3 a Heat Circuit Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating circuit to be active on D44 4 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 4 On Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle program is active the indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time program 5 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 5 a Air Jet Circuit Indicator OPTIONAL 1 This indicator dot is on at the end of the dryer cycle for approximately 60 seconds C PHASE 6 OPL MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER COMPUTER RELAY OUTPUT L E D light emitting diode INDICATORS There series of five
209. e occurs The dryer motor will remain on even if the thermostat is open 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Open lint door 225 F 107 C THERMOSTAT 3 Locate sensor bracket assembly remove the two 2 bolts securing bracket assembly to the tumbler basket wrapper lt NOTE DO NOT remove the screws 4 Remove bracket assembly by slightly sliding _ bracket toward the rear of the dryer and to the left TALLY 12 08 99 4795 5 Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector and remove bracket assembly from dryer 6 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the thermostat 7 Disassemble thermostat from bracket assembly by removing the two 2 mounting screws washers and nuts 8 Reverse this procedure for installing a hi heat protector thermostat B23 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer D SAIL SWITCH ASSEMBLY Gas Models Onl sail switch is a heat circuit safety device which controls the burner circuit only When the dryer is operating and there is proper airflow the sail switch damper pulls in and closes the sail switch Providing ALL the other heat related circuits are functioning properly ignition should now be established If an improper airflow occurs the sail switch damper will release and the circuit will open SAIL SWITCH MAN0537 Sail Switch Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the two 2 screws which hold
210. e of the lint drawer track The lint drawer switch insures that the dryer will operate only when the lint drawer is completely closed This is a safety device and should never be disabled MAN4803 LINT SWITCH ASSEMBLY DMG 12 9 99 Q STEAM DAMPER SYSTEM The newest type system is called the steam damper It is shown to the right and it uses a SILENCER MICRO IA WN gt VALVE piston with compressed air to open and close the STEAM COIL 4 INEEDLE AN ALVE steam damper which in turn allows the air to flow r gt either through the coil for heat or under the coil R for cool down Air supply is 80 PSI 10 PSI PISTON gt 4 s sss ot R COMPRESSED AIR REQUIREMENTS The model ML 170 requires external supply of air 2 5 cfm 80 PSI 0 07 cmm 5 51 bars on the steam lt models the air is necessary to operate the damper system WG gt On both steam as well as the gas model the air is 9 necessary required for the blower air jet operation to clean lint from the impellor fan squirrel cage type Tr E lt gt 5045 gt S TEMPERATURE SENSOR BRACKET ON COMPUTER The non computer temperature sensor bracket consists of four 4 thermostats Three 3 of them are the certain temperatures that the machine should cycle on and off at The fourth one is the 225 F 107 C safety tumbler basket hi limit that should only react when it sensors an over
211. e provided to the tumbler basket bearing Also at the idler assembly belt tension can be adjusted IDLER BEARING IDLER SHAFT LARGE IDLER PULLEY IDLER BEARING SMALL IDLER PULLEY MANO481 BEARING G TUMBLER BASKET BEARING and PULLEY ARRANGEMENT The tumbler basket bearing and pulley arrangement is located viewing from the rear of the dryer approximately at the upper center of the dryer The arrangement consists of a pulley and two 2 bearings which serve to drive adjust and support the tumbler basket MANOS 36 BASKET SUPPORT BASKET H TUMBLER BASKET The tumbler basket consists of four 4 ribs and four 4 perforated panels along with a front and back which are screwed together as an assembly The tumbler basket also consists of tie rods which support the tumbler basket from front to back The tumbler basket support is used to mate the tumbler basket to the drive system in the rear MAN0549 TIE RODS I MAIN DOOR SWITCH gt main door switch is mounted to front panel behind the main door When lt lt the main door opens the switch will also open preventing the dryer from operating The main door switch is a safety device and should never be disabled MAN3876 CURRENT PRODUCTION C12 J SAIL SWITCH Gas and Electric Models Only The sail switch is located on the front of the burner box for gas dryers on the right
212. e pulleys are not properly aligned excessive belt wear will result Proper belt tension will allow 1 2 displacement under normal thumb pressure at mid span of belt NOTE Belts must always be replaced in pairs matched sets V Belt Tension Adjustment Tumbler Basket to Idler 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Back off jam nuts on idler adjustment belts 3 Tighten belts by turning both bolts evenly clockwise CW Turn counterclockwise CCW to loosen belts 4 Check vertical plane of idler pulley for parallel alignment with tumbler basket pulley 5 Ifrealignment is required loosen tumbler basket pulley and bushing and move tumbler basket pulley to proper position 6 Retighten jam nuts 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer V Belt Tension Adjustment Motor to Idler 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Loosen the nuts on the four 4 studs holding the drive motor mount to the back of the dryer 3 Loosen the jam nuts on the adjustment screw out the top of the motor mount 4 Turn the adjustment screw to lower the motor mount to tighten the belts or raise the motor mount to loosen the belts 5 Check the vertical plane of the motor pulley and idler pulley for parallel alignment 6 Ifrealignment is required loosen motor pulley and bushing and move motor pulley to proper position 7 Retighten motor mount bolts and jam nuts 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer
213. e the four 4 bolts securing the bearing cap located in the rear of the dryer And remove A27 3 Depress the tabs on the rotational sensor harness plug and pull apart 4 Remove the retaining ring from the tumbler shaft 5 Remove the four 4 bolts lock washers and flat washers securing the flange bearing to the dryer cabinet 6 Loosen the set screws from the flange bearing 7 Remove the flange bearing from the tumbler shaft 8 replace new flange bearing reverse Step 2 through Step 8 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer ROTATIONAL SENSOR ASSEMBLY The Rotational Sensor Assembly is located in the rear of the dryer It consists of a magnet which rotational switch mounted to the bearing cap is riveted to the 1 15 16 5 cm Flange Bearing The magnetic rotational sensor switch senses the rotation of the tumbler basket If the gap between the sensor switch and the magnet is greater than a preset amount then the dryer will shut down on SEFL rotational sensor failure 1 To Replace Rotational Sensor Switch a b Place one 1 adjustment nut onto the sensor Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the bearing cap from the dryer Remove the adjustment nut from the bearing cap Remove the magnetic rotational sensor switch from the bearing cap Depress the tabs on the rotational sensor harness plug and pull apart then remove the sensor switch To install a n
214. e used in the presence of dry cleaning solvents or fumes 11 Remove articles from the dryer as soon as the drying cycle has been completed 12 NOT operate steam dryers with more than 125 PSI 8 61 bars steam pressure Excessive steam pressure can damage steam coil and or harm personnel 13 Replace leaking flexible hoses or other steam fixtures immediately DO NOT operate the dryer with leaking flexible hoses PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT 14 READ and FOLLOW ALL CAUTION and DIRECTION LABELS ATTACHED TO THE DRYER WARNING YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS 4 SECTIONII ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A CLEANING A program and schedule should be established for periodic inspection cleaning and removal of lint from various areas of the dryer as well as throughout the duct work system The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location Maximum operating efficiency is dependent upon proper air circulation The accumulation of lint can restrict this airflow If the guidelines in this section are met an ADC dryer will provide many years of efficient trouble free and most importantly safe operation WARNING KEEP DRYER AREA CLEAR
215. earlier in this paragraph If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to the ground loose termination s or even replace the wire If there is continuity do the same thing to the black Wire right next to the white red striped wire in the 15 pin connector If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to ground loose termination s or even replace the wire If there is continuity computer board is faulty 57 SECTION X TECHNICAL INFORMATION The following section contains various technical information important to the service person in servicing and maintaining the dryer A MOTOR PLATE HIGH and LOW VOLTAGE HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE v INSULATE 7 I amp NSUCATE e s INSULATE a Ta 222 9 MOTOR PLATE DRIVE MOTOR MANO552 The motor plate is located on the side of the drive motor refer to illustration and contains a graphical representation of the motor wiring for both low voltage rating and high voltage rating Removing the cap reveals the wiring to the motor On each wire there is a number which corresponds to the numbers on the motor plate Depending on whether the dryer is operating on low voltage or high voltage the wiring should match the motor plate as follows The dots and lines represent connections refer to illustration For example On low voltage wire no 14 is connected t
216. ection 3 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 3 a Heat Circuit Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating circuit to be active on C41 4 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 4 a On Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle program is active the indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time program 5 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 5 a Air Jet Circuit OPTIONAL 1 This indicator dot is on at the end of the dryer cycle for approximately 60 seconds PHASE 6 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER COMPUTER RELAY OUTPUT L E D light emitting diode INDICATOR There are a series of five 5 L E D indicators ORANGE LIGHTS located at the backside of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These are identified or labeled from top to bottom in the illustration below as FAN BLOWER FOR FORWARD REV REVERSE AIR AIR JET HT1 HEAT OUTPUT There are a series of seven 7 L E D indicators red lights FUSE MAIN FUSE LINT LINT DOOR MAIN MAIN DOOR DRUM TUMBLER HI LIMIT SAIL SAIL SWITCH BURN BURNER HI LIMIT FLAME FLAME PROBE The L E D in the center of the board red light indicates power supplied to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These L E D s indicate the inputs and outputs of the
217. ectrical power to the dryer St 01 21 00 Remove the lint drawer Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves Remove cap screws from the bushings Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A HI fm m 4 Remove bushing pulley and key MAN1032 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B on page 26 When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 10 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside E25 11 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 30 ft Ibs If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack To Replace Small Speed Reducing Pulley Shaft 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door __ 4 Remove right lint coop wall 5 Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves 6 Remove cap screws
218. ed Lint drawer 15 not closed ALL the way Faulty computer Faulty temp sensor O Dryer operates but is taking too long to dry 1 2 1 2 inadequate exhaust duct work system Restriction in exhaust system Insufficient make up air Poor housekeeping a Dirty or clogged lint screen Washing machine extractors are not performing properly An exceptionally cold humid or low barometric pressure atmosphere The supply gas may have a low heating valve check with local gas supplier Failed temperature sensor temperature calibration is incorrect Failed microprocessor controller computer Thermal overload for drive motor is tripping _ Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Bearing failure in drive system Motor vents are blocked with lint Failed motor Insufficient make up air D39 Q Overload for impellor fan motor is tripping 1 2 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Motor vents are blocked with lint Failed motor Failed overload Out of balance impellor fan Insufficient make up air R There is excessive vibration coming from the tumbler basket 1 2 3 Tumbler Basket is out of adjustment Loose or broken tie rod Failed tumbler basket support D40 SECTION ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING The information provided will help isolate the most pro
219. ed or loose V belt Belts contaminated oil grease etc Loose or broken pulley Dryer operates but is taking too long to dry Improperly programmed microprocessor controller computer An inadequate exhaust duct work system Restriction in exhaust system Insufficient make up air Poor housekeeping a Dirty or clogged lint screen Washing machine extractors are not performing properly An exceptionally cold humid or low barometric pressure atmosphere The supply gas may have a low heating valve check with local gas supplier Failed temperature sensor temperature calibration is incorrect 10 Failed microprocessor controller computer C36 F Thermal overload for drive motor is tripping 1 2 6 7 Either exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Motor vents are blocked with lint Failed motor Failed overload Out of balance impellor fan Insufficient make up air G Overload for impellor fan motor is tripping 1 2 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Motor vents are blocked with lint Failed motor Failed overload Insufficient make up air H Burner hi limit safety thermostat is tripping 1 2 Insufficient exhaust duct work size restriction exhaust system Insufficient make up air Lint screen needs cleaning Damaged impellor C37 I Display reads
220. ed in L P dryer The column pressure must be regulated at the source L P tank or an external regulator must be added to each dryer Burner Tubes Replacement 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove four 4 screws securing the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module mounting bracket 3 Remove front flanges of the burner tubes to the burner tube rest 3902 4 Remove screws burner tube rest to the oven and remove this rest 5 Remove screws securing burner box cover plate to the oven and remove the cover 6 Remove burner tubes by sliding them out 7 Replace by reversing procedure HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the wires connected to the terminal strip at the bottom of the module Mark correct location of each wire to aid in replacement on new module 3 Remove the four 4 pal nuts securing the module to the mounting bracket 4 Replace module by reversing procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer A20 MANUAL RESET BURNER HI LIMIT 330 F 166 C THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT Gas Models Only 1 This thermostat is an important safety device as an added protection against failure of the airflow sail switch to open in the event of motor failure or reduced airflow conditions IMPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should heat circuit safet
221. ed reducing shaft 8 Remove old V belts 9 Reverse these steps to install new V belts NOTE After tensioning the V belts check to make sure both the drive shaft and speed reducing are parallel or level to the base of the dryer V Belt Tension Adjustment Motor To Speed Reducing Shaft 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Loosen two 2 bolts securing front bearing on speed reducing shaft 5 Loosen tension bolt that is under the front bearing of the speed shaft 6 Remove the V belts 7 Replace V belts by reversing the above procedures To Replace V Belts Erom Blower Motor 1 Loosen the four 4 bolts securing the motor to the base of the dryer 2 Loosen the tension bolts 3 Remove old V belts 4 Reverse these steps to replace V belts NOTE Always replace V belts in pairs 4 MOTORS To Replace Drive Motor 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove the left lint wall 3 Remove the drive V belts Follow V belt replacement from motor to speed reducing shaft 6 Loosen the four 4 bolts securing the motor to the base of the dryer 7 Disconnect the motor wiring 8 Remove old motor pulley and bushing and place on new motor 9 Reverse these steps to replace drive motor To Replace Impellor Motor Fan Shaft Drive 50 60 H
222. en and remove this plate Q Remove burner tubes by sliding them out Replace by reversing procedure WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the wires connected to the terminal strip at the bottom of the module 3 Remove the two 2 pal nuts securing the module to the mounting bracket 4 Replace module by reversing procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer MAN3873 C THERMOSTATS To Replace Burner Hi Limit Thermostat Gas Models Onl This thermostat is an important safety device serving as an added protection against failure of the airflow sail switch to open in the event of motor failure or reduced airflow condition E21 IMPORTANT UNDER NO should heat circuit safety devices ever be disabled 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wires from hi limit thermostat 3 Remove screw washer and nut securing thermostat to the bracket Remove thermostat HI LIMIT 4 Reverse procedure for installing new thermostat 330 MAN2657 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Lint Compartment Hi Heat Protector 225 F Thermostat This thermostat is part of the sensor bracket assembly and is secured to the underside of the tumble
223. en the lint door is completely closed This is a safety device and should never be disabled BRACKET 3897 P N 300400 14 SECTION V SERVICING INTRODUCTION electrical and mechanical service or repairs should be made with the electrical power to the dryer disconnected power off The information provided in this section should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person making repairs Service work should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local state and federal codes When contacting the factory for assistance always have the dryer model and serial numbers available Before considering replacement make sure that ALL connectors are in place and making proper contact A COMPUTER CONTROLS Display Board Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from the rear of the computer 3 Unplug ribbon cable assembly from the rear of the computer 4 Remove the two 2 screws securing the computer to the computer box door Remove the computer by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs 5 Install new display by reversing this procedure PHASE 6 1 0 Computer Board Replacement 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of the computer 4535 3 Unplug ALL wiring harnesses connected to the computer board 4 Remo
224. eplace Burner Hi Limit Thermostat Gas Models Onl This thermostat is an important safety device serving as an added protection against failure of the airflow sail switch to open in the event of motor failure or reduced airflow condition 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wires from hi limit thermostat 3 Remove screw washer and nuts securing thermostat to the bracket Remove thermostat 4 Reversing procedure for installing new thermostat 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer MIT 3302 166 C MAN4796 TILLY 12 08 99 D21 To Replace Lint Compartment Hi Heat Protector 225 F 107 Thermostat This thermostat is part of the sensor bracket assembly and is secured to the underside of the tumbler basket wrapper in the lint compartment As a safety device this thermostat will open shut off the heating unit circuit if an excessive temperature occurs The dryer motors will remain on even if the thermostat is open 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint drawer Remove two 2 screws securing lint door and remove lint door 3 Locate sensor bracket assembly and loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to the tumbler basket wrapper NOTE DO NOT remove the screws 4 Remove bracket assembly by slightly sliding bracket towards the rear of the dryer and to the left 225 0534 THERMOSTAT 5 Disconnect senso
225. er computer determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the machine will display oURNER CONTROL FAIL If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display bURNER CONTROL FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication 7 DURNER FLAME FAIL This routine allows two 2 flame out retries to occur before proceeding into the error The count of two 2 will be established every time the call for heat was to occur Only if it reaches the count of two 2 before the tumbler basket temperature has reached the set temperature will this error be triggered The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER FLAME FAIL with an audio indication This process will occur every time the heat output is active 8 MAIN DOOR This monitors the door circuit If the machine was not active and the main door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the main doors open the display will read MAIN dOOR with an audio indi
226. ers off the clinch studs Install new computer by reversing this procedure When replacing the computer the A and B factors must be reprogrammed Refer to Computer Operator s Manual for details NOTE The A and factors are printed on a label located on the rear of the control panel refer to illustration 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Keyboard Touchpad Label Assembly 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Slowly peel off and remove keyboard touchpad label Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of computer assembly from control panel Peel paper backing off new keyboard touchpad label assembly CLEAR STOP ENTER START MAN3453 Holding the new keyboard touchpad label assembly close to the panel insert the keyboard touchpad ribbon through the rectangular slot in the control panel Align label assembly into position by matching the red viewing window on the label to the rectangular cutout in the panel and gently press into place Connect keyboard touchpad ribbon to the computer Reestablish electrical power to the dryer F17 To Replace Microprocessor Temperature Sensor Probe 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer TEMPERATURE ENSOR 2 Remove lint drawer Remove six 6 screws securing lint door and remove lint door 3 Remove microprocessor sensor bracket assembly from dryer a Disconnect se
227. essor controller computer Failed motors D Drive motor runs burner is on but tumbler basket will not turn 1 2 3 1 2 9 Broken damaged or loose V belt Belts contaminated oil grease etc Loose or broken pulley Dryer operates but is taking too long to dry Improperly programmed microprocessor controller computer An inadequate exhaust duct work system Restriction in exhaust system Insufficient make up air Poor housekeeping a Dirty or clogged lint screen Washing machine extractors are not performing properly An exceptionally cold humid or low barometric pressure atmosphere The supply gas may have a low heating valve check with local gas supplier Failed temperature sensor temperature calibration is incorrect 10 Failed microprocessor controller computer B38 F Thermal overload for drive motor is tripping 1 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply 2 Motor bearing failure 3 Motor vents are blocked with lint 4 Failed motor 5 Failed overload 6 Out of balance impellor fan 7 Insufficient make up air G Overload for impellor fan motor is tripping 1 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply 2 Motor bearing failure 3 Motor vents are blocked with lint 4 Failed motor 5 Failed overload 6 Insufficient make up air H Burner hi limit safety thermostat is tripping 1 Insufficient exhaust duct work size or re
228. et or Open Wrench 1 2 Socket Wrench 7 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 5 16 Nut Driver 12 Pipe Wrench 2 1 8 Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench 3 16 Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench Wire Cutters 1 2 Allen Wrench 3 8 Allen Wrench Channel Locks Manometer ADC P N 122804 MP Pin Extraction Tool ADC P N 122800 C57 ADC 450428 1 02 22 00 25 ML 145 170 Table of Content SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION T D3 Salely Precautions uuu ay ana ia u awa a D3 SECTION II ROUTINE MAINTENANCE D5 Phy as D5 D6 52 PADI ATOM wama na D6 SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS D7 Enclosure Air Supply and Exhaust Requirement D7 B Electrical and Gas Requirements n D7 C Operational Service Check Procedure D8 SECTION IV 55 5555 A Control Panel IMiCrOproCessOt ul D10 B Co
229. eturn to the burner wall The sail switch should close to restart the burner ignition cycle If the sail switch circuit does not operate as described bend the actuator arm of the sail switch accordingly until proper operation is achieved To check proper open position of sail switch open main door manually depress main door switch and start dryer With the main door open and the dryer operating the sail switch should be open and the burner should not come on E FRONT PANEL and MAIN DOOR ASSEMBLIES To Replace Main Door Switch 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Open main door 3 Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws holding the main door switch bracket assembly in place 4 Remove door switch bracket from front panel and disconnect wiring from switch 5 Disassemble door switch from bracket by removing two 2 Phillips screws and nuts securing on switch to the housing 6 Reverse this procedure for installing new door switch 3876 7 Reestablish electrical power to dryer CURRENT PRODUCTION To Replace Main Door Assembly 1 Remove screws holding top hinge block to front panel 2 Remove door by lifting up off of bottom hinge 3 Reverse this procedure for reinstalling new main door assembly To Install New Main Door Glass 1 Remove main door assembly from dryer follow main door removal procedure 2 Lay main door on flat surface with the front of the door facing up 3
230. eversing contactor If voltage is not present there is a faulty wire or termination between BS2 and contactor coil CR2 If there is voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals _ replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board the problem is a faulty wire or termination between the AS2 board and the J7 9 pin computer connector no 8 or faulty computer 3 Drive motor works in forward mode but does not reverse blower motor runs If computer dot second one from left does not come on check program to see if set for reverse b If set for reverse replace computer c Check for voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is also the markings on the coil A1 and 2 C50 If there is voltage replace the coil or the complete contactor If there is no voltage check for voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals and voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor 1 and 2 the problem is faulty wires or terminations between BS1 and the contactor coil d If there is no voltage between the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board check for voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals on the board
231. ew sensor switch connect the plug of the new sensor switch to the sensor harness MAGNETIC ROTATIONAL SENSOR SWITCH switch and insert into the bearing cap Place the second adjustment nut on but DO NOT TIGHTEN The magnet on the Flange Bearing and the sensor switch must be in a horizontal line to one another The gap between the magnet and the sensor switch must be 1 8 inch BEARING CAP Tighten the adjustment nuts installed in Step 6 and Step 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer 428 L IDLER SHAET PILLOW BLOCK BEARING REPLACEMENT 1 Refer to tumbler wheel replacement on idler assembly page 26 2 Complete Step 1 through Step 11 3 Remove both set screws from each pillow block bearing 4 Remove pillow block bearing from shaft 5 Reverse this procedure for replacement NOTE Once the shaft assembly has been installed into dryer Return pillow block bearings to the marked position and tighten set screws 6 Refer to basket assembly section page 27 for shaft and basket alignment M DRIVE SHAFT PILLOW BLOCK BEARING REPLACEMENT M DRIVE SOAP PILLOW DESI eS 1 Refer to tumbler wheel replacement on drive assembly page 25 2 Complete Step 1 through Step 14 3 Remove both set screws from each pillow block bearing 4 Remove pillow block bearings from shaft 5 Reverse this procedure for replacement NOTE Once the shaft assembly has been ins
232. fety device and should never be disabled MAN3876 CURRENT PRODUCTION k SAIL SWITCH GAS MODELS ONL The sail switch is located on the front of the burner box A sail switch consists of a round damper plate on a lever arm which is in contact with an electric switch When the air blower comes on it draws air through the gas burner This creates a negative pressure inside the burner box and this negative pressure pulls in the round damper and activates the sail switch If there is improper airflow the damper will not pull in preventing the burner from starting SAIL SWITCH 0537 Improper airflow be caused by improperly designed exhaust ducting where the duct run is too long or has too many sharp bends in it It can also be caused by a lack of make up air L HI LIMIT GAS MODELS ONL A hi limit thermostat is located at the burner This is a manual reset disc type thermostat set at 330 F Ifthe flame in the burner should get too hot this thermostat will shut off the burner This 15 generally caused by low airflow through the dryer The heat will not ignite fire unless this manual reset thermostat is reset HI LIMIT 330 2657 F13 TEMPERATURE SENSOR M MANUAL RESET THERMOSTAT This is located inside the dryer in the lint compartment above the lint drawer This thermostat senses the heated air after it has passed through the tumbler basket If the air temperature ge
233. fore gas valve 5 Loosen and remove four 4 screws securing pipe brackets to burner 6 Remove valve and manifold assembly from dryer 7 Remove valve mounting bracket manifold and piping from gas valve Reverse procedure for installing new gas valve WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution Main Burner Orifices Replacement 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reverse the removal procedure for reinstalling WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution 18 Test and Adjust Gas Water Column Pressure There are two 2 types of devices commonly used to measure column pressure They are spring and mechanical type gauges and manometers The spring and mechanical type gauge is not recommended because it is easily damaged and not always accurate manometer is simply a glass or transparent plastic tube with a scale in inches When filled with water and pressure applied the water in the tube rises showing the exact water column pressure NOTE Manometers are available from the factory by ordering ADC P N 122804 1 To test gas water column W C Pressure Connect water column test gauge connection to gas valve pressure tap 1 8
234. from dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 24 99 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves Remove set screw from the 9 22 86 cm pulley DRIVE SHAFT Remove pulley and key NOTE Agearpullermay berequiredto remove pulley 6 Reverse this procedure for replacement DRIVE MOTOR 4 P 4 REAR VIEW 4539 NOTE Pulley must be aligned for proper operation Drive Motor Pulley Replacement kb Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove front panel from the dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 24 92 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belt out of groove a Remove set screw from the drive motor pulley Remove pulley and key NOTE Agearpuller may be required to remove pulley 6 Reverse this procedure for replacement NOTE Pulleys must be aligned for proper operation G TUMBLER WHEEL REPLACEMENT ON DRIVE ASSEMBLY Taper Lock Models Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 225 F 107 C THERMOSTAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ASSEMBLY TEMPERATURE SENSOR Remove front panel from dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 24 DRIVE WHEEL ASSEHBL Y Remove the ten 10 1 4 20 x 1 4 socket button head screws from the perforated basket side LER WHEEL 4798 4 Remove wrapper assembly A25 5 Lo
235. from the bushings 1 7 Insert cap screws tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on page 25 8 Remove bushing pulley and key 9 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 10 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 11 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque 1s 6 ft lbs if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack To Replace Large Speed Reducing Pulley 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove right hand lint coop wall E26 Follow step 4 thru 8 under To Replace Front Speed Reducing Shaft Bearing on page 29 Remove front bearing from speed reducing shaft Remove cap screws Remove bushing pulley and key Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B on page 26 When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing
236. front and runs to the front of the dryer where the gas valve is located E DRIVE MOTOR The Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled drive motor is located approximately in the right front hand corner of the dryer It sits on an adjustable base so that the motor can be easily adjusted to the left or right The drive motor is a 3 HP motor and operates on 208 to 460 volts 50 60 Hz 3 phase 39 MAN6 943 F BLOWER MOTOR and IMPELLOR GAS and STEAM The impellor is shaft driven The blower motor drives the shaft on which the impellor is mounted This enables the impellor to run at a higher RPM thereby producing a higher airflow CFM G _SPEED REDUCING SHAFT Viewing from the front of the dryer The speed reducing shaft is located on the right side and is right above the drive motor The idler assembly consists of two 2 idler pulleys the small and large pulleys The idler s main purpose is to reduce the speed and increase torque provided to the tumbler basket bearing Also at the idler assembly belt tension can be adjusted H TUMBLER BASKET BEARING ARRANGEMENT The tumbler basket bearing arrangement is located viewing from the rear of the dryer approximately sot f at the upper center of the dryer The arrangement consists of a bearing cap rotational sensor and a flange bearing which serve to support the tumbler basket 1 TUMBLER BASKET The tumbler basket consists of four 4 ri
237. fthe flame in the burner should get too hot this thermostat will shut off the burner This is generally caused by low airflow through the dryer The heat will not ignite fire unless this manual reset thermostat is reset HI LIMIT 330 2657 E13 TEMPERATURE SENSOR M MANUAL RESET THERMOSTAT This is located inside the dryer in the lint compartment above the lint drawer This thermostat senses the heated air after it has passed through the tumbler basket If the air temperature gets too hot the thermostat will shut off the burner Tumbler basket and blower will run but dryer will not heat until this thermostat is manually reset THERMOSTAT N LINT DRAWER The lint drawer is a pullout type and is located at the bottom of the dryer in the lint compartment Simply grab the lint drawer handle slide out the drawer brush off the lint and slide the drawer back in The lint screen must be kept clean in order for the dryer to operate properly and efficiently 4920 SL 07 20 00 O LINT DRAWER SWITCH The lint drawer switch is located in the lint compartment and attached to the side of the lint drawer track The lint drawer switch Insures that the dryer will operate only when the lint drawer is completely closed This is a safety device and should never be disabled 4941 SL 01 20 00 14 P SIEAM DAMPER SYSTEM The newest type system is called the steam damper
238. g To Replace Front Rear Speed Reducing Shaft Bearin 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer MANE 942 3 Remove the lint door 4 Loosen and roll V Belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to drive shaft 5 Loosen and roll V belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to the drive motor 6 Remove retaining ring that is located closest to the front rear bearing 7 Remove the four 4 bolts holding the two 2 speed reducing shaft pillow block assembly in the dryer 8 Loosen aid remove the two 2 set screws in the front rear pillow block bearing 9 Remove front rear pulley a Remove cap screws from bushing b Insert screws tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Remove set screws from bushing d Remove bushing pulley and key 10 Install new bearing by reversing these procedures F29 11 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Rear T ble Basket Support Flange Bearin 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove bearing back guard y iz 3 Block rear of tumbler basket up to take weight off of shaft and bearing 4 Remove the four 4 nuts securing the flange bearing oN 5 Loosen the two 2 set screws from rear pillow block bearing collar 6 Using two 2 flat head screw drivers place one 1 between the casting of the bearing and the back of the dryer on both
239. g PIN RED SLVR 380V SERVICE USE BROWN 220 BOARD POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR U 400 SERVICE USE PURPLE 230V FUSE 1 AMP 416 SERVICE USE 240V U PINK RED 24 1 2 GND NEUTRAL S 2 SGREEN PT 1 K 4 1 o I RIGHT E BOX 820185 m 820182 820188 820184 24 VAC 0UT ORG SLVR ORG SLVR 20 es can noon i 1 l RETURN 4 SL ORG SLVR ORG SLVR 21 ag u SWITCH I 1 FRONT 24 VAC 0UTD gt 5 ORG SLYR 30 ORG SH 3 PN CONN POWER REAR ARN DOOR ORG SLVR 33 MAIN DOOR BLOCK J POWER SWITCH RETURN 2 SWITCH as j k a FOE FI 7 SL BLUE SLVR IS 02 SLO BLO 1 BROWN POWER GRAY Ja ioe OF OUTPUTS REVERSE DRYER a 836003 3 GREEN YEL leno AR JET OUTPUT BLACK BLACK AG I 2 y GREEN YEL lt PIN 1 MAIN FUSE 3 1 9 340 6 PIN CONTROL l av ER CONNECTOR i BRACKET 820220 _ 820184 I 132082 oe WITCH RETURN gt 2 3 YELLOW FRON gt fot ToM E Ls 84285 99 r i PINK l I lt i Oia GREEN 820183 __ 851 cr
240. g cycle the display will show the applicable error code described above along with an audio indication If the drum temperature is above 100 F 38 C the dryer will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the drum temperature has flattened below 100 F 38 The clear stop button on the Phase 6 keyboard touchpad must be pressed to clear the error condition The open manual reset hi limit thermostat must be reset manually prior to the start of the next cycle This hi temperature condition may be caused due to a restricted exhaust poor airflow or improper burner operation The location of the burner hi limit is on the right side of the burner box and the tumbler hi limit is located in the lint chamber area IMPORTANT This dryer is equipped with a burner hi limit and tumbler lint chamber hi limit _ thermostat which must be reset manually WARNING Discontinue power to dryer before attempting to reset hi limit B55 SECTION VIII TECHNICALINFORMATION The following section contains various technical information important to the service person in servicing and maintaining the dryer A MOTOR PLATE HIGH and LOW F 11 25 CAP HIGH VOLTAGE PX 2 2 Le SON J 2 MOTOR PLATE MAN4078 DRIVE MOTOR The motor plate is located on the side of the drive motor refer to illustration and contains a graphical representation of the motor wiring for both low an
241. g door microprocessor temperature sensor heat and motor circuits are monitored The Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer will inform the user via the L E D light emitting diode display of certain failure codes along with indicators both in L E D display and at the output of each relay and door switch circuit to easily identify failures A DIAGNOSTIC L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY FAILURE CODES 1 SAIL SWITCH FAIL This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is closed prior to start up the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication No AIRFLOW If the sail switch opens during cycle operation the display will read No AIRFLOW along with an audio indication The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and display No AIRFLOW with an audio indication DURNER SAFETY FAIL Routine monitors the temperature above the burner If the burner hi limit switch opens the display will read bDURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication dRUM SAFETY FAIL This routine monitors the tumbler basket tempe
242. g orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 5 Reverse the procedure for reinstalling valve assembly to the dryer WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A ELAME To Replace Burner Tubes 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Disconnect ALL wiring to the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module be sure to mark ALL wires and where they go for reinstallation 3 Remove four 4 screws securing manifold rest and remove rest 4 Remove the screws securing the front flanges of the burner tubes to the burner tube rest 20 Remove screws securing the burner tube rest to the oven and remove this rest Remove screws securing the flame probe and HSI Ignitor burner box cover plate to the oven Remove burner tubes by sliding them out 8 Replace reversing procedure WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the wires connected to the terminal strip at the bottom of the module 3 Remove the two 2 pal nuts securing the module to the mounting bracket 4 Replace module by reversing procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C THERMOSTATS To R
243. h 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Open main door 3 Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws holding the main door switch bracket assembly in place 4 Remove door switch bracket and disconnect wiring from switch 5 Disassemble door switch from bracket by removing the two 2 6 32 nuts Remove door switch from bracket MAN3876 6 Reverse this procedure for installing new door switch CURRENT PRODUCTION E23 7 Replace Main Door Assembly 1 To Install New Main Door Glass l Reestablish electrical power to the dryer MPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the door switch be disabled Remove two 2 Allen head screws holding the top main door hinge block to the front panel Reverse this procedure for reinstalling new main door assembly Remove main door assembly from dryer follow main door removal procedure Lay main door on flat surface with front of door face up SL 01 19 00 Remove the four 4 10 32 Acorn nuts Remove glass and clean ALL old sealant off main door This area must be completely cleaned for correct bonding Apply a narrow bead of silicone ADC P N 170730 ALL around main door area where glass will rest Install glass onto door adhesive and slightly press glass in place Secure the four 4 10 32 Acorn nuts to hold the glass The door assembly should now be put in an area where it will not be disturbed for at least 24 hours
244. h 3 8 Socket Wrench _ 1 2 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 4 Open End Wrench 5 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 2 Socket Wrench 7 16 Socket or Open End Wrench 5 16 Nut Driver 12 Pipe Wrench 2 1 8 Shaped L Shaped Allen Wrench 3 16 Shaped or L Shaped Allen Wrench Wire Cutters 1 2 Allen Wrench 3 8 Allen Wrench Channel Locks Manometer ADC P N 122804 MP Pin Extraction Tool ADC P N 122800 D61 ADC450429 1 02 18 00 25 ML 175 Table of Contents SECTION I IMPORTANT INFORMATION 3 A uu u Daun 3 SECTION II ROUTINE MAINTENANCTKE Az CIO 5 Ads uuu 6 Ce LADAGA ON 6 SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENT S 7 A Enclosure Air Supply and Exhaust Requirements eset tents 7 B Electrical and Gas Requirements a 7 C Operational Service Check Procedure a 8 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OE
245. h control machine functions NOTE When contacting ADC with electrical questions please have on hand the correct wiring diagram number for your particular machine This number is located on the top right hand comer of the diagram It is a six 6 digit number followed by a letter to distinguish the revision dates refer to illustration The wiring diagrams used in troubleshooting are specifically for dryers manufactured at the time of publishing Your particular model may vary slightly depending on the date of manufacturing and options available The correct wiring diagram and number is either taped to the rear of the control door or each dryer or placed in the control box If your particular diagram is lost or unreadable call ADC with the serial number of the dryer ADC will be more than happy to send you a diagram by fax or mail B50 sd BURNER CONTROL BRACKET fe bat t 1 BURNER 1 FRONT RIGHT E 9176 gt IGH TRIC BOX 820176 E is rc L PETRE BD 5111152 HL 8 i SETA I I 4 PRMARY WIRE COLORS PHASE 6 0 BOARD 9 PIN RED SLVR 2 380V SERVICE USE BROWN 220V BOARD POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR GAS VALVE rer SERVE USE Reo t oon FUSE 1 E 24 D1 ERK GND NEUTRAL 2 GREEN IFLAME PROBE 4 VAC OUT gt 3 RETURND 4 LINT DOOR SWITCH ORG SIL 31 2
246. h an audio indication and run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication The display will continue to read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE an audio indication will sound for approximately 5 seconds every 30 seconds until the problem is corrected or the power to the dryer is disconnected and the problem is corrected NOTE Once the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer detects a problem in the heat circuit it updates every 30 seconds so that if the problem was a loose connection in the circuit which corrected itself the TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE condition would automatically be cancelled and the display will return to REAdY C40 11 ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Indicates a rotational sensor circuit failure meaning that there is a fault somewhere in the tumbler basket rotating circuit or the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer program related to this circuit program location 2 is set incorrectly In the active mode it should be ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE if the dryer is not equipped with the optional rotational sensor it should be set in the nonactive mode No ROTATE SENSOR RPM This routine monitors the timing response from the existing rotational sensor
247. h electrical power to the dryer To Replace Main Door Hinge Blocks 1 2 Replace Drive Shaft Pulley 1 2 PULLEYS Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly Remove bottom hinge block by removing the two 2 1 4 20 screws Reassemble by reversing removal procedure Reestablish electrical power to the dryer ZS ao MANE 959 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer SL 0021 00 Remove the lint drawer Remove the lint door Remove right lint coop wall out of its grooves OHA UNSa 17 Remove cap screws from the bushings Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A Remove bushing pulley and key MAN1032 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure on page 26 When cap screws loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 10 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside F25 11 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange ofthe bushing This gap should measur
248. h is 330 F 166 Faulty wiring connection between computer and oven hi limit Faulty computer Display is reading No Heat Faulty glo bar Faulty flame probe Faulty HSI Hot Surface Ignition module Gas is off Faulty gas valve Clogged burner tubes Erratic flames due to clogged exhaust Clogged lint screen Faulty wiring connection 10 Faulty computer D37 I Display is reading Burner Control Failure 1 Faulty flame probe 2 Faulty HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 3 Faulty wiring connection between HSI module and gas valve or between gas valve and Phase 6 computer 4 Faulty computer J Display is reading Burner Flame Failure 1 Clogged lint screen 2 Clogged exhaust 3 Faulty HSI module 4 Faulty gas valve 5 Dirty burner tubes K Display is reading Main Door 1 Faulty main door switch 2 Faulty wiring connection between main door switch and Phase 6 computer 3 Faulty computer L Display is reading Lint Door 1 Faulty lint door switch 2 Faulty wiring connection between lint drawer switch and Phase 6 computer 3 Faulty computer M Display is reading Temp Sensor Fail Check Temp Sensor Fuse 1 Blown 1 8 amp fuse on Phase 6 computer 2 Faulty temperature sensor 3 Faulty wiring connection between temp sensor and Phase 6 computer 4 Faulty computer D38 N Display is reading Hot 1 2 Lint screen is dirty Exhaust is clogg
249. harness in the upper right hand corner must be unplugged NOTE The main door assembly can be removed to make the panel removal easier REI to Replace Main Door Assembly directions 6 Reinstall the new front panel by reversing Step 1 through Step 4 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer B28 Main Door Hinge Block Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly for top hinge removal 99 Remove the two 2 screws from the bottom hinge block Reassemble by reversing removal procedure OQ Reestablish electrical power to the dryer PULLEYS Drive Shaft Pulley Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer gt Remove front panel from dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 28 92 V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts of grooves P Remove set screw from the 9 22 86 cm pulley Remove pulley and key NOTE A gear puller may be required to remove pulley 6 Reverse this procedure for replacement NOTE Pulley must be aligned for proper operation Drive Motor Pulley Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove front panel from the dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 28 U Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belt out of groove Remove set screw from the drive moto
250. hase 6 microprocessor controller computer determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the machine will display oURNER CONTROL FAIL If the tumbler temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display bURNER CONTROL FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the tumbler temperature is below 100 F 38 upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication 7 BURNER FLAME FAIL This routine allows two 2 flame out retries to occur before proceeding into the error The count of two 2 will be established every time the call for heat was to occur Only if it reaches the count of two 2 before the tumbler temperature has reached the set temperature will this error be triggered The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Ifthe tumbler temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display bDURNER FLAME FAIL with an audio indication This process will occur every time the heat output is active 8 MAIN DOOR This monitors the door circuit If the machine was not active and the main door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the main doors open the display will read MAIN dOOR with an audio indication If t
251. he Anti Wrinkle program is active the indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time program 5 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 5 a Air Jet Circuit OPTIONAL 1 This indicator dot is on at the end of the dryer cycle for approximately 60 seconds C PHASE 6 OPL MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER COMPUTER RELAY OUTPUT L E D LIGHT EMITTING DIODE INDICATORS There a series of five 5 L E D light emitting diode indicators ORANGE LIGHTS located at the backside of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These are identified or labeled from top to bottom in the illustration below as FAN BLOWER FOR FORWARD REV REVERSE AIR AIR JET HT1 HEAT OUTPUT There are a series of seven 7 L E D light emitting diode indicators red lights FUSE MAIN FUSE LINT LINT DOOR MAIN MAIN DOOR DRUM TUMBLER HI LIMIT SAIL SAIL SWITCH BURN BURNER HI LIMIT FLAME FLAME PROBE The L E D light emitting diode in the center of the board red light indicates power supplied to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These L E D s light emitting diode indicate the inputs and outputs of the Phase 6 microprocessor computer as it monitors the safety circuits St a N S A Ln KA UNa 12 POWER SUPPLY MAN3449 A39 1 EAN BLOWER Output L E D light emitting diode Indicator a
252. he arrangement consists of a pulley and two 2 bearings which serve to drive adjust and support the tumbler basket 0536 12 BASKET SUPPORT BASKET J TUMBLER BASKET lt The tumbler basket consists of four 4 ribs and four 4 perforated panels along with a front and back which are screwed together as an assembly The tumbler basket also consists of tie rods which support the tumbler basket from the front to back The tumbler basket support is used to mate the tumbler basket to the drive system in the rear MAN0549 TIE RODS MAIN DOOR SWITCH The main door switch is located in the main door hinge block When the main door opens the switch will also open preventing the dryer from operating The main door switch is a safety device and should never be disabled MAN3876 CURRENT PRODUCTION L SAIL SWITCH Gas Models ONL The sail switch is located on the front of the burner box A sail switch consists of a round damper plate on a lever arm which is in contact with an electric switch When the air blower comes on it draws air through the gas burner This creates a negative pressure inside the burner box and this negative pressure pulls in the round damper and activates the sail switch If there is improper airflow the damper will not pull in preventing the burner from starting SAIL SWITCH MANOS37 Improper airflow can be caused by improperly designed exhaust du
253. he lint off the screen simply brush the screen clean The lint screen must be kept clean in order for the dryer to operate properly and efficiently Inspect the screen for tears and replace as needed DRAWER SWITCH PN ens The Lint Door Switch is located in the lint compartment and attached to the side of the lint coop The lint door switch ensures that the dryer will operate only when the lint door is completely closed This is a safety device and should never be disabled 225 F 107 C THERMOSTAT TLLY 12 08 99 4795 LINT 5 4537 SCREWS P N 150301 BRACKE T MAN3897 P N 300400 SECTION V SERVICING INTRODUCTION ALL electrical and mechanical service or repairs should be made with the electrical power to the dryer disconnected power off The information provided in this section should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person making repairs Service work should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local state and federal codes When contacting the factory for assistance always have the dryer model and serial numbers available Before considering replacement make sure that ALL connectors are in place and making proper contact A COMPUTER CONTROLS Display Board Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from the rear of the computer 3 Unplug ribbon cable as
254. he machine is active and the main door was opened the display would read MAIN dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the main door has closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START key and it will continue the programmed cycle 9 LINT dOOR This monitors the lint drawer and door circuit If the machine was not active and the lint drawer and door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the lint drawer and door open the display would read LINT dOOR with an audio indication If the machine is active and the lint drawer and door was opened the display would read LINT dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the lint door was closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START key and it will continue the programmed cycle 10 TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE This routine monitors the tumbler temperature When the temperature sensor or fuse opens with the machine not active the display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the machine was active at the time that the temperature sensor or fuse opened the display would read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE If the tumbler temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication and run with no hea
255. heck alignment with front door opening 7 Leave a larger gap from the inside ring on the top of the front panel opening to the tumbler basket and a smaller gap on the bottom to compensate for the weight of the clothes when wet 8 Retighten the two 2 vertical holding bolts on the sides at the top of the bearing box and the jam nuts on the two 2 vertical adjustment bolts 9 Check tumbler basket drive belt for proper tension Adjust if necessary Refer to Section I page 32 10 Replace back guard 11 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C28 Tumbler Basket ent Lateral Side to Side Adjustment 8539 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 5147 VERTICAL HOLDING SLT 2 Remove back guard VERTIC AL HOLDING L 3 Loosen rear pillow block bearing bol oe pillow block g bolts C ROTEER dec BOLTS SUPPORT ATTE 4 Back off jam nuts on the two 2 lateral adjustment bolts LATERAL ADJUSTMENT B LATERAL ADJUSTMENT 5 Simultaneously loosen one bolt and tighten the other BOL T This willmove pillow block bearing Center the tumbler basket in the wrapper cavity REAR BEARING BOLTS VIEW 551 6 Tighten and secure both lateral adjustment bolts A and and jam nuts 7 Tighten pillow block bearings bolts C loosened in Step 3 8 Replace back guard 9 Reestablish ele
256. hine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication F42 7 bURNER FLAME FAIL this routine allows two 2 Flame Out retries to occur before proceeding into the error The count of two 2 will be established every time the call for heat was to occur Only if it reaches the count of two 2 before the tumbler basket temperature has reached the set temperature will this error be triggered The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER FLAME FAIL with an audio indication This process will occur every time the heat output is active 8 MAIN dOOR this monitors the door circuit If the machine was not active and the main door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the main doors open the display will read MAIN dOOR with an audio indication Ifthe machine is active and the main door was opened the display would read MAIN with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the main door has closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START C Key and it will continue the programmed cycle
257. hout the machine B CONTROL BOX Lifting the control door and opening the computer panel will reveal the control box Inside the control box are ALL the electronic control components Located the back of the control box is the computer Included in the control box are the 30 position terminal block fuse block and transformer C HSI MODULE Gas Models ONLY The HSI Hot Surface Ignition system consists of a microprocessor based control module along with an ignitor and flame probe assembly This control utilizes a HSI Hot Surface Ignition ignitor and a rectified flame sensor probe signal to locally control ALL basic functions in the gas burner MAN3873 10 D GAS BURNER ASSEMBLY Gas heated dryers are equipped with a gas burner assembly consisting of four 4 burner tubes gas valve HSI Hot Surface Ignition ignitor flame probe sail switch and hi limit thermostat The inlet piping enters through the rear of the dryer on the left hand side viewing from the front and runs to the front of the dryer where the gas valve is located 4944 E DRIVE MOTOR The T E F C Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled drive motor is located approximately in the right front hand corner of the dryer It sits on an adjustable base so that the motor can be easily adjusted to the left or right The drive motor is a3 HP motor and operates on 208 to 460 volts 50 60 Hz 3 phase 39 F BLOWER MOTOR and IMPELLOR GAS
258. illow block bearing from shaft 5 Reverse this procedure for replacement 6 Refer to basket assembly section page 32 for shaft and basket alignment N DRIVE ASSEMBLY PILLOW BLOCK BEARING REPLACEMENT 1 2 Refer to tumbler wheel replacement drive assembly page 30 Complete Step 1 through Step 14 Remove both set screws from each pillow block bearing Remove pillow block bearings from shaft Reverse this procedure for replacement 6 Refer to basket assembly section page 32 for shaft and basket alignment O V BELT ADJUSTMENT Motor to Drive Axle 1 2 9 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the belt guard cover from the rear of the dryer Loosen the four 4 bolts holding the drive motor mount to the side of the dryer Loosen the Jam nuts on the adjustment screw on the top of the motor mount Turn the adjustment screw to lower the motor mount to tighten the belts or raise the motor mount to loosen the belts Check the vertical plane of the motor and idler pulleys for parallel adjustment If realignment is required loosen motor pulley and bushing and move motor pulley to proper position Retighten motor mount bolts and jam nuts Assemble front panel lint door assemblies back to dryer 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Drive Motor V Belts Replacement 1 521 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the belt guard cover from the rear
259. in wire a short to the ground loose termination s or even replace the wire If there is continuity do the same thing to the black wire right next to the white red striped wire in the 4 pin connector If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to ground loose termination s or even replace the wire If there is continuity computer board is faulty a To check temperature sensor 1 Place your digital multimeter on diode check range 2 Place the red lead of your meter on the black wire of the temperature sensor and the black lead of your motor on the white lead of your temperature sensor At this point you should get no response from the meter infinite If you get a reading the temp sensor is defective 3 Reverse leads to temp sensor matching the black ofthe meter to the black wire of the temperature sensor and the red of the meter with the white wire of the temperature sensor At this point you should measure approximately 1 8 V This is the turn on voltage of the device If you hold the temp sensor in your hands and warm it the reading will decrease corresponding to a higher current flow 4 The Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller computer is powered by 24 VAC on pin 12 of the J7 9 pin connector The temperature sensor probe isa bullet shaped device that is located above the lint basket This temperature probe is used to sense the temperature in the exhaust of the dryer The temperature se
260. indicated on the dryer data label If this information DOES NOT agree with the type of gas available contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory The gas input ratings shown on the dryer data label are for elevations up to 2 000 feet 610 meters unless elevation requirements of over 2 000 feet 610 meters were specified at the time the dryer order was placed with the factory The adjustment for dryers the field for elevations over 2 000 feet 610 meters are made by changing the burner orifices If this adjustment is necessary contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory NOTE Any burner changes must be made by a qualified technician OPERATIONAL SERVICE CHECK PROCEDURE 1 Turn on electric power to the dryer 2 To start dryer a Display will read READY b Press D on the keyboard touchpad of microprocessor controller computer c The dryer will start and the display will show MANUAL DRYING CYCLE 00 00 MIN REMAIN NOTE Pressing keyboard touchpad selections A B D and F will also start the dryer Six 6 preprogrammed drying cycles A through F have been stored in the computer s memory Refer to the Computer Operator s Manual for details 3 Make a complete operational check of ALL the operating controls to assure that the timing is correct temperature selection switches are functioning etc 4
261. indicates that the circuit fuse protection which is located on the back side of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer the display would read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the display continues after the fuse has been replaced then it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer B L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY INDICATORS The L E D light emitting diode indicator dots located on the top portion of the display indicate the various Phase 6 OPL computer output functions while a cycle is in progress These indicator dots as shown in the illustration below DO NOT necessarily mean that the outputs are functioning They are only indicating that the function output should be active on MAN3450 1 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 1 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the forward mode clockwise CW direction 2 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 2 For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the reverse mode counterclockwise CCW direction 3 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 3 a Heat Circuit Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating circuit to be active on 4 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 4 a Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever a cycle i
262. ing puller 7 Using a bearing pulley remove the flange bearing 8 Replace by reversing Step 3 through Step 6 9 Adjust both lateral and vertical tumbler basket alignment Check both the vertical and lateral adjustment of the tumbler basket 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Front Drive Shaft Pillow Block Bearin 2 1 Discontinue electrical power the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door ey 4 Loosen and roll V belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to drive shaft 5 Remove the two 2 retaining rings the tumbler basket drive shaft 6 Remove the four 4 bolts holding the drive shaft assembly in the dryer 7 Remove drive wheel a Remove cap screws from bushing b Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Remove bushing pulley and key 1 8 Remove wheel from shaft 9 Loosen the two 2 set screws in the race of the pillow block bearing 10 Clean the shaft from the end up to the pillow block bearing and slide the pillow block bearing off of the shaft 11 Reverse these steps to install new pillow block bearing Replace Front Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearin 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Block tumbler basket up 5 Loosen adjustment bolt s and lock nuts securing
263. ining piping from the steam coil 10 Remove ALL of the panels surrounding the steam coil 11 Unbolt the steam coil and remove WARNING The steam coil is heavy A crane be needed to remove and install the steam coil 12 Remove the steam coil damper hinges from the old coil and install them on the new steam coil 13 Hoist the new steam coil into place and bolt down 14 Replace ALL of the panels removed in Step 10 15 Reinstall ALL of the piping removed from the old steam coil in Step 9 NOTE Thread sealant certified for steam piping must be applied to the threads 16 Reconnect ALL of the piping supply lines and return lines disconnected in Step 8 17 Reinstall steam damper cylinder piston removed in Step 6 18 Reestablish electrical service to the dryer 19 Close the 1 2 plug which was opened in Step 5 BACK PANEL STEAM COIL RIGHT SIDE PANEL FRONT PANEL RETURN UNION INLET UNION F FRONT P L and MAIN DOOR ASSEMBLIES Main Door Switch Replacement 1 2 Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws holding the main door Disconnect wiring from switch assembly Reverse this procedure for installing new door switch assembly Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Open main door switch bracket assembly in place MAN3876 CURRENT PRODUCTION Main Door Assembly Replacement 1 2 3 4
264. inistration STANDARDS The information provided will help isolate the most probable component s associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components are concerned and not necessarily the suspected component itself IMPORTANT Whenreplacing blown fuses the replacement must be ofthe exact rating as the fuse being replaced The information provided should not misconstrued a handbook for use by an untrained person in making repairs WARNING ALL SERVICE and TROUBLESHOOTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL or SERVICE AGENCY WARNING WHILE MAKING REPAIRS OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE DRYER or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL No L E D light emitting diode display on microprocessor controller computer 1 Open circuit breaker switch or blown fuse 2 Tripped overload on the blower MTR 3 Faulty wiring connection 4 Faulty 24 V transformer 5 EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is depressed 6 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B Computer will not accept keyboard touchpad entries 1 Keyboard touchpad ribbon is not plugged into computer securely 2 Keyboard touchpad is defective 3 Faulty microprocessor controller computer D35 C Display is reading Rotation Sensor Fail 1 2 9 Magnet and rotation re
265. instructions to be followed in the event the user smells gas The instructions should be posted in a prominent location 3 Dryer must be exhausted to the outdoors 4 Although ADC s dryer is a very versatile machine there are some articles that due to fabric composition or cleaning method should not be dried in it WARNING Dry only water washed fabrics DO NOT dry articles spotted or washed in dry cleaning solvents a combustible detergent or all purpose cleaners FIRE or EXPLOSION COULD RESULT WARNING DO NOT dry rags or articles coated with gasoline kerosene paint or wax WARNING DO NOT dry mop heads Contamination by wax or flammable solvents will create a fire hazard WARNING DO NOT use heat for drying articles that contain plastic foam sponge rubber or _ similarly textured rubberlike materials Drying in a heated tumbler basket may damage plastic or rubber and also may be a fire hazard 5 Aprogram should be established for the inspection and cleaning of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location WARNING Thecollection oflint in the burner area and exhaust duct work can create a potential fire hazard 6 For personal safety the dryer must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and or the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION NOTE Failure to do so will VOID THE WARRANT
266. inued by the ignition control while the heat output cycle is active the machine will display NoHEAT the machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display NoHEAT with an audio indication D42 6 bURNER CONTRL FAIL This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the machine will display bURNER CONTRL FAIL If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display bURNER CONTRL FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER CONTRL FAIL with an audio indication 7 BURNER FLAME FAIL This routine allows two 2 flame out retries to occur before proceeding into the error The count of two 2 will be established every time the call for heat was to occur Only if it reaches the count of two 2 before the tumbler basket temperature has reached the set temperature will this error
267. ion and cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location WARNING The collection of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work can create a potential fire hazard 8 For personal safety the dryer must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and or the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA NO 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA 22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION NOTE Failure to do so will VOID THE WARRANTY 9 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the dryer door switches lint door switch heat safety circuit ever be disabled WARNING PERSONAL INJURY or FIRE COULD RESULT 10 This dryer is not to be used in the presence of dry cleaning solvents or fumes 11 Remove articles from the dryer as soon as the drying cycle has been completed 12 DO NOT operate steam dryers with more than 125 PSI 8 61 bars steam pressure Excessive steam pressure can damage steam coil and or harm personnel 13 Replace leaking flexible hoses or other steam fixtures immediately DO NOT operate the dryer with leaking flexible hoses PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT 14 FOLLOW ALL CAUTION and DIRECTION LABELS ATTACHED DRYER WARNING YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING O
268. irflow MAN3491 Cool Down Mode 1 Steam Coil PH Level The normal PH level for copper type steam coils must be maintained between a value of 8 5 to 9 5 For steel type steam coils the PH level must be maintained between a value of 9 5 to 10 5 These limits are set to limit the acid attack of the steam coils 2 Steam Damper Actuator System The steam damper actuator system consists of a hinged damper plate pneumatic piston and a 24 volt solenoid valve with a needle valve to control the speed of the piston actuation call for heat 24 volt signal is applied to the 3 way 2 position solenoid valve This signal switch the valve so that compressed air is sent to the piston The piston rod extends pushing the hinged steam damper plate to the open position This allows room air to be drawn through the hot steam coil and then through the tumbler basket When the temperature set point has been reached the 24 volt signal is removed from the solenoid valve so that the solenoid valve blocks the air supply to the piston and air in the piston is bled to the atmosphere The spring in the piston now retracts the piston rod closing the steam damper The steam damper plate now covers the steam coil and allows room air to bypass the coil before entering the tumbler basket for a rapid cool down B12 The steam damper plate should open and close slowly and smoothly The speed can be modulated by adjusting the needle valve knob Tur
269. is located in the lint chamber area IMPORTANT This dryer is equipped with a burner hi limit and tumbler lint chamber hi limit thermostat which must be reset manually WARNING Discontinue power to dryer before attempting to reset hi limit C53 SECTION VIII TECHNICAL INFORMATION The following section contains various technical information important to the service person in servicing and maintaining the dryer A MOTOR PLATE HIGH and LOW VOLTAGE gt HIGH VOLTAGE t 14 4 1 40 7 9 5 Lo 15 5 2 50 es 1 8 INSULATE 9 4078 MOTOR PLATE DRIVE MOTOR The motor plate is located on the side of the drive motor refer to illustration and contains a graphical representation of the motor wiring for both low and high voltage ratings Removing the cap reveals the wiring to the motor On each wire there is a number which corresponds to the numbers on the motor plate Depending on whether the dryer is operating on low or high voltage the wiring should match the motor plate as follows The dots and lines represent connections refer to illustration For example On low voltage wire no 14 is connected to wire no 4 Wire no 1 is connected to wire no 7 which in turn are both connected to L1 On high voltage wire no 14 is insulated or capped Wire no 4 is connected to wire no 7 wi
270. is on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer 3 REV REVERSE Output L E D Indicator for optional reversing models ONLY a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer displays REVERSE indicator dot is on but the REV REVERSE motor output L E D is off then the fault is of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe drive tumbler basket motor is not operating and reverse indicator dot and output L E D is on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer 4 AIR AIR JET Output L E D Indicator OPTIONAL a AIR is on with the display dot at the end of the dry cycle once the display reads dONE it is on for approximately 60 seconds and the output L E D indicator and the display dot go out If the air jet does not energize it is not the fault of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer If the output L E D or dot DO NOT go on it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer 5 HEAT Output L E D Indicator a Ifthe dryer is started and there is No Heat yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display heat circuit indicator dot is on but the H
271. is opened the MAIN L E D indicator will go out and the display will read MAIN dOOR The dryer will stop until the main door has been closed at which time the L E D display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START key DRUM TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT Input L E D Indicator a Should be on at ALL times unless the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior during the cycle while the heat was on the display would read dRUM Safety FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication SAIL SAIL SWITCH Input L E D Indicator a This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is in the closed position prior to start the SAIL output L E D indicator will be off the machine will not start and the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication b If the sail switch opens during the cycle the SAIL output L E D will go out and the display will read NO AIRFLOW The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying NO AIRFLOW along with an audio indication BURN BURN HI LI
272. its grooves 5 Remove cap screws from bushing 6 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on page 25 4943 SL 01 20 00 7 Remove bushing pulley and key 8 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B on previous page When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 9 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 10 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing F27 IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow sheave to be drawn contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft lbs if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack TUMBLER BASKET ALIGNMENT ML 190 BASKET ADJUSTMENT ALIGNMENT 1 electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove both the left hand and right hand lint coop walls 5 Loosen the V belts on drive shaft then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves 6 Tighten the two 2 bolts under the drive shaft clockwise CW to raise the tumbler basket a
273. keeping Dirty or clogged lint screen Washing machine extractors are not performing properly An exceptionally cold humid or low barometric pressure atmosphere The supply gas may have a low heating value check with local gas supplier Failed temperature sensor temperature calibration is incorrect Failed microprocessor controller computer Thermal overload for drive motor is tripping 1 2 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Bearing failure in drive system Failed motor Insufficient make up air Overload for impellor fan motor is tripping 1 2 Either an exceptionally low or high voltage supply Motor bearing failure Failed motor Failed overload Out of balance impellor fan Insufficient make up air F39 K Dryer is tripping the burner hi limit safety thermostat 1 Insufficient exhaust duct work size or restriction in exhaust system 2 Insufficient make up air 3 Lint screen needs cleaning 4 Damaged impellor fan 5 Impellor fan spinning in the wrong direction L Display reads Temp Sensor Fail Check Temp Sensor Fuse Dryer Sensor Circuit Failure 1 Check 1 8 amp fuse on computer 2 Faulty microprocessor temperature sensor probe 3 Open circuit in either one of two 2 wires leading from the sensor probe to the computer a Connection at sensor bracket assembly connector b Connection at computer harness connec
274. l continue the programmed cycle 10 TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE This routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature When the temperature sensor or fuse opens with the machine not active the display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the machine was active at the time that the temperature sensor or fuse opened the display would read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication and run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication The display will continue to read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE an audio indication will sound for approximately 5 seconds every 30 seconds until the problem is corrected or the power to the dryer is disconnected and the problem is corrected NOTE Once the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer detects a problem in the heat circuit it updates every 30 seconds so that if the problem was a loose connection in the circuit which corrected itself the TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE condition would automatically be cancelled and
275. lay will show the applicable error code described above along with an audio indication If the drum temperature is above 100 F 38 C the dryer will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the drum temperature has flattened below 100 F 38 C The clear stop button on the Phase 6 keypad touchpad must be pressed to clear the error condition The open manual reset hi limit thermostat must be reset manually prior to the start of the next cycle This hi temperature condition may be caused due to a restricted exhaust poor airflow or improper burner operation The location of the burner hi limit is on the right side of the burner box and the tumbler hi limit is located in the lint chamber area IMPORTANT This dryer is equipped with a burner hi limit and tumbler lint chamber hi limit thermostat which must be reset manually WARNING Discontinue power to dryer before attempting to reset hi limit 50 SECTION TECHNICAL INFORMATION The following section contains various technical information important to the service person in servicing and maintaining the dryer A MOTOR PLATE HIGH and LOW VOLTAGE 11 2 3 WZ HIGH VOLTAGE VOLTAGE 54 6 i ANN SON y 2 MOTOR PLATE MAN4078 DRIVE MOTOR The motor plate is located on the side of the drive motor refer to illustration and contains a graphical representation of the motor wiring for both low a
276. led with water and pressure applied the water in the tube rises showing the exact water column pressure NOTE Manometers are available from the factory by ordering ADC P N 122804 F19 PRESSURE 1 To Test Gas Water Column W C Pressure a Connect water column test gauge connection to gas valve pressure tap 1 8 NPT This pressure tap is located the outlet manifold side of the valve PLASTIC TUBING FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL b Start dryer With burner on the correct water column MAGNET reading in inches would be Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 2222 INNER TUBE 2 To Adjust Water Column Pressure natural gas only L P gas must be regulated at source OUTER TUBE a Remove the slotted vent cap on the top of the valve b Turn the slotted adjustment screw located on the top of the valve next to the terminals Turn clockwise CW to increase manifold pressure and counterclockwise CCW to decrease NOTE If correct W C pressure cannot be achieved problem may be due to an undersized gas supply line a faulty or underrated gas meter etc To Convert from Natural Gas to L P Gas NOTE ALL dryers are sold as natural gas unless otherwise specified at the time the dryer order was placed For L P gas the dryer must be converted as follows 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove the fo
277. light emitting diode display to read just the tumbler basket temperature or flash back and forth from Cycle in Progress or tumbler basket Temperature while the dryer cycle is in progress Unless otherwise specified at the time of ordering the dryer the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is programmed not to flash and to read the Cycle in Progress NOTE Refer to the illustration on the following page for details 4 Indicator Dots refer to page 48 a Located at the top of the L E D light emitting diode display is a series of dots which indicate the various Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer output functions while a cycle is in progress E47 1 Illustration No 1 a FORWARD INDICATOR this indicator dot is functional for dryer models with the Reversing Action Option ONLY This indicator dot will be on when the tumbler basket is in the forward clockwise CW direction Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle Program 15 active this indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time Program Mode 2 Illustration No 2 refer to illustration below a REVERSING INDICATOR this indicator dot is functional for dryer models with the Reversing Action Option ONLY This indicator dot will be on when the tumbler basket is in the reverse counterclockwise CCW direction 3 Illustration No 3 refer to illustration below a HEAT INDICA
278. llor washers and the key 6 Replace the impellor key washers left handed jam nuts and the side panel 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer M LINT DRAWER ASSEMBLY To Replace Lint Screen 1 Pull out lint drawer 2 Remove lint screen from lint drawer 3 Drop new lint screen in place 4 Slide lint drawer back into dryer SL 01 20 00 F35 To Replace Lint Drawer Switch 1 2 Disconnect both 4 pin connectors at the rear of the Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Remove lint drawer and lint door lint switch cover Remove the one 1 or two 2 screws holding the lint switch cover on Remove lint switch cover and disconnect the two 2 terminals of the switch Remove switch by pressing tabs together and push switch out Install new switch by reversing procedure F36 SL 01 20 00 4941 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS The information provided will help isolate the most probable component s associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken shorted wire may be at fault where ele
279. med cycle 9 LINT dOOR this monitors the lint drawer door circuit If the machine was not active and the lint drawer door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the lint drawer door open the display would read LINT dOOR with an audio indication If the machine was active and the lint drawer door was opened the display would read LINT dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the lint door was closed the display would read PRESS START press the ENTER START and it will continue the programmed cycle 10 TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE this routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature When the temperature sensor or fuse opens with the machine not active the display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the machine was active at the time that the temperature sensor or fuse opened the display would read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F the machine will continue to display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication and run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication The display will continue to re
280. mpellor to the fan shaft Remove the impellor washers and the key Replace the impellor key washers left handed jam nuts and the side panel Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Pulloutlint drawer Remove lint screen from lint drawer Drop new lint screen in place Slide lint drawer back into dryer SL 01 20 00 E36 Replace Lint Drawer Switch 1 2 Disconnect both 4 connectors at the rear of the Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Remove lint drawer and lint door lint switch cover Remove the one 1 or two 2 screws holding the lint switch cover on Remove lint switch cover and disconnect the two 2 terminals of the switch Remove switch by pressing tabs together and push switch out Install new switch by reversing procedure E37 SL 01 20 00 amp 941 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS The information provided will help isolate the most probable component s associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components
281. nal Sensor Failure 1 Broken damaged or loose V belt 2 Belts are contaminated oil grease etc 3 Loose or broken pulley E Drive motor and blower start computer display heat indicator is on and relay output lights are on but there is no heat 1 Failed HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 2 Failed blower motor contactor 3 Faulty HSI Hot Surface Ignition ignitor 4 Faulty gas valve F Dryer operates glo bar lights but gas does not flow 1 Dryer gas shut off valve is closed 2 Failed gas valve open coil in valve 3 Loose wiring connection from HSI Hot Surface Ignition module to gas valve Check voltage at gas valve 4 Failed HSI Hot Surface Ignition module G Dryer operates glo bar lights but there is no ignition even though gas evident 1 Gaspressure is too low Check manifold pressure and take necessary corrective action 2 Faulty glo bar glo bar is not hot enough 3 Glo bar is out of adjustment readjust within gas flow 4 Lint accumulation in burner tubes 5 Low voltage condition to glo bar E39 6 Faulty gas valve 7 No voltage to gas valve 8 1 2 Poor airflow due to restriction exhaust dirty lint screen Dryer operates but is taking too long to dry An inadequate exhaust duct work system Restriction in exhaust system Insufficient make up air Poor housekeeping Dirty or clogged lint screen Washing machine extractors
282. nd Adjust Gas Water Column Pressure There are two 2 types of devices commonly used to measure water column pressure They are spring mechanical type gauges and manometers The spring mechanical type gauge is not recommended because it is easily damaged and not always accurate A manometer is simply a glass or transparent plastic tube with a scale in inches When filled with water and pressure applied the water in the tube rises showing the exact water column pressure NOTE Manometers are available from the factory by ordering ADC P N 122804 E19 PRESSURE 1 To Test Water Column W C Pressure a Connect water column test gauge connection to gas valve pressure tap 1 8 NPT This pressure tap is 1O ARE FITTING located on the outlet manifold side of the valve PLASTIC TUBING FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL AK A UU eee b Start dryer With burner on the correct water column MAGNET reading in inches would be Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 7 INNER TUBE 2 To Adjust Water Column Pressure natural gas only L P gas must be regulated at source OUTER TUBE a Remove the slotted vent cap on the top of the valve MANO707 b Turn the slotted adjustment screw located on the top of the valve next to the terminals Turn clockwise CW to increase manifold pressure and counterclockwise CCW to decrease
283. nd counterclockwise CCW to lower the tumbler basket The bolts should be 4975 tightened even increments in order to ensure that the shaft ADJUSTMENT BOLTS FOR runs parallel with the base of the dryer DRIVE AND IDLER AXELS IMPORTANT Side to side adjustment of the tumbler basket should be equal on either side ofthe front panel but vertically the top of the tumbler basket should have a larger gap than the bottom to compensate for the load Be sure to tighten the left idler side to the same height as the right side drive side This length can be determined by taking measurements from the bottom of each pillow block bearing to the top of the bearing pad IMPORTANT 7 Tighten locking nuts on the adjustment bolts 8 Reverse Step 1 through Step 5 for reassembly 9 Check tumbler basket drive belt for proper tension Adjust if necessary 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer F28 H BEARINGS To Replace Rear Drive Shaft Pillow Block Bearin 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 6 from To Replace Front Drive Shaft Bearing ZS 2 Remove drive pulley N a Remove cap screws from bushing MAN4 939 b Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft SL 0 21 00 Remove set screws from bushing d Remove bushing pulley and key 3 Reverse these steps for the installation of new bearin
284. nd from dryer s internal exhaust ducting WARNING THE ACCUMULATION OF LINT IN THE EXHAUST DUCT WORK CAN CREATE A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD WARNING DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION and VENTILATION AIR CHECK CUSTOMER FURNISHED BACK DRAFT DAMPER IN EXHAUST DUCT WORK INSPECT and REMOVE ANY LINT ACCUMULATION WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMPER BIND or STICK A back draft damper that is sticking partially closed can result in slow drying and shutdown of the heat circuits safety switches or thermostats When cleaning dryer cabinets avoid using harsh abrasives A product intended for cleaning appliances is recommended B ADJUSTMENTS 7 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION and EVERY 6 MONTHS THEREAFTER Inspect bolts nuts screws bearing set screws nonpermanent gas connections unions shut off valves orifices and grounding connections Motor and drive belts should be examined Cracked or seriously frayed belts should be replaced Tighten loose V belts when necessary Complete operational check of controls and valves Complete operational check of ALL safety devices door switch lint drawer switch sail switch burner and hi limit thermostats C LUBRICATION The drive shaft bearings and idler shaft bearings should be lubricated every three 3 months Use a 3 grease or equivalent Lubrication is necessary The motor bearings and under normal most conditions the tumbler bearing are permanently lubricated It is physically p
285. nd high voltage ratings Removing the cap reveals the wiring to the motor On each wire there is a number which corresponds to the numbers on the motor plate Depending on whether the dryer is operating on low or high voltage the wiring should match the motor plate as follows The dots and lines represent connections refer to illustration For example On low voltage wire no 14 is connected to wire no 4 wire no 1 is connected to wire no 7 which in turn are both connected to L1 On high voltage wire no 14 is insulated or capped wire no 4 is connected to wire no 7 wire 1 is connected L1 51 DATALABEL Contacting American Dryer Corporation ADC B MODEL SERIAL MLGS6HS 423204 WM MANUFACTURING CODE NUMBER E 9600203130154083790CQ000000000000 TYPE OF HEAT HEAT INPUT GAS 350 000 BIUH ey ELECTRIC SERVICE 208V 60HZ 3PH 3W F GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE 3 5 IN WC FOR USE WITH NATURAL AND L P GASES NRTL ANS 42152 19958 CLOTHES DRYER J 24 VOL T MAN4676 CONTROL VOLTAGE P N 112060 When contacting ADC certain information is required to ensure proper service and parts information This information is on the data label located on the top right corner of the dryer viewed from the rear refer to illustration When contacting ADC please have the model number and serial number readily accessible Information on the Data Label a Model num
286. nd the computer is reading Rotational Sensor Failure 1 2 3 Broken damaged loose V belt Belts are contaminated oil grease etc Loose or broken pulley E Drive motor and blower start computer display heat indicator is on and relay output lights are on but there is no heat 2 3 4 Failed HSI Hot Surface Ignition module Failed blower motor contactor Faulty HSI Hot Surface Ignition ignitor Faulty gas valve F Dryer operates glo bar lights but gas does not flow 1 2 3 4 Dryer gas shut off valve is closed Failed gas valve open coil in valve Loose wiring connection from HSI Hot Surface Ignition module to gas valve Check voltage at gas valve Failed HSI Hot Surface Ignition module Dryer operates glo bar lights but there is no ignition even though gas is evident l 2 Gas pressure is too low Check manifold pressure and take necessary corrective action Faulty glo bar glo bar is not hot enough Glo bar is out of ainen readjust within gas flow Lint accumulation in burner tubes Low voltage condition to glo bar F38 6 7 8 1 2 Faulty gas valve No voltage to gas valve Poor airflow due to restriction in exhaust or dirty lint screen Dryer operates but is taking too long to dry An inadequate exhaust duct work system Restriction in exhaust system Insufficient make up air Poor house
287. ndicates that the circuit fuse protection which is located on the back side of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer the display would read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the display continues after the fuse has been replaced then it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer B L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY INDICATOR The L E D light emitting diode indicator dots located on the top portion of the display indicate the various Phase 6 OPL computer output functions while a cycle is in progress These indicator dots as shown in the illustration below DO NOT necessarily mean that the outputs are functioning They are only indicating that the function output should be active on MAN3450 1 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 1 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating the forward mode clockwise CW direction 2 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 2 a For Optional Reversing Models 1 This indicator dot is on when the drive tumbler basket motor is operating in the reverse mode counterclockwise CCW direction 3 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 3 Heat Circuit Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is calling for the heating circuit to be active on 4 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 4 a On Indicator 1 This indicator dot is on whenever a cycle is in pr
288. ndicators 4 47 000202000080 00000000001 C41 C Phase 6 OPL Microprocessor Controller Computer Relay Output L E D light emitting diode asua uuu maaa C42 D GED CO 46 Computer Logic and Wiring Diagram C48 SECTION VIII TECHNICAL INFORMATION A Motor Plate High and Low Voltage J n nanara C54 PB Data Label uuu suya upa anan Giaa un iq sasata apna ass C55 C Howto Use a Manometer C56 ye MN nasus muu unu C57 CC SECTIONI IMPORTANT INFORMATION A SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance 2 Purchaser user should consult the local gas supplier for proper instructions to be followed in the event the user smells gas The instructions should be posted in a prominent location 3 WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS a DO NOT try to light any appliance b DO NOT touch any electrical switch c DO NOT use any phone in your building d Clear the room building or area of ALL occupants Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor s
289. nect keyboard touchpad ribbon to the computer 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer E17 Replace Microprocessor Temperature Sensor Probe 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer TEMPERATURE NSOR 2 Remove lint drawer Remove six 6 screws securing lint door and remove lint door 3 Remove microprocessor sensor bracket assembly from dryer a Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector b Loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to dryer and remove bracket from dryer 0534 225 NOTE DO NOT remove screws ji THERMOSTAT 4 Disassemble sensor probe from bracket assembly by removing the top push on fastener securing the prone from bracket Use a small screwdriver to slowly pry the fastener off 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the high heat 225 F thermostat and remove modular bracket connector wires and probe from bracket assembly 6 Install new sensor probe assembly ADC P N 880251 by reversing procedure 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer B IGNITION CONTROLS FLAME PROBE To Remove HSI Hot Surface Ignition Ignitor 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the two 2 white ignitor wires going to the HSI module MAN3874 3 Disassemble HSI ignitor from burner by removing the self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installing new ignitor TO REMOVE FLAME PROBE
290. nel assembly 9 Reverse this procedure for installing new front panel 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer D24 To Re al r S 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly 3 Disassemble bottom hinge block from front panel by removing the Allen head screws located inside the hinge block 4 Reassemble by reversing removal procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer F PULLEYS To Replace Tumbler Basket Pulley 1 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves 2 Remove cap screws from the bushings 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A 4 Remove bushing pulley and key 5 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B on page 26 When cap screws are loosely BEARING inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 30 ft lbs 41 Nm If greate
291. nician realizes however that a loose connection or broken shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components are concerned and not necessarily the suspected component itself IMPORTANT When replacing blown fuses the replacement must be of the exact rating as the fuse being replaced The information provided should not be misconstrued as a handbook for use by an untrained person in making repairs WARNING ALL SERVICE and TROUBLESHOOTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL or SERVICE AGENCY WARNING WHILE MAKING REPAIRS OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE DRYER or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL A No display on computer 1 Open circuit breaker switch or blown fuse 2 Tripped blower motor overload 3 Faulty wiring connection _ 4 Faulty transformer 5 EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is depressed 6 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B Computer will not accept keyboard touchpad entries 1 Keyboard touchpad ribbon 18 not plugged into computer securely 2 Faulty keyboard touchpad 3 Faulty microprocessor controller computer C35 Dryer will not start but computer display indicators are on 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 8 9 Failed contactors Failed arc suppressor A S board Failed microprocessor controller computer Failed motors Drive motor runs burner is on but tumbler basket will not turn Broken damag
292. ning the knob clockwise CW restricts the compressed airflow and slows the steam damper movement Counterclockwise CCW adjustment speeds up the steam damper motion Upon completion of the adjustment tighten the needle valve s locking nut SOLENOID VALVE F DRIVE MOTOR The T E F C Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled drive motor is located in the front left corner viewing from front behind the front panel of the dryer It sits on an adjustable base so the motor can be easily adjusted to the left or right up or down forward or backward The drive motor is 3 HP 2 24 kw motor and operates on 208 to 460 volts 3 phase 30 50 60 Hz SUPPLY AIR NEEDLE VALVE MAN3494 STEAM DAMPER PISTON SPRING RETURN DRIVE SHAFT 4539 G DRIVE SHAET ASSEMBLY Viewing from the front of the dryer Behind front panel on the left side of the dryer you can view the drive shaft assembly which consists of a 9 inch 22 86 cm drive pulley two 2 6 inch 15 24 cm wheels two 2 taper lock bearings and two 2 1 inch 2 54 cm pillow block bearings H IDLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY Viewing from the front of the dryer Behind the front panel on the right side of the dryer you will view the idler shaft assembly which consists of one 1 6 inch 15 24 cm wheel one 1 taper lock bearings and two 2 1 2 54 cm pillow block bearings L TUMBLER BASKET The tumbler basket consists of a tum
293. nsor bracket harness connector b Loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to dryer and remove bracket from dryer Ss 225 0534 NOTE NOT remove screws ji THERMOSTAT 4 Disassemble sensor probe from bracket assembly by removing the top push on fastener securing the probe from bracket Use a small screwdriver to slowly pry the fastener off 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the high heat 225 F thermostat and remove modular bracket connector wires and probe from bracket assembly 6 Install new sensor probe assembly ADC P N 880251 by reversing procedure 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer B IGNITION CONTROLS To Remov I Hot Surface Ignition Ignitor 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the two 2 white ignitor wires going to the HSI module 3874 3 Disassemble HSI ignitor from burner removing self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installing new ignitor C TO REMOVE FLAME PROBE ASSEMBLY 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the red wire from the flame sensor probe which goes to S2 on the HSI module 3 Disassemble flame sensor probe from burner by removing the self tapping screw 18 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new flame sensor probe To Replace Gas Valve Refer to burner illustration on page 21 1 Discontinue electrical p
294. nsor is a two 2 terminal monolithic integrated circuit temperature transducer that provides an output current proportional to absolute temperature The transducer acts as a high impedance temperature dependant current source of 1u4A K The typical accuracy of this probe is 1 5 C 2 7 F In a case where the temperature reaches 220 F 104 C the Phase 6 microprocessor computer will shut down and the L E D light emitting diode will display Hot To restart a cycle the CLEAR STOP button must first be pressed F53 AMP CURRENT METER LEMFERATURE SENSOR PHASE 6 MEROFROCE ICOSTA 02 02 00 MAN4997 9 F 5 C 32 _ C K 273 15 _ TEMPERATURE SENSOR CURRENT 1 000 000 MICROAMPS 9 F 32 54 SECTION X TECHNICALINFORMATION The following section contains various technical information important to the service person in servicing and maintaining the dryer A MOTOR PLATE HIGH and LOW VOLTAGE LS LOW VOL TAGE MOTOR PLATE DRIVE MOTOR 0552 The motor plate is located on the side of the drive motor refer to illustration and contains a graphical representation of the motor wiring for both low voltage rating and high voltage rating Removing the cap reveals the wiring to the motor On each wire there is a number which corresponds to the numbers on the motor plate Depending on whether the dryer is oper
295. nt at 1 and ground double check Step 1 through Step 4 7 Take voltage reading across the microprocessor 9 pin connector nos 1 and 2 If there is voltage replace the computer If there is no voltage there is a faulty wire s or termination s between the 15 pin connector and the microprocessor NOTE In this next section ALL voltage checks must be done the operating mode with the appropriate microprocessor dot on Also appropriate LED light emitting diode output light on NOTE In this next section when checking for voltage you are looking for 24 AC volts unless otherwise specified B Drive motor reverses but does not go forward blower motor runs 1 If computer dot first dot on the left does not come on replace the computer 2 Check for voltage across the coil of the forward contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is marked 2 The coil markings 1 and 2 If voltage is present there is a faulty wire s or termination s between BS2 and contactor coil CR2 If there is voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board the problem is a faulty wire s or termination s between the AS2 board and the 9 pin computer connector no 8 or faulty computer C Drive motor works in forward mode
296. ntrol Panel Non Microprocessor D10 C Control Box PIP APA Se othe AAA D10 D HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module Gas Models Only D11 P Gas Burner ua D11 Drive MOOT uapa ha D11 Blower Motor and Impellor Gas and Steam D12 MS Pa SSC uyu u D12 IL Tumbler Basket Bearing Pulley Arrangement einion aQ qaqta D12 J Tumpler BaskeD cspern a kh D13 sa ua D13 L Sail Switch Gas Models Only aes D13 M Hi Limit Gas Models Only iu l l u l u aaa q au ua a D14 N Automatic Reset Thermostat kq s isa D14 O Lim uum uu S D14 NMED raw er SWIG u Sa au qasa D15 592 Steam Damper Rasa D15 R Compressed Air Requirement cccccccccssssseccssssssescsssssscsssssssscssscscsssssssssscsesseasscscaseneanevans D15 S Temperature Sensor Bracket Non Computer L DIS DD SECT
297. nufacturing code number is a number issued by ADC which describes ALL possible options on your particular model D Type of heat Describes the type of heat gas natural or L P steam or electric E Heat input For gas dryers describes the heat input in British Thermal Units F Electric service Describes the electric service for your particular models G Gas manifold pressure Describe the manifold pressure as taken at the gas valve pressure tap refer to Using a Manometer F56 USING MANOMETER How To Use Manometer 1 With dryer in non operating mode remove plug on the gas valve pressure tap 2 Attach plastic tubing to pressure tap Fitting is supplied with manometer refer to illustration 3 Attach manometer to dryer using magnet NOTE Place manometer in position so that readings be taken at eye level 4 Fill manometer with water as shown in illustration to the zero level PRESSURE TAP 5 Start dryer With burner on take a reading GAS VALVEK Read water level at the inner tube LASTIC TUBING Readings should be taken at eye level 1 8 FITTING Correct readings should be FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL MAGNE T NATURAL GAS 3 5 Inches W C L P GAS 10 5 Inches W C 6 If water column pressure is incorrect refer to TO ADJUST GAS PRESSURE 7 Reverse procedure for removing manometer INNER TUBE OUTER TUBE MANO707 57
298. o 3 to ground then voltage should not be present at 5 to ground Replace the board 6 Main Door Condition NOTE Make sure main door and lint door are closed Also if checking either switch the plunger must be depressed a Check L E D light emitting diode input light MAIN on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the computer b Check voltage 24 VAC from J7 9 pin connector no 5 to ground If voltage is present check no 6 to ground If voltage is present replace board c Ifno voltage is present at J7 9 pin connector no 6 to ground but voltage is present at no 5 to ground The problem is a faulty switch faulty wires or terminations J7 to J8 J8 to JS and J5 to main door switch no 31 and no 32 7 No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal gas models a Check L E D light emitting diode input light HT1 on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the board b Ifthe L E D light emitting diode input light HT1 on the component side of the computer is on and there is no voltage to the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module w the display will read BURNER CONTROL FAIL The problem is faulty wires or terminations between microprocessor and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module If voltage is present on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module w to ground Check voltage at the gas valve if voltage is present acr
299. o 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections C7 IMPORTANT Failure to comply with these codes or ordinances and or the requirements stipulated in this manual can result in personal injury or component failure The gas dryer installation must meet the American National Standard National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections as well as local codes and ordinances and must be done by a qualified technician NOTE Undersized gas piping will result in ignition problems and slow drying and can create a safety hazard The dryer must be connected to the type of gas natural or L P liquid propane indicated on the dryer data label If this information DOES agree with the type of gas available contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory The gas input ratings shown on the dryer data label are for elevations up to 2 000 feet 610 meters unless elevation requirements of over 2 000 feet 610 meters were specified at the time the dryer order was placed with the factory The adjustment for dryers in the field for elevations over 2 000 feet 610 meters are made by changing the burner orifices If this adjustment is necessary contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory
300. o the motor can be easily adjusted 27E smar to the left or right up or down forward or backward The drive motor is a 3 HP motor and operates on 208 to 460 volts 50 60 Hz 3 phase 39 DRIVE MOTOR 0 gt f i REAR VIEW MANS539 All F DRIVE SHAET ASSEMBLY Viewing from the front of the dryer Behind front panel on the left side of the dryer you can view the drive shaft assembly which consists of a 9 inch 22 86 cm drive pulley two 2 6 inch 15 24 cm wheels one 1 taper lock bearings and one 1 1 inch 2 54 block bearings G IDLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY Viewing from the front of the dryer Behind the front panel on the right side of the dryer you will view the idler shaft assembly which consists of one 1 6 inch 15 24 cm wheels one 1 taperlock bearings and two 2 1 inch 2 54 cm pillow block bearings H TUMBLER BASKET The tumbler basket consists of a tumbler basket which has four 4 ribs and four 4 removable perforated panels which are mounted to the rib sections of the tumbler basket with 1 4 20 x 1 4 socket button head screws 534 amp 533 4532 L MAIN DOOR SWITCH The main door switch is mounted to the front panel behind the main door When the main door opens the switch will also open preventing the dryer from operating The main door switch is a safety device and should never be disabled J SA
301. o voltage there is a faulty wire s or termination s between the 15 pin connector and the microprocessor NOTE In this next section ALE voltage checks must be done in the operating mode with the appropriate microprocessor dot on Also appropriate LED light emitting diode output light B Drive motor reverses but does not go forward blower motor runs 1 2 If computer dot first dot left does not come replace the computer Check for voltage across the coil of the forward contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to your diagram is marked CR2 coil markings A1 and 2 _ If voltage is present there is a faulty wire s or termination s between BS2 and contactor coil CR2 If there is voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board the problem is a faulty wire s or termination s between the AS2 board and the 9 pin computer connector no 8 or faulty computer Drive motor works in forward mode but does not reverse blower motor runs 1 If computer dot second one from left does not come on check program to see if set for reverse 2 If set for reverse replace computer 3 Check for voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor located in the rear panel box The contactor according to
302. o wire no 4 wire no 1 is connected to wire no 7 which in turn are both connected to L1 On high voltage wire no 14 is insulated or capped wire no 4 is connected to wire no 7 wire no is connected to L1 D58 DATALABEL Contacting American Dryer Corporation ADC MODEL SERIAL NO MLG170HS 416843 WD MANUFACTURING CODE NUMBER E 1800165130154083792 000000000000 TYPE QF HEAT HEAT INPUT GAS NATURAL 550 000 BTUH ELECTRIC SERVICE 208V 60HZ 3PH 3W 26 GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE 3 5 IN WC FOR USE WITH NATURAL AND L P GASES ANS 2215 2 1988 CLOTHES DRYER VOL II MAN5042 SL 02 11 00 When contacting ADC certain information is required to insure proper service parts information This information is on the data label located on the top right corner of the dryer viewed from the rear refer to illustration When contacting ADC please have the model number and serial number readily accessible Information on the Data Label a Model number The model number is an ADC number which describes the size of the dryer and the type of heat gas or steam b Serial number The serial number allows ADC to gather information on your particular dryer Manufacturing code number The manufacturing code number is a number issued by ADC which describes ALL possible options on your particular model d Type of heat Describes the type of heat gas natural or L P liquid propane
303. ock the tumbler basket assembly in position 6 Mark the position of the pillow block bearings Then remove the bolts from the pillow block bearing 7 Remove the idler shaft assembly through the front of the machine 8 Remove the cap screws from bushing 9 Insert cap screws in the tapped removal holes and tighten bushing becomes loose on shaft 10 Remove the bushing tumbler wheel and key 11 Reverse this procedure for replacement J BASKET ASSEMBLY NOTE Dryer must be level prior to tumbler basket alignment 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the perforated tumbler basket panel 3 Remove wrapper panel to access the drive and idler shaft 4 Place a level on the shafts to verify if level 5 Measure distance between tumbler basket and wrapper 1 2 to 3 4 gap should be derived 6 Loosen the eight 8 bolts on the pillow block bearings and turn the adjustment screw clockwise CW or counterclockwise CCW to increase or decrease the gap between the tumbler basket and wrapper 7 Measure the length of the adjustment bolts and ALL should be equal 8 Place a level on the shaft to verify it is level if any adjustment has been made 9 Check the basket drive belt for proper tension Adjust if necessary 10 Replace the wrapper panels 11 Replace the perforated tumbler basket panel J 1 15 16 FLANGE BEARING REPLACEMENT 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remov
304. of the dryer Loosen tension on V belt so that it can easily be rolled off pulley This can be done by loosening the four 4 bolts holding the motor to the side of the dryer as well as the adjustment bolt on top B34 4 Replace V belt 5 Retighten V belt and adjust tension and alignment per previous instructions P MOTORS DRIVE MOTOR Drive Motor Replacement DRIVE BELT 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the belt guard cover from the rear of the dryer 3 Remove drive belt 4 Disconnect wiring harness from motor 5 Remove bolts holding motor to mount and replace 7 with new motor DO BOLIS 6 Remove pulley from old motor and install new motor By removing the set screw from the drive motor pulley NOTE Agearpullermay berequired to remove pulley 7 Align motor pulley with drive assembly pulley and tighten set screw holding motor pulley 8 Replace belts and adjust belt tension 9 Retighten bolts 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Q MOTORIZED IMPELLOR BLOWER REPLACEMENT 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove lint draw 3 Removethe perforated panel inside the tumbler basket CONE 4 Remove the bolts securing the inlet cone MOTORIZED 5 Remove the inlet cone 6 Remove the bolts securing the motor plate to the dryer cabinet MOTOR PLATE 7 Remove the motorize
305. ogress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle program is active the indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time program 5 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 5 Air Jet Circuit Indicator OPTIONAL 1 This indicator dot is on at the end of the dryer cycle for approximately 60 seconds F44 PHASE 6 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER RELAY OUTPUT L E D light emitting diode INDICATORS There are a series of five 5 L E D light emitting diode indicators ORANGE LIGHTS located at the backside are of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These are identified or labeled from top to bottom in the illustration below as FAN BLOWER FOR FORWARD REV REVERSE AIR AIR JET HT1 HEAT OUTPUT There are a series of seven 7 L E D light emitting diode indicators RED LIGHTS FUSE MAIN FUSE LINT LINT DOOR MAIN MAIN DOOR DRUM TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT SAIL SAIL SWITCH BURN BURNER HI LIMIT FLAME FLAME PROBE The L E D light emitting diode in the center of the board RED LIGHT indicates power supplied to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These L E D S light emitting diode s indicate the inputs and outputs of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer as it monitors the safety circuits TEMP SENSOR DERA rev C ar C art 6 10 C sat 11
306. oltage is present across the two yellow wires at the gas valve and the gas supply is on then the fault is that of the gas valve 8 Microprocessor Computer a Replace the temperature sensor underneath the tumbler basket on a bracket the bullet shaped device b Ifit still reads TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE unplug J3 4 pin connector from the temperature sensor bracket Also unplug the microprocessor J14 4 pin connector from the computer board Take a continuity reading from J14 no 1 to J3 no 1 then from J14 no 2 to J3 no 2 If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to the ground loose terminations or even replace the wire If there is continuity computer board is faulty B54 American Dryer Corp IMPORTANT MANUAL RESET HI LIMIT INSTRUCTIONS FOR PHASE 6 MODELS This dryer was manufactured with a manual reset burner hi limit and tumbler lint chamber hi limit thermostat which is monitored by the Phase 6 computer If either manual reset thermostat is open prior to start of the drying cycle the dryer will start momentarily and then shut down the Phase 6 computer will display an error code with an audio indication If the tumbler lint chamber hi limit thermostat is open the display will read ARUM SAFETY FAIL Ifthe burner hi limit thermostat is open the display will read bURNER SAFETY FAIL If either manual reset hi limit thermostat opens during a dryin
307. on the shafts to verify if level Measure distance between tumbler basket and wrapper 1 2 to 3 4 gap should be derived Loosen the eight 8 bolts on the pillow block bearings and turn the adjustment screw clockwise CW or counterclockwise CCW to increase or decrease the gap between the tumbler basket and wrapper Measure the length of the adjustment bolts and ALL should be equal Place a level on the shaft to verify it is level if any adjustment has been made Check the basket drive belt for proper tension Adjust if necessary 10 Replace the wrapper panels 11 Replace the perforated tumbler basket panel K 1 15 16 5 CM FLANGE BEARING REPLACEMENT 1 2 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Remove the four 4 bolts securing the bearing cap located in the rear of the dryer And remove Depress the tabs on the rotational sensor harness plug and pull apart Remove the retaining ring from the tumbler shaft Remove the four 4 bolts lock washers and flat washers securing the flange bearing to the dryer cabinet Loosen the set screws from the flange bearing Remove the flange bearing from the tumbler shaft To replace new flange bearing reverse Step 2 through Step 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer B32 L ROTATIONAL SENSOR ASSEMBLY The Rotational Sensor Assembly is located in the rear of the dryer It consists of a magnet Rotational Sensor switch which is mounted to the bearing cap
308. or keyboard touchpad function The FUSE LINT and DRUM output L E D indicators will remain on B47 D L E D CODES 1 Display Codes A ALLREV ANTI WRINKL dELAY TIME ANTI WRINKL GUARd ACTIVE ANTI WRINKL GUARd ON TIME AUTO CYCLE b bURNER CONTROL FAIL bURNER FLAME FAIL bURNER SAFETY FAIL bUZZ bUZZ TIME CEL CHECK MAIN FUSE CLEAN LINT COOL COOL TIME COOL TEMP CYCLEA CYCLEb CYCLEC CYCLED CYCLEE CYCLEF dONE dRYING dRY LEVEL _ dRY TEMP F _ dRY TIME M dRUM SAFETY FAIL ELAPSE TIME_MIN ELECTRIC F FAR FLASH GAS HOT LINT dOOR LINT COUNT _M REMAIN MAIN dOOR MANUAL CYCLE MAX ANTI WRINKL GUARd NFLASH NoAIRFLOW NoANTI WRINKL GUARd NoBUZZ NoHEAT NoREV No ROTATE SENSOR PROGRAM REAdY ROTATE SENSOR FAIL _RPM SAIL SWITCH FAIL SELREV SPIN TIME START GUARd STEAM STOP TIME TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE SLOPE FACTOR ALWAYS REVERSING ANTI WRINKLE DELAY TIME ANTI WRINKLE PROGRAM ACTIVE ANTI WRINKLE GUARD ON TIME AUTOMATIC MODE HEAT LOSS OFF SET FACTOR GAS ONLY POWER 24 VAC IS NOT EVIDENT AT GAS VALVE NO BURNER FLAME SENSED GAS ELECTRIC ONLY BURNER OVEN OPEN HI LIMIT CIRCUIT BUZZER TONE BUZ TIME DEGREE IN CELSIUS MAIN FUSE FAILURE PROMPT TO CLEAN LINT SCREEN DRYER CYCLE LOCKOUT COOL DOWN CYCLE IN PROGRESS COOL DOWN TIME COOL DOWN TEMPERATURE PREPROGRAMMED CYCLEA PREPR
309. or pulley to proper position Retighten motor mount bolts and jam nuts Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace V Belts 1 2 3 Loosen tension on V belts so that they can easily be rolled off pulleys Replace V belts Retighten V belts and adjust tension and alignment per previous instructions NOTE Always replace V belts in pairs J MOTORS Replace Drive Motor 1 2 Disconnect wiring harness from motor with new motor DO tighten bolts VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove drive belts Remove bolts holding motor to mount and replace Remove pulley from old motor and install on new motor MAN0480 BELT AND SHEAVE Align motor pulley with idler pulley and align motor shaft with idler shaft and tighten bolts Replace belts and adjust belt tension Retighten bolts D32 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Impellor Motor Fan Shaft Drive 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove drive belts 3 Disconnect wiring harness from motor 4 Remove bolts holding motor to mount and replace with new motor DO NOT tighten bolts 5 Remove pulley from old motor and install on new motor 6 Align motor pulley with fan shaft pulley and tighten bolts 7 Replace belts and adjust belt tension 8 Retighten bolts 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer K IMPEL
310. ors and surrounding areas Remove lint from gas valve burner area with a dusting brush or vacuum cleaner attachment CS _ Remove lint accumulation from inside control box and at rear area behind control box EVERY 6 MONTHS Inspect and remove lint accumulation in customer furnished exhaust duct work system and from dryer s internal exhaust ducting WARNING DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION and VENTILATION AIR CHECK CUSTOMER FURNISHED BACK DRAFT DAMPER IN EXHAUST DUCT WORK INSPECT and REMOVE ANY LINT ACCUMULATION WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMPER TO BIND or STICK NOTE A back draft damper that is sticking partially closed can result in slow drying and shut down of the heat circuit safety switches or thermostats NOTE When cleaning dryer cabinet s avoid using harsh abrasives A product intended for the cleaning of appliances is recommended B ADJUSTMENTS 7 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION and EVERY 6 MONTHS THEREAFTER Inspect bolts nuts screws bearing set screws nonpermanent gas connections unions shut off valves orifices and ground connections Motor and drive belts should be examined Cracked or seriously frayed belts should be replaced Tighten loose V belts when necessary Complete operational check of controls and valves Complete operational check of ALL safety devices door switch lint drawer switch sail switch burner and hi limit thermostats LUBRICATION The motor bearings idle
311. osen V belts Rotate pulley and V belts out of the groove 6 Block the tumbler basket assembly in position 7 Mark the position of pillow block bearing then remove the bolts from the pillow block bearings 8 Remove the drive shaft assembly through the front of the machine 9 Remove the set screw from the 9 22 86 cm pulley 10 Remove the pulley and key NOTE A gear pulley may be required to remove the pulley 11 Remove cap screws from bushing 12 Insert cap screws in the tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft 13 Remove the bushing tumbler wheel and key 14 Reverse this procedure for replacement TUMBLER WHEEL REMOVAL TUMBLER WHEEL INSTALLATION 3892 IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 30 ft lbs 41 Nm If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressure will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack H TUMBLER WHEEL REPLACEMENT ON IDLER ASSEMBLY Taper Lock Models 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the front panel from the dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 24 A26 3 Remove the ten 10 1 4 20 x 1 4 socket button head screws from the perforated basket side 4 Remove the wrapper assembly 5 Bl
312. oss the two yellow wires at the gas valve and the gas supply is on then the fault is that of the gas valve 8 Microprocessor Computer a Replace the temperature sensor underneath the tumbler basket on a bracket the bullet shaped device b If it still reads TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE unplug J3 4 pin connector from the temperature sensor bracket Also unplug the microprocessor J14 4 pin connector from the computer board Take a continuity reading from J14 no 1 to J3 no 1 then from J14 no 2 to J3 no 2 If there is no continuity check for break in wire a short to the ground loose terminations or even replace the wire If there is continuity computer board is faulty 49 American Dryer Corp IMPORTANT MANUAL RESET HI LIMIT INSTRUCTIONS FOR PHASE 6 MODELS This dryer was manufactured with a manual reset burner hi limit and tumbler lint chamber hi limit thermostat which is monitored by the Phase 6 computer If either manual reset thermostat is open prior to start of the drying cycle the dryer will start momentarily and then shut down the Phase 6 computer will display an error code with an audio indication If the tumbler lint chamber hi limit thermostat is open the display will read ARUM SAFETY FAIL If the burner hi limit thermostat is open the display will read ob URNER SAFETY FAIL If either manual reset hi limit thermostat opens during a drying cycle the disp
313. ossible to re lubricate the tumbler bearing if you choose even though this practice may not be necessary temperature range of 22 F 6 C to 350 F 177 SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local and state codes In the absence of these codes the installation must conform to applicable AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the installation must conform to applicable Canadian Standards CAN CGA 149 1 91 Natural Gas or CAN CGA B149 2 M91 L P Gas or LATEST EDITION for General Installation and Gas Plumbing or Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections A ENCLOSURE AIR SUPPLY and EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Bulkheads and partitions around the dryer should be made of noncombustible materials Allowances should be made for the opening and closing of the control door and lint door Refer to appropriate installation manual for recommended distances and minimum allowances required When the dryer is operating it draws in room air heats it passes this air through the tumbler basket and exhausts it out of the building Therefore the room air must be continually replenished from the outdoors If the make up air is inadequate drying time and drying efficiency will
314. ost probable component s associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components are concerned and not necessarily the suspected component itself IMPORTANT When replacing blown fuses the replacement must be of the exact rating as the fuse being replaced The information provided should not be misconstrued as a handbool for use by an untrained person in making repairs WARNING ALL SERVICE and TROUBLESHOOTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL or SERVICE AGENCY WARNING WHILE MAKING REPAIRS OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE DRYER or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL A No L E D light emitting diode display on microprocessor controller computer 1 Open circuit breaker switch or blown fuse 2 Tripped blower motor overload 3 Faulty wiring connection 4 Faulty transformer 5 EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is depressed 6 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B Computer will not accept keyboard touchpad entries 1 Keyboard touchpad ribbon is not plugged into computer securely 2 Faulty keyboard touchpad 3 Faulty microprocessor controller computer B37 Dryer will not start but computer L E D light emitting diode indicators are on 1 2 3 4 Failed contactors Failed arc suppressor A S board Failed microproc
315. ot Surface Ignition module which control machine functions NOTE When contacting ADC with electrical questions please have on hand the correct wiring diagram number for your particular machine This number is located on the top right hand corner of the diagram It is a six 6 digit number followed by a letter to distinguish the revision dates refer to illustration The wiring diagrams used in Troubleshooting are specifically for dryers manufactured at the time of publishing Your particular model may vary slightly depending on the date of manufacturing and options available The correct wiring diagram and number is either taped to the rear of the control door on each dryer or placed in the control box If your particular diagram is lost or unreadable call ADC with the serial number of the dryer ADC will be more than happy to send you a diagram by fax or mail E50 A No Display Condition 1 2 Check main fuses or circuit breaker Check blower motor overload If tripped reset Check fuse 1 or fuse 2 and if either are blown replace Check to make sure the EMERGENCY STOP E Stop button is not depressed Between pin 1 and ground of the 15 pin connector you should be getting 24 V If no voltage is present at pin 1 and ground double check Step 1 through Step 4 Take voltage reading across the microprocessor 9 pin connector nos 1 and 2 If there is voltage replace the computer If there is n
316. outdoors Ifthe make up air is inadequate drying time and drying efficiency will be adversely affected Ignition problems and sail switch fluttering problems on gas dryers may result and you also could have premature motor failure from overheating The air supply must be given careful consideration to insure proper performance of each dryer IMPORTANT Make up air must be provided from a source free of dry cleaning fumes Make up air that is contaminated by dry cleaning fumes will result in irreparable damage to motors and other dryer components Exhaust duct work should be designed and installed by a competent technician Improperly sized duct work will create excessive back pressure which will result in slow drying increased use of energy and shut down of the burner by the airflow sail switch burner hi limit or lint chamber hi heat protector thermostat Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for more details CAUTION IMPROPERLY SIZED or INSTALLED EXHAUST DUCT WORK CAN CREATE A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD ELECTRICAL and GAS REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to have ALL electrical connections made by a properly licensed and competent electrician to assure that the electrical installation is adequate and conforms with local and state regulations or codes In the absence of such codes ALL electrical connections material and workmanship must conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA N
317. ove the four 4 10 32 Acorn nuts Remove glass and clean ALL old sealant off main door This area must be completely cleaned for correct bonding Apply a narrow bead of silicone ADC P N 170730 ALL around main door area where glass will rest Install glass onto door adhesive and slightly press glass in place Secure the four 4 10 32 Acorn nuts to hold the glass The door assembly should now be put in an area where it will not be disturbed for at least 24 hours Depending on the conditions the curing time of this adhesive is 24 to 36 hours After 24 hour curing period install main door on dryer by reversing step 1 To Replace Front Panel 1 2 Discontinue electrical power dryer Remove main door switch and bracket assembly Follow procedure for removal of main door assembly Open control service door Remove lint drawer and open lint door by removing six 6 screws F24 8 9 Unplug the door switch wires at the bottom of the front panel Disconnect the wires connecting the EMERGENCY STOP E Stop The easiest place to do this would be in the left hand electrical box Once the wires are disconnected push them through the inner top Remove the twelve 12 Phillips head screws securing front panel to dryer Pull wires up through front panel door switch wire channel and gently remove front panel assembly 10 Reverse this procedure for installing new front panel 11 Reestablis
318. ow 100 F Upon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 4 dRUM SAFETY FAIL this routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature if the tumbler basket Hi Limit switch opens prior or during the cycle while the heat was on the machine will display ARUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F Upon failure the machine will shut down and display ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 5 NoHEAT this routine monitors the gas valve response If the valve output is discontinued by the ignition control while the heat output cycle is active the machine will display NoHEAT the machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F If the tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display NoHEAT with an audio indication 6 bURNER CONTRL FAIL this routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the machine will display bURNER CONTRL FAIL If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F the machine will continue to display bURNER CONTRL
319. ower to the dryer 2 Close shut off valve s in gas supply line 3 Disconnect gas valve wiring NOTE Identify location of each wire for correct reinstallation Break union connection before gas valve Loosen and remove screws 4 securing pipe brackets to burner Remove gas valve manifold assembly from dryer gt Remove valve mounting bracket manifold and piping from gas valve procedure for installing new gas valve WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace Main Burner Orifices 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reversing the removal procedure for reinstalling NOTE Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing soapy water solution _ WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A ELAME To Test and Adjust Gas Water Column Pressure There are two 2 types of devices commonly used to measure water column pressure They are spring mechanical type gauges and manometers The spring mechanical type gauge is not recommended because it is easily damaged and not always accurate A manometer is simply a glass or transparent plastic tube with a scale in inches When fil
320. phone Follow the gas supplier s instructions f If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire department 4 Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer service agency or gas supplier _ 5 Dryer s must be exhausted to the outdoors 6 Although ADC produces a very versatile machine there are some articles that due to fabric composition or cleaning method should not be dried in it WARNING Dry only water washed fabrics DO NOT dry articles spotted or washed in dry cleaning solvents a combustible detergent or ALL purpose cleaner EXPLOSION COULD RESULT WARNING DO NOT dry rags or articles coated or contaminated with gasoline kerosene oil paint wax EXPLOSION COULD RESULT C3 WARNING DO NOT dry mop heads Contamination by wax or flammable solvents will create a fire hazard WARNING DO NOT use heat for drying articles that contain plastic foam sponge rubber or similarly textured rubber materials Drying in a heated tumbler basket may damage plastics or rubber and also may be a fire hazard 7 A program should be established for the inspection and cleaning of lint the heating unit area exhaust duct work and inside the dryer The frequency of inspection and cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location WARNING collection of lint in the burner area and exhaust duct work can create a potential fire hazard 8 For personal safety
321. pillow block bearing to the dryer Loosen bearing collar set screws 2 and as the end of the tumbler basket shaft is lifted up slightly slide the bearing off the shaft Prop a block of wood between the tumbler basket shaft and the bearing to the dryer Replace by reversing Step 2 through Step 6 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Front Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing Bearing nearest the back of the dryer 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove V belts from idler pulleys Remove bolts holding each idler pillow block bearing to mount Remove idler shaft with both bearings and idler pulleys still attached from dryer Remove end retaining ring and loosen the two 2 set screws in the bearing race collar D30 Slide bearing off the shaft Replace bearing by reversing procedure Align idler pulley with tumbler basket pulley before tightening bolts Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Rear Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing 1 Zs Follow Step 1 through Step 3 from To Replace Front Idler Shaft Bearing Remove retaining rings on each side of forward idler shaft pillow block bearing Loosen the two 2 set screws on each bearing collar Slide both bearings off the shaft Replace by reversing procedure Reestablish electrical power to the dryer L V BELTS Refer to illustrations in section F Pulleys V belts
322. place Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove four 4 screws securing manifold rest and remove rest 3 Remove the screws securing the front flanges of the burner tubes to the burner tube rest 4 Remove the screws securing the burner tube rest to the oven and remove this rest 5 Remove screws securing the sight hole disk and burner box cover plate to the oven and remove both of these pieces 6 Remove burner tubes by sliding them out 7 Replace by reversing procedure WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITHA ELAME To Replace HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer gt Remove the wires connected to the terminal strip at the bottom ofthe module Mark correct location of each wire to aid in replacement on new module J MAN3873 4 Replace module by reversing procedure refer to illustration on page 17 for proper wire locations 3 Remove the four 4 pal nuts securing the module to the mounting bracket 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C THERMOSTATS To Replace Manual Reset Burner Hi Limit 330 F 166 Thermostat Gas Models Only 1 This thermostat is an important safety device as an added protection against failure of the airflow sail switch to open in the event of motor failure or reduced airflow conditions
323. pon failure the machine will shut down and display bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 4 dRUM SAFETY FAIL this routine monitors the tumbler basket temperature if the tumbler basket Hi Limit switch opens prior or during the cycle while the heat was on the machine will display dRUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F Upon failure the machine will shut down and display ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 5 NoHEAT this routine monitors the gas valve response If the valve output is discontinued by the ignition control while the heat output cycle is active the machine will display NoHEAT the machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F Ifthe tumbler basket temperature is below 100 F upon failure the machine will shut down and display NoHEAT with an audio indication 6 bURNER CONTRLFAIL this routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the machine will display bURNER CONTRL FAIL If the tumbler basket temperature is above 100 F the machine will continue to display bURNER CONTRL FAIL The mac
324. pped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on previous page IDLER BEARING SMALL IDLER PULLEY 4 Remove bushing pulley and key 0481 5 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown figure B on previous page page 26 When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 15 ft lbs 20 Nm If greater tightening forces applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack Replace Motor Pulley 1 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT SCREW 2 Remove cap screws from bushing 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on previous page 4 Remove bushing pulley and key MOTOR BASE 0480 BELT 5 27 5 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B
325. present check 95 and 96 to ground of the blower motor overload If voltage is present and transformer terminations are good then the transformer is faulty Refer to the schematic supplied with the dryer to assist in the troubleshooting of the dryer NOTE In this next section ALL voltage checks must be done in the operating mode with the appropriate microprocessor dot on Also appropriate L E D output light on NOTE In this next section when checking for voltage you are looking for 25 AC volts unless otherwise specified 2 Drive motor reverses but does not forward blower motor runs a If computer dot first dot on the left does not come on replace the computer b Check for voltage across the coil of the forward contactor located in the reversing panel box The contactor according to your diagram is marked CR2 The coil markings A1 and 2 If voltage is present replace reversing contactor If voltage is not present there is a faulty wire or termination between BS2 and contactor coil CR2 c If there is voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS2 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS2 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board the problem is a faulty wire or termination between the AS2 board and the J7 9 pin computer connector no 8 or faulty computer 3 Drive motor works in forward mode but does not reverse blower motor runs
326. pressed air supply from the dryer JUNCTION BOX SOLENOID VALVE 2 Discontinue electrical service to the dryer 3 Disconnect wires in junction box 4 Remove tubing from the inlet side of the valve 5 Remove the valve from the bracket PUSH THEN PULL TUBING 6 Unscrew the valve from the outlet side 7 To install new steam solenoid valve reverse above procedure Step 6 through Step 1 Needle Valve Replacement 1 Disconnect compressed air supply from the dryer 2 Remove tubing from the valve 3 Unscrew needle valve from the solenoid valve 4 To install new needle valve reverse above procedure Step 3 through Step 1 Steam Coil Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical service to the dryer 2 Disconnect compressed air supply from the dryer 3 Shut off ALL steam supply lines and steam return valves that feed the steam coil 4 Wait a sufficient amount of time until ALL of the steam lines and the steam coil is cool MAN3177 5 Open 1 2 plug on the return line to bleed CUT AWAY VIEW OF STEAM COIL ASSEMBLY off any residual steam pressure CAUTION MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE ENTIRE STEAM SYSTEM coil lines valves etc ARE COOLED TO AVOID HOT STEAM ESCAPING and TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY 6 Remove steam coil damper cylinder piston 7 Remove the steam coil damper by unbolting from its hinges 8 Disconnect steam supply lines and steam return lines at the unions B25 9 Remove the rema
327. r Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove the lint drawer Loosen and roll V Belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to drive shaft Loosen and roll V belts off that connect speed reducing shaft to the drive motor Remove retaining ring that is located closest to the front rear bearing Remove the four 4 bolts holding the two 2 speed reducing shaft pillow block assembly in the dryer Loosen and remove the two 2 set screws in the front rear pillow block bearing Remove front rear pulley a Remove cap screws from bushing b Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft c Remove set screws from bushing d Remove bushing pulley and key 10 Install new bearing by reversing these procedures 11 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Rear Tumbler Basket Support Flange Bearin 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 21 Remove bearing back guard L Block rear of tumbler basket up to take weight off of shaft and bearing MAN4973 4 Remove the four 4 nuts securing the flange bearing 5 Loosen the two 2 set screws from rear pillow block bearing collar 6 Using two 2 flat head screw drivers place one 1 between the casting of the bearing and the back of the dryer on both the top and bottom of the bearing Try on the bearing until there is a large enough gap to fit the arms of a bear
328. r basket wrapper in the lint compartment As a safety device this thermostat will open shut off the heating unit circuit if an excessive temperature occurs The dryer motors will remain on even if the thermostat is open IMPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should heat safety devices be disabled 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 Remove lint drawer Remove two 2 screws securing lint door and remove lint door 3 Locate sensor bracket assembly and loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws securing bracket assembly to the tumbler basket wrapper NOTE DO NOT remove the screws 4 Remove bracket assembly by slightly sliding bracket towards the rear of the dryer and to the left 225 0534 THERMOSTAT 5 Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector and remove bracket assembly from dryer 6 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the thermostat 7 Disassemble thermostat from bracket assembly by removing the two 2 mounting screws washers and nuts 8 this procedure for installing hi heat protector thermostat 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer NOTE This is a manual reset thermostat Before changing the thermostat make sure the reset button is in to determine if the thermostat has failed E22 D SAIL TCH ASSEMBLY MODELS ONL The sail switch is a heat circuit safety device which controls the burner circuit only When the dryer is
329. r and ground If voltage is present the problem is fault wire or termination between pin 1 and 4 of the J10 connector If no voltage is present the problem is faulty computer D56 Door Condition NOTE Make sure main door is closed Also if checking either switch the plunger must be depressed 1 Check L E D light emitting diode input light door on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the computer 2 Check voltage 24 VAC between pin 5 and ground of the J7 9 pin connector If no voltage is present the problem is faulty computer If voltage is present check for voltage between pin 6 and ground of the J7 9 pin connector If no voltage is present the problem is faulty wire or termination in the door switch circuit If voltage is evident the problem is faulty computer H Microprocessor Computer reads Temp Sensor Failure Check Temp Sensor Fuse NOTE Before continuing with this section check the 125 MA fuse on the compute board 1 Replace the temperature sensor underneath the tumbler basket on a bracket the bullet shaped device 2 If it still displays the error code unplug the 4 pin connector from the temperature sensor bracket Also unplug the microprocessor 15 pin connector from the computer board Where the white red striped wire is going into the connector take a continuity reading across the wire and that same wire from the 4 pin connector that you unplugged
330. r bearings and tumbler basket bearings are permanently lubricated NO LUBRICATION IS NECESSARY The impellor fan shaft bearings should be lubricated every three 3 months C6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local and state codes In the absence of these codes the installation must conform to applicable American National Standards National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the installation must conform to applicable Canadian Standards CAN CGA B149 1 M91 Natural Gas or CAN CGA B149 2 M91 L P Gas or LATEST EDITION for General Installation and Gas Plumbing or Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections A ENCLOSURE AIR SUPPLY and EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Bulkheads and partitions around the dryer should be made of noncombustible materials Allowances should be made for the opening and closing of the control door and lint drawer Also allowances should be made in the rear for ease of maintenance Refer to appropriate installation manual for recommended distances and minimum allowances required When the dryer is operating it draws in room air heats it passes this air through the tumbler basket and exhausts it out of the building Therefore the room air must be continually replenished from the
331. r bracket harness connector and remove bracket assembly from dryer 6 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the thermostat 7 Disassemble thermostat from bracket assembly by removing the two 2 mounting screws washers and nuts 8 Reverse this procedure for installing a hi heat protector thermostat 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer D SAIL SWITCH ASSEMBLY Gas Models ONLY The sail switch is a heat circuit safety device which controls the burner circuit only When the dryer is operating and there is proper airflow the sail switch damper pulls in and closes the sail switch Providing ALL the other heat related circuits are functioning properly ignition should now be established If an improper airflow occurs the sail switch damper will release and the circuit will open To Replace Sail Switch 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the two 2 screws which hold the sail switch box cover to sail switch box 3 Disconnect the two 2 or three 3 wires from the switch 4 Disassemble sail switch from mounting bracket by removing the two 2 screws securing switch in place 5 Reverse this procedure for installing new sail switch Adjust sail switch as described in the next section D22 Adjust Sail Switch With the dryer operating at a high temperature setting pull the sail switch away from the burner The sail switch should open and extinguish the burner Let the sail switch damper r
332. r on flat surface with the back of the door facing down 3 Remove the four 4 10 32 acorn nuts securing the glass to the door 6166 24 4 Remove glass and clean ALL old sealant off main door This area must be clean for correct bonding 5 Place a bead of silicone ADC P N 170730 around the edge door and lightly press glass into place 6 Reinstall the four 4 10 32 acorn nuts that were removed in Step 3 IMPORTANT DO NOT press hard or the silicone thickness between the glass and door will be reduced resulting in poor bonding 7 The door assembly should now be put in an area where it will not be disturbed for at least 24 hours Depending on the conditions the curing time of this adhesive is 24 to 36 hours 8 After the curing period install main door on dryer by reversing Step 1 To Replace Front Panel 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove bottom lint drawer assembly 3 Remove the screws securing the front panel to the dryer 4 Disconnect the two 2 door switch wires located behind the front panel 5 Remove the front panel IMPORTANT When pulling the front panel off the door switch harness in the upper right hand corner must be unplugged NOTE The main door assembly can be removed to make the panel removal easier Refer to To Replace Main Door Assembly directions 6 Reinstall the new front panel by reversing Step 1 through Step 4 7 Reestablish electric
333. r pulley 5 Remove pulley and key NOTE A gear puller may be required to remove pulley 6 Reverse this procedure for replacement NOTE Pulleys must be aligned for proper operation 29 H TUMBLER WHEEL LACEMENT ON DRIVE ASSEMBLY f Taper Lock Models 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove front panel from dryer Follow front panel replacement directions on page 28 3 Remove the ten 10 1 4 20 x 1 4 socket button head screws from the perforated basket side 4 Remove wrapper assembly 5 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and V belts out of the groove 6 Block the tumbler basket assembly in position 7 Mark the position of pillow block bearing then remove the bolts from the pillow block bearings 225 10792 THERMOSTAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ASSEMBLY TEMPERATURE SENSOR DRIVE WHEEL ASSEMBLY IDLER TILLY 12 08 99 8 Remove the drive shaft assembly through the front of the machine 9 Remove the set screw from the 9 22 86 cm pulley 10 Remove the pulley and key NOTE A gear pulley may be required to remove the pulley 11 Remove cap screws from bushing 12 Insert cap screws in the tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft 13 Remove the bushing tumbler wheel and key 14 Reverse this procedure for replacement B30 TUMBLER WHEEL REMOVAL TUMBLER WHEEL INSTALLATION MAN3892
334. r three 3 minutes or until the temp drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER CONTRL FAIL with an audio indication 13 POWER SUPPLY Input L E D Indicator a Should be on at ALL times even if the dryer is not running The power supply L E D light emitting diode output indicator will not be on if the power supply fuse to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor i not present If the power supply fuse is faulty the L E D output will be off and there will be no display or keyboard touchpad function The FUSE LINT and DRUM output L E D indicators will remain on D48 SECTION IX L E D DISPLAY CODES The L E D light emitting diode display informs the operator of cycle status program verification and displays Important diagnostic codes and fault codes A L E D DISPLAY OPERATING STATUS 1 Cycles in Progress a While the dryer is operating the L E D display will read which cycle is in progress For example in Drying Cycle Mode the L E D display will read dRYING and in the Cool Down Cycle Mode the L E D display will read COOL 2 Cycle Status a While a cycle is in progress the L E D display will show the progress of the cycle load that is being processed 1 Automatic Drying Cycle a While a cycle is in progress the cycle status elapse time and ARUM TEMP will be displayed with PL5 FLASH active NFLASH active the ENTER STA
335. r tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack D25 MAN0536 LJ MAN1032 Replace Small Idler Pulley B 1 Loosen V belts Rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves 2 Remove cap screws from the bushings 3 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on previous page 4 Remove bushing pulley and key 4 5 Assemble bushing as shown figure B When screws T l T zga loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 6 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 7 Tighten cap screws progressively There should remain a gap between the sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 6 ft lbs 8 Nm if greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack To Replace Large Idler Pulley IDLER BEARING 1 Loosen V belts Then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of grooves IDLER SHAFT 2 Remove
336. rature if the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior or during the cycle while the heat was the machine will display ARUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will continue to run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Upon failure the machine will shut down and display dRUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication No HEAT This routine monitors the burner ignition If the burner mis ignites does not light the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module will check to see of the microprocessor program has any retries left The standard retry count is two 2 If the module notices that there are retries left it will purge for one 1 minute then try to ignite the burner again The HSI module will try this for a total of three 3 times or until there are no retries left If the burner does not ignite after three 3 attempts the L E D light emitting diode display will display the error code no heat with an audio indication When this occurs the machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 38 IMPORTANT For other countries such as Australia the retry count may not apply due to local approvals C39 6 bURNER CONTROL FAIL This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If _ the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the Phase 6 microprocessor controll
337. rawer and door circuit If the machine was not active and the lint drawer and door was opened the display would read REAdY If a program attempt was made with the lint drawer and door open the display would read LINT dOOR with an audio indication If the machine is active and the lint drawer and door was opened the display would read LINT dOOR with no audio indication and the dryer will shut down Once the lint door was closed the display would read PRESS START press the 5 key and it will continue the programmed cycle 10 TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE This routine monitors the tumbler temperature When the temperature sensor or fuse opens with the machine not active the display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the machine was active at the time that the temperature sensor or fuse opened the display would read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE If the tumbler temperature is above 100 F 38 C the machine will continue to display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication and run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the tumbler temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication The display will continue to read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP
338. rce free of dry cleaning fumes Make up air that is contaminated by dry cleaning fumes will result in irreparable damage to motors and other dryer components Exhaust duct work should be designed and installed by a competent technician Improperly sized duct work will create excessive back pressure which will result in slow drying increased use of energy and shutdown of the burner by the airflow sail switch burner hi limit or lint chamber hi heat protector thermostat Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for more details B ELECTRICAL and GAS REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to have ALL electrical connections made by a properly licensed and competent electrician to assure the electrical installation is adequate and conforms with local and state regulations or codes In the absence of such codes ALL electrical connections material and workmanship must conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections B7 IMPORTANT Failure to comply with these codes or ordinances and the requirements stipulated in this manual can result in personal injury or component failure The dryer installation must meet the American National Standard National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1
339. re 1 is connected to L1 C54 DATALABEL Contacting American Dryer Corporation ADC MODEL SERIAL NO MLG130HS 407142 UK MANUFACTURING CODE NUMBER 1400025130154083791DJ117119000000 HEAT GAS 375 000 BTUH ELECTRIC SERVICE 208V 60HZ 3PH 3W 14 GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE 3 5 IN WC FOR USE WITH NATURAL AND L P GASES ANS 2215 2 1995 CLOTHES DRYER VOL I lt 7 7 Ye NG 24 VOLT MAN4801 CONTROL VOLTAGE P N 112060 DMG 12 9 99 When contacting ADC certain information is required to ensure proper service and parts information This information is on the data label located on the top right corner of the dryer viewed from the rear refer to illustration When contacting ADC please have the model number and serial number readily accessible Information on the Data Label a Model number The model number is an ADC number which describes the size of the dryer and the type of heat gas or steam b Serial number The serial number allows ADC to gather information on your particular dryer Manufacturing code number The manufacturing code number is a number issued by ADC which describes ALL possible options on your particular model d Type of heat Describes the type of heat gas natural or L P liquid propane steam or electric Heat input For gas dryers describes the heat input in British Thermal Unit
340. removing the top push on fastener securing the probe from bracket Use a small screwdriver to slowly pry the fastener off 225 MAN0534 THERMOSTAT 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the high heat 225 F 107 C thermostat and remove modular bracket connector wires and probe from bracket assembly 6 Install new sensor probe assembly ADC Part No 880251 by reversing procedure 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer IGNITION CONTROLS 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the two 2 wires connecting the FLAME PROBE ignitor to the HSI module 3 Disassemble ignitor from burner by removing the self tapping screw HOT SURFACE IGNITOR 4 Reverse procedure for installing new ignitor MAN3874 To Remove Flame Probe Assembly Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect the wire attaching the flame probe to the HSI module 3 Disassemble flame probe from burner by removing the self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installing new flame probe To Replace Gas Valve Refer to above burner illustration 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Close shut off valve s in gas supply line 3 Disconnect gas valve wiring NOTE Identify location of each wire for correct reinstallation 4 Break union connection before gas valve 5 Loosen and remove four 4 screws securing pipe brackets to burner 6 Remove gas valve manifol
341. requency can best be determined at each location DAILY beginning of each work shift Clean lint from the drawer screen Inspect lint screen and replace if torn WEEKLY Clean lint accumulation from lint chamber thermostat and microprocessor temperature sensor sensor bracket area WARNING To avoid the hazard of electrical shock discontinue electrical supply to dryer STEAM DRYERS Clean steam coil fins using compressed air and a vacuum cleaner with brush attachment NOTE When cleaning steam coil fins be careful not to bend the fins If fins bent straighten by using a fin comb which is available from local air conditioning supply houses 5 90 DAYS Remove lint from tumbler basket drive motors and surrounding areas Remove lint from gas valve burner area with a dusting brush or vacuum cleaner attachment Remove lint accumulation from inside control box and at rear area behind control box 6 MONTHS Inspect and remove lint accumulation in customer furnished exhaust duct work system and from dryer s internal exhaust ducting WARNING DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION and VENTILATION AIR CHECK CUSTOMER FURNISHED BACK DRAFT DAMPER IN EXHAUST DUCT WORK INSPECT and REMOVE ANY LINT ACCUMULATION WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMPER TO BIND or STICK A back draft damper that is sticking partially closed can result in slow drying and shut down of the heat circuit safety switches or thermostat
342. rminal strip at the bottom of the module Mark correct location of each wire to aid in replacement on new module 3 Remove the four 4 pal nuts securing the module to the mounting bracket 4 Replace module by reversing procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer B22 C THERMOSTATS Manual Reset Burner Hi Limit 330 F 166 The ostat Replacement Gas Models Onl 1 This thermostat is an important safety device as an added protection against failure of the airflow sail switch to open in the event of motor failure or reduced airflow conditions IMPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should heat circuit safety devices ever be disabled HI LIMIT 330 F 166 C 4796 TILLY 12 00 99 NOTE Models manufactured as of 1998 are equipped with a manual reset hi limit thermostat 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wires from hi limit thermostat 3 Remove the two 2 screws washers and nuts securing thermostat to the bracket Remove thermostat 4 Reversing procedure for installing new thermostat 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Manual Reset Tumbler Hi Limit Thermostat 225 F 107 C Replacement This thermostat is part of the sensor bracket assembly and is secured to the underside of the basket wrapper in the lint compartment As a safety device this thermostat will open shut off the heating unit circuit if an excessive temperatur
343. ryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display FORWARD indicator dot is on but the FOR FORWARD motor output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the drive tumbler basket motor is not operating and the forward indicator dot and output L E D is on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer REV REVERSE Output L E D Indicator for Optional Reversing Models ONLY a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer displays REVERSE indicator dot is on but the REV REVERSE motor output L E D is off then the fault is of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the drive tumbler basket motor is not operating and the reverse indicator dot and output L E D is on then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer AIR AIR JET Output L E D Indicator OPTIONAL a AIR is on with the display dot at the end of the dry cycle once the display reads AONE it is on for approximately 60 seconds and then the output L E D indicator and the display dot go out
344. s When cleaning dryer cabinet s avoid using harsh abrasives A product intended for the cleaning of appliances is recommended B ADJUSTMENTS 7 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION and EVERY 6 MONTHS Inspect bolts nuts screws bearing set screws nonpermanent gas connections unions shut off valves orifices and grounding connections Motor and drive belts should be examined Cracked or seriously frayed belts should be replaced Tighten loose V belts when necessary Complete operational check of controls and valves Complete operational check of ALL safety devices door switch lint drawer switch sail switch burner and hi limit thermostats C LUBRICATION The motor bearings idler bearings and under normal most conditions the tumbler bearings are permanently lubricated It is physically possible to re lubricate the tumbler bearings if you choose to do so even though this practice is not necessary Use Shell Alvania 3 or its equivalent The tumbler bearings used in the dryer DO NOT HAVE a great fitting Provisions are made in the bearing housing for the addition of a grease fitting which can be obtained elsewhere or from ADC by ordering kit Part No 882159 which includes two 2 fittings F6 SECTION III INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation should be performed by competent technicians in accordance with local and state codes In the absence of these codes installation must conform to applicable AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS
345. s f Electric service Describes the electric service for your particular models g Gas manifold pressure Describes the manifold pressure as taken at the gas valve pressure tap refer to Using a Manometer C55 C HOW TO USE MANOMETER 1 With dryer nonoperating mode remove plug on the gas valve pressure tap 2 Attach plastic tubing to pressure tap Fitting is supplied with manometer refer to illustration 3 Attach manometer to dryer using magnet NOTE Place manometer in a position so that readings can be taken at eye level 4 Fill manometer with water as shown in illustration to the zero level PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT 5 Start dryer With burner on take a reading a Read water level at the inner tube Readings should be taken at eye level b Correct readings should be NATURAL GAS 3 5 inches W C 8 7 mb L P GAS 10 5 inches W C 26 1 mb 6 If water column pressure is incorrect refer to PRESSURE TAP PLASTIC TUBING TO ADJUST GAS PRESSURE 7 Reverse procedure for removing manometer FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL i K INNER TUBE OUTER TUBE MAN3487 C56 D TOOL LIST Straight Head Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Sensor Pin and Socket Tool P N 122801 Pliers 1 4 Nut Driver _ 3 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Open End Wrench 3 8 Socket Wrench 1 2 Socket or Open End Wrench 1 4 Open End Wrench 5 16 Sock
346. s and replace NOTE Use extreme care when removing and replacing orifices These orifices are made of brass and are easily damaged 3 Reversing the removal procedure for reinstalling WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITHA FLAME Test and Adjust Gas Water Column Pressure There are two 2 types of devices commonly used to measure water column pressure They are spring and mechanical type gauges and manometers The spring and mechanical type gauge is not recommended because it is easily damaged and not always accurate A manometer is simply a glass or transparent plastic tube with a scale in inches When filled with water and pressure applied the water in the tube rises showing the exact water column pressure NOTE Manometers are available from the factory by ordering ADC Part No 122804 1 To Test Gas Water Column W C Pressure a Connect water column test gauge connection to gas valve pressure tap 1 8 NPT This pressure tap is located on the outlet manifold side of the valve b Start dryer With burner on the correct water column reading in inches would be Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 26 1 mb C19 2 Adjust Water Column Pressure natural gas only L P gas must as regulated at source 2 Remove the slotted vent the top of the v
347. s faulty HSI module I If no voltage is present then check voltage at J10 6 pin connector on the Phase 6 computer If voltage is present the problem is faulty wire or terminal between HSI module and Phase 6 computer If voltage is not present then there is a possible problem in the safety circuits if this is the case the computer should be displaying an error code If this is not the case than the Phase 6 computer is faulty F No Heat Drive and Blower Motors Run Steam Models 1 Check for voltage across pin 3 and 4 of the J13 6 pin connector If voltage is present the problem is faulty steam damper solenoid If no voltage is present check for voltage across pin 3 and 4 of the J12 9 pin connector If voltage is present the problem is faulty wire or termination between J12 connector and J13 connector If no voltage is present check for voltage across pin 1 and 2 of the J6 4 pin connector If voltage is present the problem is faulty wire or terminal between the J6 4 pin connector and J12 9 pin connector If no voltage is present check for voltage between 5 of the J10 connector and ground voltage is present the problem is faulty wire terminal between J1 and J6 connector If no voltage is present check for voltage across pin 4 of the J10 connector and ground If voltage is present the problem is faulty computer board If no voltage is present check for voltage between pin 1 of the J10 connecto
348. s in progress Additionally when the Anti Wrinkle program is active the indicator dot will be on whenever the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer is in the Guard On Time program 5 L E D DISPLAY INDICATOR NUMBER 5 Air Jet Circuit Indicator OPTIONAL 1 This indicator dot is on at the end of the dryer cycle for approximately 60 seconds 45 PHASE 6 ZROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER RELAY OUTPUT L E D light emitting diode INDICATORS There are a series of five 5 L E D light emitting diode indicators ORANGE LIGHTS located at the backside are of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These are identified or labeled from top to bottom in the illustration below as FAN BLOWER FOR FORWARD REV REVERSE AIR AIR JET HT1 HEAT OUTPUT There are a series of seven 7 L E D light emitting diode indicators RED LIGHTS FUSE MAIN FUSE LINT LINT DOOR MAIN MAIN DOOR DRUM TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT SAIL SAIL SWITCH BURN BURNER HI LIMIT FLAME FLAME PROBE The L E D light emitting diode in the center of the board RED LIGHT indicates power supplied to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer These L E D S light emitting diode s indicate the inputs and outputs of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer as it monitors the safety circuits 69040 Un WUN O 10 sar 11 BURN a a POWER SUPPLY MAN3449
349. s main door switch and start dryer With the main door open and the dryer operating the sail switch should be open and the burner should not come on E FRONT PANEL and MAIN DOOR ASSEMBLIES Main Door Switch Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Open main door 3 Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws holding the main door switch bracket assembly in place 4 Disconnect wiring from switch assembly 5 Remove the two screws which secure the switch to the housing 6 Reverse this procedure for installing new door switch assembly MAN3876 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer CURRENT PRODUCTION A22 Door Assembly Replacement 1 2 3 4 Open main door Holding the door upward remove the two 2 screws from the top hinge block Lift the door up to remove Reverse this procedure for reinstalling new main door assembly To Install New Main Door Glass Remove main door assembly from dryer follow main door removal procedure Lay main door on flat surface with the back of the door facing down Remove the four 4 10 32 acorn nuts securing the glass to the door Remove glass and clean ALL old sealant off main door This area must be clean for correct bonding Place a bead of silicone ADC P N 170730 around the edge door and lightly press glass into place Reinstall the four 4 10 32 acorn nuts that were removed in Step 3 IMPORTANT DO NOT press hard or sili
350. s time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START key 9 DRUM TUMBLER BASKET HI LIMIT Input L E D Indicator a Should be on at ALL times unless the tumbler basket hi limit switch opens prior during the cycle while the heat was the display would read ARUM SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication 10 SAIL SAIL SWITCH Input L E D Indicator a This routine will prevent start up on the machine unless the sail switch is in the correct position If the sail switch is in the closed position prior to start the SAIL output L E D indicator will be off the machine will not start and the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication If the sail switch opens during the cycle the SAIL output L E D will go out and the display will read NO AIRFLOW The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Then the machine will shut down still displaying NO AIRFLOW along with an audio indication 11 BURN BURN HI LIMIT Input L E D Indicator a This routine monitors the temperature of the burner If the burner hi limit opens during the cycle while the heat was on the BURN output L E D indicator goes out and
351. screwdriver to slowly pry the fastener off 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the high heat 225 F 107 C thermostat and remove modular bracket connector wires and probe from bracket assembly 6 Install new sensor probe assembly ADC P N 880252 by reversing procedure 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer NOTE If when electrical power is reestablished the computer display reads TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE check for a loose connection in the wiring Al6 RED INDICATOR LIGHT B IGNITION CONTROLS Hot Surface Ignition Module Replacement refer to burner illustration on page 11 Input 24 VAC 50 90 Hz Valve 24 VAC 2 0 A ignitor 24 120 VAO 50 max 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Disconnect wire from 51 and GND on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module 3 Disassemble ignitor from burner by removing the one cr CONSTANT SUPPLY 1 self tapping screw INPUT FROM THERMOSTATS FLAME SENSOR 3905 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new ignitor HOT SURFACE fONITOR NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following refer to illustration above 5 Reestablish procedure for installation of new ignitor Flame Sensor Probe Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer FLAME PROBE 2 Disconnect the red wire from the fl
352. sed use of energy and shut down of the burner by the airflow sail switch burner hi limit or lint chamber hi heat protector thermostat Refer to appropriate Installation Manual for more details CAUTION IMPROPERLY SIZED or INSTALLED EXHAUST DUCT WORK CAN CREATE A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD B ELECTRICAL and GAS REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to have ALL electrical connections made by a properly licensed and competent electrician to assure that the electrical installation is adequate and conforms with local and state regulations or codes In the absence of such codes ALL electrical connections material and workmanship must conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION F7 IMPORTANT Failure to comply with these codes or ordinances and or the requirements stipulated in this manual can result in personal injury or component failure The gas dryer installation must meet the AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION as well as local codes and ordinances and must be done by a qualified technician NOTE Undersized gas piping will result in ignition problems and slow drying and can create a safety hazard The dryer must be connected to the type of gas natural or L P indicated on the dryer data label If this information does not agree with the type of gas available contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factor
353. sembly from the rear of the computer 4 Remove the two 2 screws securing the computer to the computer box door Remove the computer by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs 5 Install new display by reversing this procedure PHASE 6 OPL 1 0 INPUT OUTPUT BOARD REVERSING 1 8 AMP FUSE Microprocessor Computer Board Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of the computer 4535 3 Unplug ALL wiring harnesses connected to the computer board 4 Remove the two 2 screws securing the computer to the computer panel Remove computer by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs 5 Install new computer by reversing this procedure Keyboard Touchpad Label Assembly Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of the microprocessor computer 3 Slowly peel off and remove keyboard touchpad label assembly from control panel 4 Peel paper backing off new keyboard touchpad label assembly 5 Holding the new keyboard touchpad label assembly close to the panel insert the keyboard touchpad ribbon through the rectangular slot in the control panel Align label assembly into position by matching the red viewing window on the label to the rectangular cutout in the panel and gently press into place 6 Connect keyboard touchpad ribbon to the computer
354. sence of these codes the installation must conform to applicable AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 LATEST EDITION or National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the installation must conform to applicable Canadian Standards CAN CGA 149 1 91 Natural Gas or 149 2 91 L P Gas or LATEST EDITION for General Installation and Gas Plumbing or Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION for Electrical Connections A ENCLOSURE AIR SUPPLY and EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Bulkheads and partitions around the dryer should be made of noncombustible materials Allowances should be made for the opening and closing of the control door and lint door Refer to appropriate installation manual for recommended distances and minimum allowances required When the dryer is operating it draws in room air heats it passes this air through the tumbler basket and exhausts it out of the building Therefore the room air must be continually replenished from the outdoors If the make up air is inadequate drying time and drying efficiency will be adversely affected Ignition problems and sail switch fluttering problems on gas dryers may result and you also could have premature motor failure from overheating The air supply must be given careful consideration to insure proper performance of each dryer IMPORTANT Make up air must be provided from a sou
355. sencessesesscsssesscsecessscencees 15 EE SECTION V SERVICING REON studeseteeds 16 AA y u uuu uq SSS 17 Controls aa 18 21 D Sail Switch Assembly Gas Models Only ns na 23 E Front Panel and Main Door Assembli s a 23 iba u uuu I 25 G Tumbler Basket Alignment 2 22222 2 2 2010000 28 ee 29 L Basket and Support 33 J Y DIAS unay 33 5 MOOIS 35 I AMC NOD cua 36 Lint DrawerAssempbly 36 SECTION VI TROUBLESHOOTING 38 SECTION ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 42 SECTION VIII PHASE 6 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS 43 A Diagnostic L E
356. sists of a microprocessor computer based control module along with a hot surface ignitor probe and a flame probe assembly The hot surface ignitor is a silicon HSI MODULE carbide ignitor that upon application of 24 VAC will glow bright orange for the inter purge time period Upon ignition the resistance in the flame sensor electrode changes and the information is sent to the HSI module via the sensor probe lead connection to the module Once the resistance is changed and sensed the HSI module will sustain the gas flow provide 24 VAC power to the gas valve C10 D GAS BURNER ASSEMBLY Gas heated dryers are equipped with a gas burner assembly consisting of three 3 burner tubes gas valve glo bar flame sensor sail switch and hi limit thermostat The inlet piping enters through the rear of the dryer on the left hand side viewing from the front and runs to the front of the dryer where the gas valve is located E BLOWER MOTOR and IMPELLOR The impellor on the ML 130 is shaft driven The blower motor drives the shaft on which the impellor is mounted This enables the impellor to run at a higher RPM thereby producing a higher airflow cfm F IDLER ASSEMBLY Viewing from the rear of the dryer the idler assembly is located approximately on the lower center of the dryer The idler assembly consists of two 2 idler pulleys small and large The idlers main purpose is to reduce the speed and increase torqu
357. sket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer displays REVERSE indicator dot is on but the REV REVERSE motor output L E D light emitting diode is off then the fault is of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe drive tumbler basket motor is not operating and reverse indicator dot and output L E D light emitting diode is then the problem fault is elsewhere i e external of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer 4 AIR AIR JET Output L E D light emitting diode Indicator OPTIONAL AIR is on with the display dot at the end of the dry cycle once the display reads AONE it is on for approximately 60 seconds and the output L E D light emitting diode indicator and the display dot go out If the air jet DOES NOT energize it is not the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer Ifthe output L E D light emitting diode or dot DO NOT go on it is the fault of the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer 5 HEAT Output L E D light emitting diode Indicator a If the dryer is started and there is No Heat yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display heat circuit indicator dot is on but the HT1 output L E D light emitting diode indicator is off then the fault is in the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 Ifthe
358. start Display reads Lint Door 1 Lint drawer is open 2 Faulty lint door switch 3 Open circuit in lint drawer switch harnesses N There is excessive vibration coming from the tumbler basket 1 Tumbler basket is out of adjustment 2 Drive wheels have failed 3 Failed tumbler basket support Dryer does not start Display reads Main Door 21 Main door is open 2 Faulty main door switch 3 Open circuit in main door switch harness E41 SECTION ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING The information provided will help isolate the most probable components associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken or shorted wire may be at fault where electrical components are concerned not necessarily the suspect component itself ELECTRICAL PARTS SHOULD ALWAYS BE CHECKED FOR FAILURE BEFORE BEING RETURNED TO THE FACTORY The information provided should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person in making repairs Only properly licensed technicians should service the equipment OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE EQUIPMENT or SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL WHILE MAKING REPAIRS E42 SECTION VIII PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT ELECTRIC GAS or STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE T
359. steam or electric e Heat input For gas dryers describes the heat input in British Thermal Units f Electric service Describes the electric service for your particular models g Gas manifold pressure Describe the manifold pressure as taken at the gas valve pressure tap refer to Using a Manometer D59 USING A MANOMETER How to Use a Manometer 1 With dryer in nonoperating mode remove plug on the gas valve pressure tap 2 Attach plastic tubing to pressure tap Fitting is supplied with manometer refer to illustration 3 Attach manometer to dryer using magnet NOTE Place manometer in a position so that readings can be taken at eye level 4 Fill manometer with water as shown in illustration to the zero level 5 Start dryer With burner on take a reading a Read water level at the inner tube Readings should be taken at eye level PRESSURE TAP GAS VALVE b Correct readings should be NATURAL GAS 3 5 inches W C 8 7 mb eee L P GAS 10 5 inches W C 26 1 mb 6 If water column pressure is incorrect refer to TO ADJUST GAS PRESSURE aici 7 Reverse procedure for removing manometer INNER TUBE OUTER TUBE MANO707 D60 FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL D ML 170 TOOL LIST Straight Head Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Sensor Pin and Socket Tool P N 122801 Pliers 1 4 Nut Driver 3 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Open End Wrench 5 8 Deep Socket Wrenc
360. striction in exhaust system 2 Insufficient make up air 3 Lint screen needs cleaning 24 Damaged impellor 39 I L E D light emitting diode display reads Temp Sensor Failure Check Temp Sensor Fuse Dryer Sensor Circuit Failure 4 2 3 4 Check 1 8 amp fuse on microprocessor controller computer Faulty microprocessor controller computer temperature sensor probe Open circuit in either one of two 2 wires leading from the sensor probe to the computer a Connection at sensor bracket assembly connector b Connection at computer harness connector Faulty microprocessor controller computer J Dryer does not start Display reads main door or lint door with an audio indication 1 2 Main door 15 open Lint drawer is open Faulty main door or lint door switch Open circuit in either main door or lint drawer switch harnesses Faulty 24 VAC transformer There is excessive vibration coming from the tumbler basket 1 2 Tumbler basket is of adjustment Drive shaft or idler shaft is out of alignment Faulty pillow block bearing Faulty tumbler basket wheel Drive motor and shaft not aligned B40 SECTION PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECTand LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLE
361. support by reversing procedure NOTE Shims might be needed between tumbler basket and tumbler basket support to insure proper balancing of tumbler basket 9 Reassemble components onto dryer by reversing Step 2 through Step 8 10 Check tumbler basket vertical lateral alignment and adjust if necessary 11 Replace back guard 12 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer H BEARINGS Refer to illustrations in section F Pulleys To Replace Rear Tumbler Basket Support Pillow Block Bearing 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove back guard 3 Remove tumbler basket pulley D29 9 Loosen lateral adjustment jam nuts and bolts Refer to illustration in section G Tumbler Basket Alignment Loosen set screws 2 from rear pillow block bearing collar Remove the rear bolts securing bearing to bearing mount Remove bearing Replace by reversing Step 3 through Step 6 Adjust both lateral and vertical tumbler basket alignment Replace back guard 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Front Tumbler Basket Support Pillow Block Bearing 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Remove back guard Follow Step 3 through Step 6 from Replacement of Rear Tumbler Basket Support Pillow Block Bearing Remove the two 2 retaining rings from the tumbler basket shaft Remove the two 2 bolts holding the front tumbler basket support
362. switch wires or termination between J7 to J8 and J8 to the lint switch no 20 and 21 d If no voltage is present at J7 9 pin connector no 3 to ground then voltage should not be present at no 5 to ground Replace the board 6 Main Door Condition a Check L E D light emitting diode input light MAIN on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the computer b Check voltage 24 VAC from J7 9 pin connector no 5 to ground If voltage is present check no 6 to ground If voltage is present replace board c Ifno voltage is present at J7 9 pin connector no 6 to ground but voltage is present at no 5 to ground The problem is a faulty switch faulty wires or terminations J7 to J8 J8 to JS and J5 to main door switch no 31 and no 32 7 No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal gas models a Check L E D light emitting diode input light on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the board b Ifthe L E D light emitting diode input light HT1 on the component side of the computer is on and there is no voltage to the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module w the display will read BURNER CONTROL FAIL The problem is faulty wires or terminations between microprocessor and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module If voltage is present on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition module w to ground Check voltage at the gas valve if v
363. t support shaft d Remove the tumbler basket and support assembly from the front of the dryer If the tumbler basket cannot be removed freely clean the shaft area and spray WD 40 or similar lubricant With a block of wood against the shaft end strike the block wood with a hammer or mallet to move the shaft past any burrs made by the set screws IMPORTANT Never strike the shaft directly with a hammer 6 Reverse these steps for installation of new tumbler basket and tumbler basket support 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer J V BELTS See illustrations in section F Pulleys V belts should have proper tension If too loose they will slip excessive wear on the bearings will result If the pulleys are not properly aligned excessive belt wear will result Proper belt tension will allow 1 2 displacement under normal thumb pressure at mid span of belt NOTE Belts must always be replaced pairs matched sets E33 V Belt Tension Adjustment Drive Shaft to Speed Reducing Shaft 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Loosen two 2 bolts securing rear pillow block bearing on the drive shaft 5 Loosen adjustment bolt that is securing the rear pillow block bearing of the drive shaft 6 Loosen two 2 bolts securing speed reducing shaft bearing I 7 Loosen adjustment bolt supplying pressure to the rear bearing on the spe
364. t connections L1 L2 or L3 of power supply to the dryer B9 SECTION IV DESCRIPTION OF PARTS A CONTROL PANEL INPUT OUTPUT BOARD MICROPROCESSOR Lifting the control door will reveal the Control Panel Assembly Opening the control panel will allow access to the major components which include the microprocessor computer board and the keyboard touchpad The 345 AMP FUSE keyboard touchpad inputs to the computer what temperature and program has been selected The computer controls the entire operation of the machine It accepts inputs and gives outputs throughout the machine 1 8 AMP FUSE MAN4535 4 POSITION TERMINAL BLOCK CONTACTOR B REVERSING RELAY PANEL Lifting the control door will reveal the Reversing Relay Box Located on the back of the relay box is the reversing relay panel Included on this panel is a 4 position terminal block blower overload blower contactor reversing contactor 24 VAC transformer fuse or circuit breaker ground lug and an arc suppressor A S board 4548 with fuses BIO HSI ACE IGNITION MODULE Gas Models Only The HSI Hot Surface Ignition system consists of a microprocessor computer based control module along with a hot surface ignitor probe and a flame probe assembly The hot surface ignitor is a silicon H S MODULE ye carbide ignitor that upon application of 24 VAC will glow bright orange for the inter purge time period
365. t for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C If the _ tumbler temperature is below 100 F 38 C upon failure the machine will shut down and display TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication The display will continue to read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE an audio indication will sound for approximately 5 seconds every 30 seconds until the problem is corrected or the power to the dryer is disconnected and the problem is corrected NOTE Once the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer detects a problem in the heat circuit it updates every 30 seconds so that if the problem was a loose connection in the circuit which corrected itself the TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK TEMP SENSOR FUSE condition would automatically be cancelled and the display will return to REAdY B42 11 ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Indicates a rotational sensor circuit failure meaning that there is a fault somewhere in the tumbler basket rotating circuit or the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer program related to this circuit program location 2 is set incorrectly In the active mode it should be ROTATE SENSOR ACTIVE if the dryer is not equipped with the optional rotational sensor it should be set in the nonactive mode No ROTATE SENSOR RPM This routine monitors the timing response from the existing rotational sensor input and derives a RPM measurement To
366. t the hot surface ignitor wires S1 and ground GND on the HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 3 Disassemble Hot Surface Ignitor Probe from the burner by removing the one 1 self tapping screw 4 Reverse procedure for installation of new hot surface ignitor NOTE Before reestablishing electrical power to the dryer visually check the following refer to illustration above NOTE DO NOT WRAP THE HOT SURFACE IGNITOR WIRES AND THE FLAME ELECTRODE WIRE TOGETHER IMPROPER OPERATION MAY RESULT THEY MAY RUN ALONGSIDE EACH OTHER 5 Reestablish procedure for installation of new ignitor To Replace Gas Valve Refer to burner illustration on previous page page 17 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Close shut off valve s in gas supply line 3 Disconnect gas valve wiring C18 NOTE Identify location of each wire for correctreinstallation Break union connection before gas valve Loosen and remove four 4 screws securing pipe brackets to burner Remove gas valve and manifold assembly from dryer 7 Remove valve mounting bracket manifold and piping from gas valve 8 Reverse procedure for installing new gas valve WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace Main Burner Orifices 1 Refer to To Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Unscrew main burner orifice
367. tactor check for voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage present at the two 2 BS1 terminals problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the two 2 BS3 terminals and the coil 1 and A2 terminals If there is no voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals check for voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals If there is voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals and there is no voltage between the two 2 BS1 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 51 terminals problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the two 2 AS1 terminals and the computer board 9 pin connector no 7 or faulty computer E No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal Gas Models 1 Check for voltage across six pin computer connector between 5 and ground If no voltage is present problem is faulty computer or should be displaying an error code for an open or faulty heat safety Sail Switch Burner Hi Limit Tumbler Basket Hi Limit If voltage is present check for voltage across HSI Hot Surface Ignition module W and GND E52 If no voltage is present check voltage at 5 and 8 of the J2 connector Which is located in the front electrical box If voltage is present then problem is a broken wire between 9 pin connector and HSI Hot Surface Ignition module or faulty termination
368. talled marked position and tighten set screws dryer Return pillow block bearing to the 6 Refer to basket assembly section page 27 for shaft and basket alignment N V BELT ADJUSTMENT Motor to Drive Axle 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the belt guard cover from the rear of the dryer 3 Loosen the four 4 bolts holding the drive motor mount to the side of the dryer 4 Loosen the jam nuts on the adjustment screw on the top of the motor mount 5 Turn the adjustment screw to lower the motor mount to tighten the belts or raise the motor mount to loosen the belts 6 Check the vertical plane of the motor and idler pulleys for parallel adjustment 7 Ifrealignment is required loosen motor pulley and bushing and move motor pulley to proper position A29 8 Retighten motor mount bolts and jam nuts 9 Assemble front panel lint door assemblies back to dryer 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Drive Motor V Belts Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the belt guard cover from the rear of the dryer 3 Loosen tension on V belt so that it can easily be rolled off pulley This be done by loosening the four 4 bolts holding the motor to the side of the dryer as well as the adjustment bolt on top 4 Replace V belt 5 Retighten V belt and adjust tension and alignment per previous instructions O MOTORS Drive Motor Replacement DRIVE MOT
369. tate tumbler basket from front and check alignment with front door opening 7 Leave a larger gap from the inside ring on the top of the front panel opening to the tumbler basket and a smaller gap on the bottom to compensate for the weight of the clothes when wet 8 Retighten the two 2 vertical holding bolts on the sides at the top of the bearing box and the jam nuts on the two 2 vertical adjustment bolts 9 Check tumbler basket drive belt for proper tension Adjust if necessary Refer to Section 1 10 Replace back guard 11 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Tumbler Basket Alignment Lateral Side to Side Adjustment 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove back guard 3 Loosen rear pillow block bearing bolts C 4 Back off jam nuts on the two 2 lateral adjustment bolts A and B 5 Simultaneously loosen one bolt and tighten the other This will move the rear pillow block bearing Center the tumbler basket in the wrapper Cavity ooo BASKET 5020 22 oo oo 9 029 0 9 020202020 7070707070 07070707070 x VERTICAL HOLDING BOL T VERTICAL HOLDING BOLT i VERTICAL ADJUSTING FRONT TUMBLER deno aoe SUPPORT LATTI PILLOWBLOCK BEARING A LATERAL ADJUSTMENT BOLT LATERAL ADJUSTMENT BOLT C REAR BEARING BOLTS TOP VIEW 0551 6 Tighten and secure both lateral adjustments bolts A and and jam nuts 7
370. temperature cools down At this time the manual reset thermostat must be reset manually or the 24 VAC burner circuit will never be completed lt dozec Tumbler Basket and blower will run but the dryer TERMOSTAT will not heat If the temperature sensor opens the MAN4926 4 display will read TEMP SENSOR FAIL CHECK t TEMP SENSOR FUSE with an audio indication If the thermostat opens the display will read ARUM SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication ABE 01 17 00 C13 48 LINT SCREEN M LINT DRAWER The lint drawer is a pull out type and is located at the bottom of the dryer in the lint compartment Simply grab the lint drawer handle slide out the drawer brush off the lint and slide the drawer back in The lint screen must be kept clean in order for the dryer to operate properly and efficiently LINT SWITCH ASSEMBLY OMG 12 9 99 DRAWER SWITCH The lint drawer switch 15 located in the lint compartment and attached to the side of the lint drawer track The lint drawer switch insures that the dryer will operate only when the lint drawer is completely closed This is a safety device and should never be disabled MAN4803 LINT SWITCH ASSEMBLY DMG 12 9 99 O STEAM DAMPER SYSTEM The newest type system is called the steam damper Itis shown to the right and it uses a piston with compressed air to open and close the steam damper which in turn allows
371. ter display indicator dots and the HT1 output L E D indicator are on then the problem fault is elsewhere 1 external of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer C43 6 FUSE MAIN FUSE Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time even if the dryer is not running If the L E D is not on then the display will read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the main fuse is good then the fault is the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer 7 LINT LINT DOOR Input L E D Indicator a b Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is opened then the LINT L E D indicator will go out If the dryer is active running and the lint door is opened the LINT L E D indicator will go out and the display will read LINT dOOR The dryer will stop until the Lint Drawer has been closed at which time the L E D display will read PRESS START At this time to resume the drying cycle press ENTER START key 8 MAIN MAIN DOOR Input L E D Indicator a Should be on ALL the time unless the lint door is open or the main door is opened then the MAIN L E D indicator will go out If the dryer is active running and the main door is opened the MAIN L E D indicator will go out and the display will read MAIN dOOR The dryer will stop until the main door has been closed at which time the L E D display will read PRESS START At thi
372. th no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying NO AIRFLOW along with an audio indication BURN BURN HI LIMIT Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a This routine monitors the temperature of the burner If the burner hi limit opens during the cycle while the heat was on the BURN output L E D light emitting diode indicator goes out and the display reads OURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication A4 12 FLAME bURNER CONTROL FAIL Input L E D light emitting diode Indicator a This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the microprocessor determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the FLAME output L E D light emitting diode indicator will go out and the display will read bURNER CONTROL FAIL machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temp drops below 100 F 38 Then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication 13 POWER SUPPLY Input L E D light emitting diode
373. the blower motor If there is voltage at the blower motor replace the motor If there is no voltage at the blower motor the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the contactor and the motor b If there is no voltage present at 1 and 2 of the contactor check for voltage across the two BS1 terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage present at the two 2 BS1 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the two 2 BS1 terminals and the coil 1 and A2 terminals If there is no voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals check for voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals If there is voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals and there is no voltage between the two 2 BS1 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board Ifthere is no voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the two 2 AS1 terminals and the computer board J7 9 pin connector no 7 or faulty computer 5 Lint Door Condition Check L E D light emitting diode input light LINT on the component side of the computer If the light is on replace the computer b Check voltage 24 VAC from J7 9 pin connector no 3 to ground If voltage is present check no 4 to ground if voltage is present replace board B53 Ifno voltage is present at J7 9 connector no 4 to ground but voltage is present at no 3 to ground The problem is a faulty
374. the blower motor the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the contactor and the motor b If there is no voltage present at Al and 2 of the contactor check for voltage across the two terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage present at the two BS1 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the two BS1 terminals and the coil and A2 terminals If there is no voltage across the two BS1 terminals check for voltage across the two AS1 terminals If there is voltage across the two ASI terminals and there is no voltage between the two BS1 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two AS1 terminals the problem is faulty wires or terminations between the two AS1 terminals and the computer board J7 9 pin connector no 7 or faulty computer 5 Lint Door Condition a Check L E D light emitting diode input light LINT on the component side of the computer If the light 15 on replace the computer b Check voltage 24 VAC from J7 9 pin connector no 3 to ground If voltage is present check no 4 to ground if voltage is present replace board A48 Ifno voltage is present at J7 9 pin connector no 4 to ground but voltage is present at 3 to ground The problem is a faulty switch wires or termination between J7 to J8 and J8 to the lint switch no 20 and 21 d If no voltage is present at J7 9 pin connector n
375. the display reads bDURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication C44 12 FLAME bURNER CONTROL FAIL Input L E D Indicator a This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response If the valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the microprocessor determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the FLAME output L E D indicator will go out and the display will read bURNER CONTROL FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temp drops below 100 F 38 C Then the machine will shut down still displaying b URNER CONTROL FAIL with an audio indication 13 POWER SUPPLY Input L E D Indicator a Should be on at ALL times even if the dryer is not running The power supply L E D light emitting diode output indicator will not be on ifthe power supply fuse to the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor is not present If the power supply fuse is faulty the L E D output will be off and there will be no display or keyboard touchpad function The FUSE LINT and DRUM output L E D indicators will remain on C45 D L E D CODES 1 Display Codes A ALLREV ANTI WRINKL dELAY TIME AN
376. the display will return to REAdY D43 11 ROTATE SENSOR FAIL Indicates rotational sensor circuit failure meaning that there is a fault somewhere in the tumbler basket rotating circuit or the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer program related to this circuit Program Location 2 is set incorrectly In the active mode it should be SENSOR if the dryer is not equipped with the optional rotational sensor it should be set in the nonactive mode No ROTATE SENSOR NOTE RPM This routine monitors the timing response from the existing rotational sensor input and derives RPM measurement To display this RPM measurement press ENTER START once and release then press the ENTER START 1 key a second time and hold This will display the RPM measurement The rotational sensor must be active for operation of this feature 12 CHECK MAIN FUSE Indicates that the circuit fuse protection which is located on the back side of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer the display would read CHECK MAIN FUSE If the display continues after the fuse has been replaced then it is the fault of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer B L E D light emitting diode DISPLAY INDICAT R The L E D light emitting diode indicator dots located on the top portion of the display indicates the various Phase 6 OPL computer output functions while a cycl
377. the dryer must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and or the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA NO 70 LATEST EDITION or in Canada the Canadian Electrical Codes Parts 1 amp 2 CSA C22 1 1990 or LATEST EDITION NOTE Failure to do so will VOID THE WARRANTY 9 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the dryer door switches lint door switch heat safety circuit ever be disabled 10 This dryer is not to be used in the presence of dry cleaning solvents or fumes 11 Remove articles from the dryer as soon as the drying cycle has been completed 12 DO NOT operate steam dryers with more than 125 PSI 8 61 bars steam pressure Excessive steam pressure can damage steam coil and or harm personnel 13 Replace leaking flexible hoses or other steam fixtures immediately DO NOT operate the dryer with leaking flexible hoses PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT 14 READ and FOLLOW ALL CAUTION and DIRECTION LABELS ATTACHED TO THE DRYER WARNING YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY or THE STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS C4 SECTIONII ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A CLEANING A program and or schedule should be established for periodic inspection cleaning and removal of lint from various areas of the dryer as
378. the hinges 5 Install new control panel assembly by reversing this procedure 6 When replacing the computer the A and B factors must be reprogrammed refer to Phase 6 OPL User s Manual ADC Part No 1130221 NOTE The A and B factors are printed on a label located on the rear of the control panel refer to illustration above 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C15 To Replace Computer 1 2 Disconnect green ground wire from the computer Disconnect electrical power to the dryer Disconnect main power harness from rear of computer by squeezing locking tab and pulling connector straight back Disconnect keyboard touchpad ribbon from computer Remove the two 2 hex nuts securing the computer to the sheet metal control panel Remove the board by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs Install new computer by reversing this procedure refer to illustration on page 15 When replacing the computer the A and B factors must be reprogrammed refer to Phase 6 OPL User s Manual ADC Part No 113022 8 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Keyboard Touchpad Label Assembly 1 2 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of the microprocessor computer Slowly peel off and remove keyboard touchpad label assembly from control panel Peel paper
379. the pillow block bearing up 6 Removebolts holding each idler pillow block bearing to mount 7 Remove idler shaft with both bearings and wheel still attached from dryer 8 Remove the retaining ring closest to the front bearing 9 Remove drive wheel a Remove cap screws from bushing b Insert cap screws tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft bushing pulley and key x 10 Slide bearing off the shaft 11 Replace bearing by reversing procedure 12 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Rear Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 7 from To Replace Front Idler Shaft Bearing 2 Remove retaining ring closest to the rear pillow block bearing 3 Loosen the two 2 set screws on each bearing collar 4 Slide the bearing off the shaft 2 5 Replace by reversing procedure 6 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer I BASKET and SUPPORT To Replace Tumbler Basket and Tumbler Basket Support Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Follow procedure for er of main door assembly 3 Follow procedure for removal of front panel assembly 4 Remove bearing back guard 5 Remove tumbler basket assembly and support a Loosen the two 2 set screws on the flange bearing b Remove the retaining ring from the groove of the tumbler basket shaft c Remove the rotational sensor magnet from the tumbler baske
380. the sail switch box cover to sail switch box 3 Disconnect the two 2 wires from the switch 4 Disassemble sail switch from mounting bracket by removing the two 2 screws securing switch in place 5 Reverse this procedure for installing new sail switch Adjust sail switch as described in the next section Sail Switch Adjustment With the dryer operating at a high temperature setting pull the sail switch away from the burner The sail switch should open and extinguish the burner Let the sail switch damper return to the burner wall The sail switch should close to restart the burner ignition cycle If the sail switch circuit does not operate as described bend the actuator arm of the sail switch accordingly until proper operation is achieved To check proper open position of sail switch open main door manually depress main door switch and start dryer With the main door open and the dryer operating the sail switch should be open and the burner should not come on E SIEAM DAMPER ACTUATOR SYSTEM SERVICE and REPLACEMENT team Damper Cylinder or Piston Replacement 1 Disconnect compressed air supply from the dryer 2 Disconnect tubing from the piston 3 Remove the spring clip from clevis pin then slide out the clevis pin 4 Remove the steam damper cylinder piston 5 To install new steam damper cylinder piston reverse above procedure Step 4 through Step 1 B24 Steam Solenoid Valve Replacement 1 Disconnect com
381. the top and bottom of the bearing Try on the bearing until there is a large enough gap to fit the arms of a bearing puller 7 Using a bearing pulley remove the flange bearing 8 Replace by reversing Step 3 through Step 6 9 Adjust both lateral and vertical tumbler basket alignment Check both the vertical and lateral adjustment of the tumbler basket 10 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Eront Drive Shaft Pillow Block Bearin 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 4959 2 Remove the 1 drawer 3 Removethe lint door ey N 4 Loosen and roll V belts off that connect ss speed reducing shaft to drive shaft 5 Remove the two 2 retaining rings from the tumbler basket drive shaft 6 Remove the four 4 bolts holding the drive shaft assembly in the dryer 7 Remove drive wheel a Remove cap screws from bushing b Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Remove bushing pulley and key 0 NOTE Check belt adjustment and readjust if necessary 8 Remove wheel from shaft 9 Loosen the two 2 set screws in the race of the pillow block bearing 10 Clean the shaft from the end up to the pillow block bearing and slide the pillow block bearing off of the shaft 11 Reverse these steps to install new pillow block bearing To Replace Shaft Pillow Block Bearin 1 Dis
382. the wire If there is continuity computer board is faulty a To check temperature sensor 1 Place your digital multimeter on diode check range 2 Place the red lead of your meter on the black wire of the temperature sensor and the black lead of your motor on the white lead of your temperature sensor At this point you should get no response from the meter infinite If you get a reading the temp sensor is defective 3 Reverse leads to temp sensor matching the black of the meter to the black wire of the temperature sensor and the red of the meter with the white wire of the temperature sensor At this point you _ should measure approximately 1 8 V This is the turn on voltage of the device If you hold the _ temp sensor in your hands and warm it the reading will decrease corresponding to a higher current flow 4 The Phase 6 Microprocessor Controller computer is powered by 24 VAC 12 of the 77 9 pin connector The temperature sensor probe isa bullet shaped device that is located above the lint basket This temperature probe is used to sense the temperature in the exhaust of the dryer The temperature sensor is a two 2 terminal monolithic integrated circuit temperature transducer that provides an output current proportional to absolute temperature The transducer acts as _ high impedance temperature dependant current source of 1pA K The typical accuracy of this probe is 1 5 C 2 7 F In a
383. there is no voltage at the blower motor the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the contactor and the motor 2 Ifthere is no voltage present at A1 and A2 of the contactor check for voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage present at the two 2 BS1 terminals the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the two 2 BS1 terminals and the coil A1 and 2 terminals If there is no voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals check for voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals If there is voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals and there is no voltage between the two 2 BS1 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board 3 If is no voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the two 2 AS1 terminals and the computer board 9 pin connector no 7 or a faulty computer D55 E No Heat Drive and Blower Motors Run Gas Models 1 Check for voltage across L1 and GND of the HSI module If no voltage is then check for voltage from terminal 14 the blower contactor to ground If no voltage is present the problem is with blower contactor If voltage is present the problem is faulty wire or termination between blower contactor and HSI module If voltage is present check for voltage across terminal W and GND of the HSI module If voltage is present the problem i
384. tion DATE OF PURCHASE MODEL NO CE 96 190 DISTRIBUTORS NAME Serial Number s Replacement parts can be obtained from your distributor or the ADC factory When ordering replacement parts from the factory you can FAX your order to ADC at 508 678 9447 or telephone your orders directly to the ADC Parts Department at 508 678 9000 Please specify the dryer model number and serial number in addition to the description and part number so that your order is processed accurately and promptly The illustrations on the following pages may not depict your particular dryer exactly The illustrations are a composite of the various dryer models Be sure to check the descriptions of the parts thoroughly before ordering IMPORTANT NOTE TO PURCHASER Information must be obtained from your local gas supplier on the instructions to be followed if the user smells gas These instructions must be posted in a prominent location near the dryer YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS Attention Lor des op rations d entretien des commandes tiqueter tous fils avant de les d connecter Toute erreur de c blage peut tre une source de danger et de panne
385. to run for three 3 minutes or until 100 F 38 C is reached The computer will display no airflow Ifthe sail switch circuit does not operate as described bend the actuator arm of the sail switch accordingly until proper operation is achieved To check proper open position of sail switch open main door manually depress main door switch and start dryer With the main door open and the dryer operating the sail switch circuit should be open and the burner should not come on The computer will display no airflow E FRONT PANEL and MAIN DOOR ASSEMBLIES To Replace Main Door Switch 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Open main door 3 Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws holding the main door switch bracket assembly in place 4 Disconnect wiring from switch assembly MAN3876 5 Remove the two 2 screws which secure the switch to the housing CURRENT PRODUCTION C23 6 Reverse this procedure for installing new door switch assembly 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer IMPORTANT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should the door switch be disabled To Replace Main Door Assembly 1 Open main door 2 Holding the door upward remove the two 2 screws from the top hinge block 3 Lift the door up to remove 4 Reverse this procedure for reinstalling new main door assembly To Install New Main Door Glass 1 Remove main door assembly from dryer follow main door removal procedure 2 Lay main doo
386. tor M Dryer does not start Display reads Lint Door 1 Lint drawer is open 2 Faulty lint door switch 3 Open circuit in lint drawer switch harnesses N There is excessive vibration coming from the tumbler basket 1 Tumbler basket is out of adjustment 2 Drive wheels have failed 3 Failed tumbler basket support O Dryer does not start Display reads Main Door 1 Main door is open 2 Faulty main door switch 3 Open circuit in main door switch harness F40 SECTION ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING The information provided will help isolate the most probable components associated with the difficulty described The experienced technician realizes however that a loose connection or broken or shorted wire may be at fault where components concerned not necessarily the suspect component itself ELECTRICAL PARTS SHOULD ALWAYS BE CHECKED FOR FAILURE BEFORE BEING RETURNED TO THE FACTORY The information provided should not be misconstrued as a device for use by an untrained person in making repairs Only properly licensed technicians should service the equipment OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DISPLAYED ON THE EQUIPMENT or SPECIFIED IN _ THIS MANUAL WHILE MAKING REPAIRS F4 SECTION PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT ELECTRIC GAS or STEAM SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJ
387. tor will be off the machine will not start and the display will read SAIL SWITCH FAIL along with an audio indication If the sail switch opens during the cycle the SAIL output L E D indicator will go out and the display will read NO AIRFLOW The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 Then the machine will shut down still displaying NO AIRFLOW along with an audio indication BURN BURN HI LIMIT Input L E D Indicator a This routine monitors the temperature of the burner If the burner hi limit opens during the cycle while the heat was the BURN output L E D indicator goes out and the display reads oOURNER SAFETY FAIL The machine will run with no heat for three 3 minutes or until the temperature drops below 100 F 38 C then the machine will shut down still displaying bURNER SAFETY FAIL with an audio indication D47 12 FLAME GURNER CONTROL FAIL Input L E D Indicator a This routine monitors the ignition control s gas valve output response Ifthe valve output signal is not present from the ignition control within the valve time limits the microprocessor determines the ignition control has failed If this occurs when the cycle is active the FLAME output L E D light emitting diode indicator will go out and the display will read oOURNER CONTRL FAIL The machine will run with no heat fo
388. tors the safety circuits e TEMP SENSOR 6 6 0 s s WAA _ e e CDe gt 579 12 E j 5 Ol o 2 ST Q ORUM i 10 Osa 911 11 ona 12 E 0700 9 POWER SUPPLY MAN3449 B44 1 FAN BLOWER Output L E D Indicator a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is not operating yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display fan indicator dot and power supply input L E D are on but the fan output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the motor is not operating The fan indicator dot and output L E D are also on then the problem fault is elsewhere external of the Phase 6 microprocessor controller 2 FOR FORWARD Output L E D Indicator for optional reversing model ONLY a Ifthe dryer is started and the blower motor is operating but the drive tumbler basket motor is not yet the Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer display FORWARD indicator dot is on the FOR FORWARD motor output L E D is off then the fault is the Phase 6 microprocessor controller computer itself 1 If the drive tumbler basket motor is not operating and the forward indicator dot and output L E D
389. trol box If voltage is present check for voltage across the blower motor If there is voltage at the blower motor replace the motor If there is no voltage at the blower motor problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the contactor and the motor 2 If there is no voltage present at Al and 2 of the contactor check for voltage across the two 2 51 terminals of the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage present at the two 2 BS1 terminals problem is faulty wire s or termination s between _ the two 2 BS3 terminals and the coil 1 and A2 terminals If there is no voltage across the two 2 BS terminals check for voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals If there is voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals and there is no voltage between the two 2 BS1 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board 3 Ifthere is no voltage across the two 2 AS1 terminals problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the two 2 AS1 terminals the computer board 9 pin connector no 7 or faulty computer No Heat drive and blower motors run display reads normal Gas Models 1 Check for voltage across the six pin computer connector between pin 5 and ground If no voltage is present problem is faulty computer or should be displaying an error code for an open or faulty heat safety Sail Switch Burner Hi Limit Tumbler Basket Hi Limit 2 If voltage is present check for voltage across HS
390. ts too hot the thermostat will shut off the burner Tumbler basket and blower will run but dryer will not heat until this thermostat is manually reset 9 2252 x 0534 THERMOSTAT N LINT DRAWER The lint drawer is a pullout type and is located at the bottom of the dryer in the lint compartment Simply grab the lint drawer handle slide out the drawer brush off the lint and slide the drawer back in The lint screen must be kept clean in order for the dryer to operate properly and efficiently 4940 SL 01 20 00 O DRAWER SWITCH The lint drawer switch is located in the lint compartment and attached to the side of the lint drawer track The lint drawer switch insures that the dryer will operate only when the lint drawer is completely closed This isa safety device and should never be disabled MAN4941 SL 01 20 00 14 SIEAM DAMPER SYSTEM The newest type system is called the SILENCER steam damper It is shown to the right and it uses piston with MICRO VALVE compressed air to open and close NEEDLE the steam damper which in turn ANALVE allows the air to flow either through the coil for heat or under the coil for cool down Air supply is 80 PSI PISTON 10 PSD D MICRO VALVE 887 7 SUPPORT SUPPORT COMPRESSED AIR REQUIREMENTS The dryer requires an external supply of air 2 5 cfm 80 psi on the ste
391. two 2 wires leading from the sensor probe to the computer a Connection at sensor bracket assembly connector b Connection at computer harness connector 4 Faulty microprocessor controller computer Dryer does notstart Display reads main door or lint door with an audio indication 1 Main door is open 2 Lint drawer is open 3 Faulty main door or lint door switch 4 Open circuit in either main door or lint drawer switch harnesses 5 Faulty 24 VAC transformer There is excessive vibration coming from the tumbler basket 1 Tumbler basket is out of adjustment 2 Drive shaft or idler shaft is out of alignment 3 Faulty pillow block bearing 4 Faulty tumbler wheel 5 Drive motor and shaft not aligned A35 SECTION PHASE 6 OPL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS IMPORTANT YOU MUST DISCONNECT and LOCKOUT THE ELECTRIC SUPPLY and THE GAS SUPPLY BEFORE ANY COVERS or GUARDS ARE REMOVED FROM THE MACHINE TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR CLEANING ADJUSTING INSTALLATION or TESTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration STANDARDS ALL major circuits including door microprocessor temperature sensor heat and motor circuits are monitored The Phase 6 OPL microprocessor controller computer will inform the user via the L E D light emitting diode display of certain failure codes along with indicators both in L E D light emitting diode display and at the output of e
392. uct work system and from dryer s internal exhaust ducting WARNING THE ACCUMULATION OF LINT IN THE EXHAUST DUCT WORK CAN CREATE A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD WARNING DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION and VENTILATION AIR CHECK CUSTOMER FURNISHED BACK DRAFT DAMPER IN EXHAUST DUCT WORK INSPECT and REMOVE ANY LINT ACCUMULATION WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMPER TO BIND or STICK NOTE A back draft damper that is sticking partially closed can resulti In slow drying and shut down of the heat circuit safety switches or thermostats NOTE When cleaning dryer cabinet s avoid using harsh abrasives A product intended forthe cleaning of appliances isrecommended B ADJUSTMENTS 7 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION and EVERY 6 MONTHS Inspect bolts nuts screws bearing set screws nonpermanent gas connections unions shut off valves orifices and grounding connections Motor and drive belts should be examined Cracked or seriously frayed belts should be replaced Tighten loose V belts when necessary Complete operational check of controls and valves Complete operational check of ALL safety devices door switch lint drawer switch sail switch burner and hi limit thermostats C LUBRICATION The motor bearings idler bearings and under normal most conditions the tumbler bearings are permanently lubricated It is physically possible to re lubricate the tumbler bearings if you choose to do so even though this practice is not necessary Use Shell
393. up slightly slide the bearing off the shaft 7 Prop a block of wood between the tumbler basket shaft and the bearing mount to keep the tumbler basket level and in place 8 Replace by reversing Step 2 through Step 6 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Front Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing Bearing nearest the back of the dryer 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove V belts from idler pulleys 3 Removebolts holding each idler pillow block bearing to mount 4 Remove idler shaft with both and idler pulleys still attached from dryer 5 Remove end retaining ring and loosen the two 2 set screws in the bearing race collar 6 Slide bearing off the shaft 7 Replace bearing by reversing procedure 8 Align idler pulley with basket pulley before tightening bolts 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer To Replace Rear Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 3 from To Replace Front Idler Shaft Pillow Block Bearing 2 Remove retaining rings on each side of forward idler shaft pillow block bearing 3 Loosen the two 2 set screws on each bearing collar 4 Slide both bearings off the shaft 5 Replace by reversing procedure 6 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C31 I V BELTS V belts should have proper tension If too loose they will slip if too tight excessive wear on the bearings will result If th
394. ur 4 screws which secure the top cap assembly This assembly contains the regulator adjustment screw and the terminal connections 3 Replace the top cap assembly with the L P version 4 Unscrew main burner orifices and replace with L P orifices To Replace Burner Tubes 1 Refer to Replace Gas Valve and follow Step 1 through Step 6 2 Remove four 4 screws securing manifold rest and remove rest 3 Remove the screws securing the front flanges of the burner tubes to the burner tube rest 4 Remove the screws securing the burner tube rest to the oven and 4944 remove this rest 3 Remove screws securing the burner box cover plate to the oven and remove this plate 6 Remove burner tubes by sliding them out 7 Replace by reversing procedure WARNING Test ALL connections for leaks by brushing on a soapy water solution WARNING NEVER TEST FOR LEAKS WITH A FLAME To Replace HSI Hot Surface Ignition Module 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the wires connected to the terminal strip at the bottom of the module 3 Remove the two 2 pal nuts securing the module to the mounting bracket 4 Replace module by reversing procedure 5 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer 3873 THERMOSTATS Replace Burner Hi Limit Thermostat Gas Models This thermostat is an important safety device serving as an added prote
395. ve the two 2 screws securing the computer to the computer panel Remove the computer by pulling the other two 2 corners off the clinch studs 5 Install new computer by reversing this procedure Keyboard Touchpad Label Assembly Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Unplug keyboard touchpad ribbon from rear of the computer 3 Slowly peel off and remove keyboard touchpad label assembly from control panel 4 Peel paper backing off new keyboard touchpad label assembly 5 Holding the new keyboard touchpad label assembly close to the panel insert the keyboard touchpad ribbon through the rectangular slot in the control panel Align label assembly into position by matching the red viewing window on the label to the rectangular cutout in the panel and gently press into place 6 Connect keyboard touchpad ribbon to the computer 7 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer Microprocessor Temperature Sensor Probe Replacement 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove perforated panel from tumbler basket 3 Remove microprocessor sensor bracket assembly from dryer a Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector b Loosen the two 2 Phillips head screws which secure bracket assembly to dryer and remove bracket from dryer NOTE DO NOT remove screws 4 Disassemble sensor probe from bracket assembly by removing the top push on fastener securing the probe from bracket Use a small
396. well as throughout the duct work system The frequency of cleaning can best be determined from experience at each location Maximum operating efficiency is dependent upon proper air circulation The accumulation of lint can restrict this airflow If the guidelines in this section are met an ADC dryer will provide many years of efficient trouble free and most importantly safe operation WARNING KEEP DRYER AREA CLEAR and FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS GASOLINE and THEIR FLAMMABLE VAPORS and LIQUIDS NOTE Suggested time intervals shown are for average usage which is considered six 6 to eight 8 operational running hours per day Clean lint drawer and screen every third or fourth load NOTE Frequency can best be determined at each location DAILY beginning of each work shift Clean lint from the lint drawer and screen Inspect lint screen and replace if torn WEEKLY Clean lint accumulation from lint chamber thermostat and microprocessor temperature sensor sensor bracket area WARNING To avoid the hazard of electrical shock discontinue electrical supply to dryer STEAM DRYERS Clean steam coil fins using compressed air and a vacuum cleaner with brush attachment NOTE When cleaning steam coil fins be careful not to bend the fins If fins are bent straighten by using fin comb which is available from local air conditioning supply houses 90 DAYS Remove lint from tumbler basket drive mot
397. will also start the dryer Six 6 preprogrammed drying cycles A through F have been stored in the computer s memory Refer to the Computer Operator s Manual for details 3 Make a complete operational check of ALL the operating controls to assure that the timing is correct temperature selection switches are functioning etc 4 Make a complete operational check of ALL safety halted circuits door switches hi limit thermostat sail switch cycling thermostats etc 5 For gas dryers a gas pressure test should be taken at the gas valve pressure tap of each dryer to assure that the water column pressure is correct and consistent B8 NOTE Water column pressure requirements measured at the pressure tap on the gas valve body Natural Gas 3 5 inches water column W C 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 inches water column W C 26 1 mb 6 If computer program changes are required refer to the Phase 6 OPL Operator s Manual ADC Part No 113022 for details 7 The dryer should be operated through one complete cycle to assure that no further adjustments are necessary and that ALL components are functioning properly 8 Check the electric service phase sequence While the dryer is operating check to see if the blower wheel is rotating in the proper direction Looking from the front the blower wheel should spin in the clockwise CW direction If so the phasing is correct If the phasing is incorrect reverse two 2 leads a
398. wo 2 types of devices commonly used to measure column pressure They are spring and mechanical type gauges and manometers The spring and mechanical type gauge is not recommended because it is easily damaged and not always accurate manometer is simply a glass or transparent plastic tube with a scale in inches When filled with water and pressure applied the water in the tube rises showing the exact water column pressure NOTE Manometers are available from the factory by ordering ADC Part No 122804 1 To test gas water column W C Pressure a Connect water column test gauge connection to gas valve pressure tap 1 8 NPT This pressure tap is located on the outlet manifold side of the valve PLASTIC TUBING b Start dryer With burner on the correct water column reading in inches would be Natural Gas 3 5 Inches Water Column 8 7 mb L P Gas 10 5 Inches Water Column 26 1 mb FILL WITH WATER TO ZERO LEVEL 2 To adjust water column pressure natural gas only L P gas must be regulated at source a Remove the slotted vent cap on the top of the valve OUTER TUBE MAN3487 b Turn the slotted adjustment screw located on the top of the valve next to the terminals Turn clockwise CW to increase manifold pressure and counterclockwise CCW to decrease a NOTE If correct W C pressure cannot be achieved problems may be due to an undersized gas supply line a faulty or underrated gas meter
399. y The gas input ratings shown on the dryer data label are for elevations up to 2 000 feet unless elevation requirements of over 2 000 feet were specified at the time the dryer order was placed with the factory The adjustment for dryers in the field for elevations over 2 000 feet are made by changing the burner orifices If this adjustment is necessary contact the distributor who sold the dryer or contact the factory NOTE Any burner changes must be made by a qualified technician C OPERATIONAL SERVICE CHECK PROCEDURE 1 Turn on electric power to the dryer 2 To start dryer a Display will read READY b Press E on the keyboard touchpad of microprocessor controller computer c The dryer will start and the display will show Drying Manual Cycle E Dry Temp _ Cool Temp 30 Min Remain NOTE Pressing keyboard touchpad A B C D and F will also start the dryer Six 6 preprogrammed drying cycles A through F have been stored in the computer s memory Refer to Computer Operator s Manual for details 3 Make a complete operational check of ALL the operating controls to assure that the timing is correct temperature selection switches are functioning etc 4 Make a complete operational check of ALL safety related circuits door switch es hi limit thermostat sail switch cycling thermostats etc 5 For gas dryers a gas pressure test
400. y cause it to crack To Replace Large Speed Reducing Pulley 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove right hand lint coop wall F26 5 Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of its grooves 6 Remove cap screws 7 Insert cap screws in tapped removal holes and tighten evenly until bushing becomes loose on shaft Refer to figure A on page 25 8 Remove bushing pulley and key 9 Assemble bushing and sheave as shown in figure B on previous page When cap screws are loosely inserted bushing remains fully expanded to provide a sliding fit on the shaft 10 Insert key on the shaft then slide sheave to desired position with cap screw heads to the outside 11 Tighten cap screws There should remain between sheave hub and the flange of the bushing IMPORTANT Tighten screws evenly and progressively Never allow the sheave to be drawn in contact with the flange of the bushing This gap should measure from 1 8 to 1 4 Proper cap screw torque is 15 ft lbs If greater tightening forces are applied excess pressures will be created in the hub of the mounted sheave which may cause it to crack To Replace Motor Pulley 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Loosen V belts then rotate pulley and roll V belts out of
401. y devices ever be disabled NOTE Models manufactured as of 1998 are equipped with a manual reset hi limit thermostat 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer HI LIMIT 330 F 166 C MAN4796 3 Remove the two 2 screws washers and nuts securing thermostat to the bracket Remove thermostat 2 Disconnect wires from hi limit thermostat TRLY 12 08 99 4 Reversing procedure for installing new thermostat 5 Reestablish electrical power to dryer Manual Reset Tumbler Hi Limit 225 F 107 C Thermostat Replacement This thermostat is part of the sensor bracket assembly and is secured to the underside of the basket wrapper in the lint compartment As a safety device this thermostat will open shut off the heating unit circuit if an excessive temperature occurs The dryer motor will remain on even if the thermostat is open 1 Disconnect electrical power to the dryer F 2 Open lint door 226 107 C THERMOSTAT 3 Locate sensor bracket assembly Remove the two 2 bolts securing bracket assembly to the tumbler basket wrapper 4 Disconnect sensor bracket harness connector and remove bracket assembly from dryer 5 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from the thermostat 6 Disassemble thermostat from bracket assembly by removing the two 2 mounting screws washers and nuts 7 Reverse this procedure for installing a hi heat protector thermostat 8 Reestablish electri
402. y from dryer 6 Disconnect the two 2 orange wires from thermostat 7 Disassemble thermostat from bracket assembly by removing the two 2 mounting screws washers and nuts 8 Reverse this procedure for installing a hi heat protector thermostat 9 Reestablish electrical power to the dryer C22 D SAIL SWITCH ASSEMBLY and Electric Models Only The sail switch is a heat circuit safety device which controls the burner circuit only When the dryer is operating and there is proper airflow the sail switch damper pulls in and closes the sail switch Providing ALL the other heat related circuits are functioning properly ignition should now be established If an improper airflow occurs the sail switch damper will release and the circuit will open To Replace Sail Switch 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the two 2 screws which hold the sail switch box cover to sail switch box 3 Disconnect the two 2 wires from the switch 7 7 SAIL SWITCH MAN0537 4 Disassemble sail switch from mounting bracket by removing the two 2 screws securing switch in place 5 Reverse this procedure for installing new sail switch Adjust sail switch as described in the next section To Adjust Sail Switch With the dryer operating at a high temperature setting pull the sail switch damper away from the burner The sail switch should open and extinguish the burner The dryer will continue
403. y to light any appliance b DO NOT touch any electrical switch DO NOT use any phone in your building d Clear the room building or area of ALL occupants Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor s phone Follow the gas supplier s instructions f Ifyou cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire department 4 Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer service agency or gas supplier 5 Dryer s must be exhausted to the outdoors 6 Although ADC produces a very versatile machine there are some articles that due to fabric composition or cleaning method should not be dried in it WARNING Dry only water washed fabrics DO NOT dry articles spotted or washed in dry cleaning solvents a combustible detergent or ALL purpose cleaner EXPLOSION COULD RESULT WARNING DO NOT dry rags or articles coated or contaminated with gasoline kerosene oil paint wax EXPLOSION COULD RESULT D3 WARNING DO NOT dry mop heads Contamination by wax or flammable solvents will create fire hazard WARNING DO NOT use heat for drying articles that contain plastic foam sponge rubber or similarly textured rubber materials Drying in a heated tumbler basket may damage plastics or rubber and also may be a fire hazard 7 A program should be established for the inspection and cleaning of lint in the heating unit area exhaust duct work and inside the dryer The frequency of inspect
404. your diagram is CR3 also the markings on the coil are A1 and A2 51 If there is voltage replace the coil or the complete contactor If there is no voltage check for voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board If there is voltage across the two 2 BS1 terminals and no voltage across the coil of the reversing contactor A1 and A2 the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between BS1 and the contactor coll If there is no voltage between the two 2 BS3 terminals on the arc suppressor A S board check for voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals on the board If there is voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals and no voltage across the two 2 BS3 terminals replace the arc suppressor A S board If there is no voltage across the two 2 AS3 terminals the problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the arc suppressor A S board and the computer 9 pin connector no 9 or a faulty computer D Blower motor does not operate drive motor runs 1 Check for voltage across terminals 1 and A2 of the impellor contactor This is the single contactor in the rear control box If voltage is present check for voltage across the blower motor If there is voltage at the blower motor replace the motor If there is no voltage at the blower motor problem is faulty wire s or termination s between the contactor and the motor If there is no voltage present at Al and A2 of the con
405. z Gas and Steam Models 1 Discontinue electrical power to the dryer 2 Remove the lint drawer 3 Remove the lint door 4 Remove the left hand lint wall 25 Loosen the four 4 mounting bolts securing the motor 6 Loosen the tension bolts 7 Remove V belts 8 Disconnect motor wiring 9 Remove the motor pulley and bushing WN AN 10 Reverse these steps for installation of new motor To Replace Fan Shaft and or Fan Shaft Bearings A To remove from the front 1 Follow Step 1 through Step 8 under To Replace Impellor Motor E35 NOTE Models with rear access it be easier to remove this plate to remove the two 2 rear 2 Follow Step 4 and Step 5 under To Replace Impellor 3 Loosen the four 4 bolts securing the fan shaft assembly to the base of the dryer fan shaft assembly bolts 4 Remove the fan assembly through front access hole 5 Loosen the set screws in each bearing 6 Loosen the four 4 flange bolts and two 2 pillow block bolts 7 Using a pulley remove the bearing needing replacing 8 Reverse the procedures to reinstall new bearing L IMPELLOR M LINT DRAWER ASSEMBLY To Replace Lint Screen 1 2 Discontinue electrical power the dryer Remove the left side lint wall if necessary for easier access Remove the six 6 nuts securing the inlet cone to the blower housing Remove the two 2 left handed jam nuts that hold the i

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

warning - Jacobsen  Manuel d`utilisation  Manuel d`utilisation  OAC 100  Instruction Manual AGT3  American English (2015-2016) 5.2 MB  PADDLE BOARD MODE D EMPLOI  Work with lasers  LB DVR User's manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file